Editorial Committee

P.I.Forster (editor)

P.D.Bostock (technical advisor)

G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)

Graphic Design

Will Smith

Desktop Publishing

Aniceta Cardoza

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 9, No. 3 was published on 3 November 2015 and is available online at

https: //www. qld. gov. au/Austrobailey a

Back issues 1(1)- 8(4) are available on the JSTOR website

http://plants.jstor.org/

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is (GST included): AUD$38.50 per issue for individuals, AUD$66.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is AUD Price On Application per issue for individuals, AUD$90.00 for institutions, including

postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should

be addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation (DSITI), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@dsiti.qld.gov.au

ISSN 0155-4131

Web site: https://www.qld.gov.au/Austrobaileya

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research

on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,

conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or view

of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-600 (2016)

Contents

A review of Lagenophora Cass. (Astereae: Asteraceae) in Queensland,

Australia

J. Wang & A.R.Bean . 463-480

Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers (Rhizophoraceae), an endangered species

recently discovered in Australia

W.E.Cooper, HKudo & N.C.Duke . 481-488

Walter Hill: his involvement with palms (Arecaceae), and notes on his

herbarium and the expeditions of 1862 and 1873

J.L.Dowe . 489-507

Three new species in Lindernia All. s.l. (Linderniaceae) for Australia

B.S.Wannan . 508-523

Two new species of Solarium (Solanaceae) from the Northern Territory,

Australia

A.R.Bean . 524-533

Mallotuspleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm. (Euphorbiaceae), a new species record

and range extension for Australia from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

P. I. Forster . 534-538

Observations on some tropical species of the lichen genus Mycoblastus

Norman (Mycoblastaceae)

G.Kantvilas . 539-545

Frederick Hamilton Kenny (1859-1927), an Australian plant collector of note

A.R.Bean . 546-559

Taxonomic novelties in the Solanum ferocissimum group (Solanaceae:

Solanum subg. Leptostemonum ) from New Guinea

A.R.Bean . 560-599

Austrobaileya C.T.White honours F.M. Bailey

G.P.Guymer .600

A review of Lagenophora Cass. (Astereae:

Asteraceae) in Queensland, Australia

Jian Wang & A.R. Bean

Summary

J.Wang & A.R.Bean (2016). A review of Lagenophora Cass. (Astereae: Asteraceae) in Queensland,

Australia. Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480. Five species of Lagenophora occur in Queensland. These

include the two named species L. gracilis Steetz, a widespread and variable species; and L. stipitata

(Labill.) Druce, known only in Girraween National Park. Three new species are here described; L.

queenslandica Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean, L. fimbriata Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean and L. brachyglossa

Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean. All species are described and illustrated, with maps of their distribution

provided. A key is provided to the Queensland species of Lagenophora. The conservation status of

each species is assessed.

Key Words: Asteraceae, Astereae, Lagenophora , Lagenophora brachyglossa , Lagenophora

fimbriata , Lagenophora gracilis , Lagenophora queenslandica , Lagenophora stipitata , Australia

flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy, new species, identification key, illustrations, distribution maps

J. Wang & A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and

Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: Jian.Wang@dsiti.qld.gov.au. Email: Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Lagenophora Cass, is a Gondwanan genus

occurring in southern South America, New

Zealand, New Caledonia, Australia and

Malesia (Java, New Guinea), with one species

extending to mainland Asia. All members

of the genus are superficially similar, being

herbaceous plants with mainly rosulate leaves;

the scapes bear a single radiate capitulum,

with white to mauve ligules.

In her revision of Australian Lagenophora

(under the name Lagenifera ), Davis (1950)

accepted just two species for Australia, and

only one {L. stipitata (Labill.) Druce) in

Queensland. Her taxonomy was evidently

strongly influenced by the conclusions of

Bentham (1866), who similarly recognised

just two species for Australia. Both Bentham

(1866) and Davis (1950) regarded L. gracilis

Steetz as a synonym of L. stipitata.

Cabrera (1966) in his revision of the genus

considered that there are three species in

Australia; Lagenophora huegelii, L. stipitata

(with two varieties, var. stipitata and var.

montana), and L. gracilis. He cited some L.

Accepted for publication 26 August 2016

gracilis specimens collected in Queensland,

but did not record any other species from the

state.

Stanley & Ross (1986) listed L. gracilis as

the only species occurring in south-eastern

Queensland, but in more recent years, several

Queensland Lagenophora specimens lodged

at BRI were identified as L. stipitata , and a

single specimen from northern Queensland

was given a phrase name, i.e. Lagenophora

sp. (Forty Mile Scrub R.J.Fensham 1113),

indicating it was believed to be an undescribed

taxon (Holland & Bean 2015).

The current authors accept that both L.

gracilis and L. stipitata occur in Queensland

(the latter of very restricted distribution in

the state), together with three new species

described herein, viz. L. brachyglossa , L.

fimbriata and L. queenslandica.

Lagenophora is closely related to

Solenogyne Cass., a genus of very similar

habit, but differing by the non-ligulate outer

florets and the glabrous eglandular achenes

without a beak. Drury (1974) determined that

all Solenogyne species and the gracilis group

of Lagenophora (L. gracilis , L. huegelii and

L. lanata ) form a taxonomic entity, which he

suggested could be a section of Lagenophora.

464

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 463-480 ( 2016 )

Recent molecular studies of these genera have

supported Drury’s thesis that Lagenophora ,

as currently circumscribed, is paraphyletic

(Nakamura et al. 2012; Sancho et al. 2014).

Monophyly could be restored by either making

Solenogyne a synonym of Lagenophora , or

by transferring the species of the L. gracilis

group to the genus Solenogyne. The three

species described here also belong to the

L. gracilis group, and hence these may

potentially be transferred to Solenogyne.

However, no attempt has been made in this

paper to alter the generic circumscription. We

feel that more molecular markers need to be

examined before a decision is made on the

generic circumscription.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on morphological

examination of Lagenophora material at BRI,

and specimens received on loan from MEL

and NSW. All species except L. queenslandica

were examined in the field in 2014, 2015 and

2016. Three individuals of L. queenslandica

from Shoalwater Bay and cultivated in

Brisbane in 2016 were also examined. Most

measurements are based on dried material,

but the dimensions of florets are based

on material preserved in 70% alcohol, or

reconstituted with boiling water. Common

abbreviations in the specimen citations are

FR (Forest Reserve), NP (National Park), SF

(State Forest).

Taxonomy

Lagenophora Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom.

Paris 1816: 199 (Dec 1816) (‘ Lagenifera ’)

(orth. cons). Lectotype: Lagenophora

billardierei (=L. stipitata ), fide A.

Cunningham (1839:126).

Small perennial herbs, with stolons

or rhizomes. Stem rudimentary or

occasionally elongated. Basal leaves rosulate

or occasionally alternate, obovate or

oblanceolate, penninerved, dentate to lobed.

Scapes unbranched, ribbed when dry, with

leafy bracts scattered throughout. Head

solitary, radiate. Involucre campanulate

to hemispherical with 2-4(-6) rows of

involucral bracts; bracts herbaceous, linear-

lanceolate to oblanceolate, acute to obtuse,

with narrow, scarious margins. Ray florets in

2-5 rows, pistillate, ligulate, white to purple.

Disk florets bisexual but functionally male,

with 5-dentate, tubular corolla. Anthers

obtuse at base. Style 2-branched, papillose

on the outer surface. Receptacle flat to

hemispherical, glabrous. Achenes laterally

flattened, obliquely obovate to oblanceolate

or lunate, with thickened margins, and with

a short to long glandular beak. Pappus absent.

17 species in Australia, New Caledonia,

Malesia (Java, New Guinea), New Zealand,

South America and Asia. Five species in

Queensland.

Key to the Queensland species of Lagenophora

1 Plant usually with stolons (roots fibrous); roots not bunched; scape hirsute,

retrorse to patent; mature achene dark or reddish brown (Fig. 9 (1)) . . . . 1. L. stipitata

1. Plant with rhizome only (roots fleshy); roots usually bunched; scape hairs

appressed, antrorse; mature achene light brown or yellowish brown.2

2 Leaves glabrous on surface but with fimbriate margins; involucre more

than 1 cm diameter with 52-62 disc florets, ligule > 3 mm long.4. L. fimbriata

2. Leaves usually more or less hairy; involucre up to 1 cm diameter with

10-30 disc florets; ligule < 3 mm long.3

3 Ligule 0.4-0.6 mm long; achene 3.2-37 mm long excluding beak . . . 5. L. brachyglossa

3. Ligule 1.5-3.5 mm long; achene 2-3 mm long excluding beak.4

465

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

4 Achene glands confined to dorsal side of beak and adjacent area of body

(Fig. 2); achene usually with one to few hairs at base; achene beak

0.4-0.6 mm long, with a thickened white annular collar at its apex .... 2. L. gracilis

4. Achene glands extending from distal end to base, especially along dorsal

side; hairs absent from base of achene; achene beak usually 0.2-0.3 mm

long, without a thickened white annular collar at its apex.3. L. queenslandica

1. Lagenophora stipitata (Labill.) Druce,

Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4: 630

(1917); Beilis stipitata Labill., Nov. Holl.

PI. Sp. 2: 55, t. 205 (1806); Lagenophora

billardierei Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. ed. 2, 25:

111 (1822), nom. illeg.; Lagenophora stipitata

var. stipitata , Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 653

(1929). Type: Tasmania. “Habitat in capite

Van-Diemen”, in 1792 or 1793, J.H.H. de

Labillardiere s.n. (lecto: FI 006144 [here

chosen]; isolecto: M 0029701, P 00742956).

Herb with stolons, roots wiry, not bunched,

0.1-1 mm diameter; stems to 23 cm long.

Leaves 5-20, narrowly obovate to spathulate,

1.5-7.7 cm long, 0.4-1.8 cm wide (3.8-4.3

times longer than wide), sessile or with a

winged petiole to 2 cm long, apex obtuse,

margins sinuate, with 5-15 lobes, each 1-3

mm long. Upper leaf surface green, with

7-9 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each 0.2-0.35

mm long. Lower leaf surface pale green,

with 7-9 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.2-0.35 mm long. Leaf margins with 10-15

eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each 0.2-0.3 mm

long. Scapes 1-5 per plant, each 4-15 cm long

at anthesis, 5-19 cm long at fruiting stage,

0.5-1.2 mm diameter, with 1—3(—5) bracts,

each up to 8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Scape

indumentum dense at midpoint (2-10 hairs

per mm), equally dense throughout or denser

towards apex; hairs spreading or retrorse to

patent, 0.2-0.4 mm long. Involucre c. 6 mm

long, 8-12 mm diameter; involucral bracts

50-60 in 5-6 rows, outer bracts shorter than

the inner bracts, linear to narrow lanceolate,

entire, apex acute to occasionally acuminate;

inner bracts c. 3.5 x 0.4 mm, outer bracts c.

2.1 x 0.3 mm, all with hairs along the midrib.

Receptacle hemispherical, 2-3.2 mm diameter

and 1.2—1.5 mm long. Ray florets 40-70, in

2-4 rows, female; tube 0.7-0.9 mm long, c.

0.3 mm diameter with minute hairs; stigma

2-branched, each branch c. 0.5 mm long;

ligule 2.3-3.3 mm long, 0.3-0.5(-0.8) mm

wide, with 3 longitudinal veins, blue, purple

or light yellow. Disc florets c. 15, functionally

male, corolla yellow-green, tube 2-2.5 mm

long, outer surface glandular near base part

and short hairy near apex; lobes 5, deflate,

purplish brown, 0.2-0.3 mm long, with

minute hairs. Achenes obliquely oblanceolate,

laterally compressed, 2.2-3 x 0.7-0.9 mm

excluding beak, dark or reddish brown at

maturity, with glands extending from distal

end to base, especially along dorsal edge,

but mainly basal and near apex; hairs absent

from base of achene; achene beak 0.6-1 mm

long, 0.15-0.25 mm wide, densely glandular

throughout, with a thickened white annular

collar at its apex, 0.25-0.3 mm diameter.

Figs. 1, 9(1).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Darling Downs District: Head of Racecourse Creek,

Girraween NP, Mar 2009, Holmes 245 & Holmes (BRI);

250 m south of “L” junction, Girraween NP, Jan 2016,

Bean 32691 & Wang (BRI, MEL); between “K” junction

and “L” junction, Girraween NP, Jan 2016, Bean 32695

& Wang (BRI, NSW); “Z” junction, Girraween NP,

just west of Bald Rock, Jan 2016, Bean 32719 & Wang

(BRI). New South Wales. Northern Tablelands

District: Upper slopes of Bald Rock, Bald Rock NP, N

of Tenterfield, Dec 2015, Bean 32542 (BRI); Warra SF,

E of Llangothlin at Crown Mountain FR entrance, Feb

1995, Hunter 2715 et al. (BRI). Central Coast District:

Macquarie Pass NP, SW of Wollongong, Dec 2000, Bean

17159 (BRI). Victoria. Wilsons Promontory NP, dunes

in the NW corner, Nov 1980, Heyligers 80184 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

stipitata is a widespread species occurring

in New South Wales, Queensland, South

Australia, Tasmania and Victoria. In

Queensland, it is confined to Girraween

National Park, and within that park, it occurs

only in the higher altitude and higher rainfall

areas (Map 3). It has also been reported from

near Auckland in New Zealand (Drury 1974).

466

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 1. Lagenophora stipitata. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences x0.5. B. mid-section

of scape x]6. C. marginal floret xl6. D. disc floret xl6. E. achene xl6. A from Bean 32695 & Wang (BRI); B-E from

Bean 32719 & Wang (ERA). Del. W. Smith.

467

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

Its habitat in Queensland is tall wet

sclerophyll forest dominated by Eucalyptus

campanulata R.T.Baker & H.G.Sm. and E.

deanei Maiden, with an understorey of Acacia

spp. and various ferns. Lagenophora stipitata

may co-occur with L. gracilis in Queensland.

Phenology : In Queensland, flowers are

recorded in January and March; fruits in

January and March. In New South Wales,

South Australia, Tasmania and Victoria, the

species flowers from September to March and

fruits from November to April.

Typification: It can be argued that Davis

(1950) did not choose a lectotype for Beilis

stipitata. Although she discussed the sheet

that is here designated as the lectotype, she

referred to it as a “syntype series” presumably

as it consists of 11 elements, but according to

the Code of Nomenclature (McNeill et al.

2011) it is to be regarded as a single specimen.

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

stipitata is so far recorded from only two

locations in Girraween National Park, it has

a wider distribution in the southern states of

Australia. Therefore, it is not considered to be

threatened and a Least Concern conservation

status is recommended based on the IUCN

(2012) criteria.

2. Lagenophora gracilis Steetz in Lehmann,

Plantae Preissianae 1: 431 (1845). Type:

Western Australia. King George Sound, J.S.

Roe s.n. (?W, n.v).

Herb with rhizomes, roots fleshy, bunched,

0.5-1.5 mm diameter; stem absent or up to 5

mm long. Leaves 4-16, obovate, oblanceolate

or elliptical, 2-9 cm long, 0.8-2.2 cm wide

(2.5-4.1 times longer than wide), sessile

or with a winged petiole to 1 cm long, apex

obtuse, margins finely serrate or dentate,

with 5-19 teeth, each 0.2-2 mm long. Upper

leaf surface green, with 0-7 eglandular hairs

per mm 2 , each up to 0.3 mm long. Lower

leaf surface pale green, with 0-8 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each up to 0.3 mm long. Leaf

margins with 5-12 eglandular hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.2-0.4 mm long. Scapes 1-7 per plant,

each 4-19 cm long at anthesis, 6-31 cm

long at fruiting stage, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter,

with 1-6 bracts, each 1-10 x 0.2-0.5 mm.

Scape indumentum of 2-10 hairs per mm at

midpoint of scape, rather more dense towards

apex; hairs antrorse, more or less appressed,

c. 0.1 mm long. Involucre 4-5(-6) mm long,

6—8(—11) mm diameter; involucral bracts 20-

40 in 3-5 rows, glabrous, outer bracts shorter

than the inner bracts, oblong to obovate, apex

obtuse, with fringed margin on distal part,

inner bracts 2.1-2.6 x 0.5-0.7 mm, outer

bracts 1.2-1.9 x 0.3-0.6 mm. Receptacle

hemispherical, c. 2.7 mm diameter and c. 1 mm

long. Ray florets 20-37 in 2-5 rows, female;

tube c. 0.5 mm long x 0.1-0.15 mm diameter,

with minute hairs; stigma 2-branched, each

branch 0.3-0.4 mm long; ligule 2.1-2.2 mm

long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, white to mauve. Disc

florets 10-20, functionally male, corolla light

yellow, tube 1.5-1.9 mm long, outer surface

with sparse minute hairs; lobes 5, deflate, 0.1-

0.2 mm long. Achenes obliquely oblanceolate,

laterally compressed, 2.4-2.8 x 0.6-0.8 mm

excluding beak, light brown to brown at

maturity, with glands confined to dorsal side

of beak and adjacent area of achene; 1-3 hairs

usually present at base of achene; achene

beak 0.4-0.6 mm long, with a thickened

white annular collar at its apex, 0.2-0.25 mm

diameter. Figs. 2, 9(2).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Speewah, upper Clohesy River, Mar

1948, Brass 18215 (BRI); Daintree NP, Adeline Creek

headwaters, ridge to Hill 929, May 1999, Forster

PIF24527 & Booth (BRI, MEL); Hann Tableland, NW

of Mareeba, May 2004, McDonald KRM2465 & Ford

(BRI); 11.5 km NW of Mt Molloy, Gnana Kukul trail,

slopes of Mt Lewis/Fraser, Brooklyn, Jun 2007, Kemp

JEK10208 & Kutt (BRI). North Kennedy District: SF

511, NW of Ravenshoe, Mar 2004, McDonald KRM1800

(BRI); Taravale near Hell Hole Creek, 0.5-1 km E of

homestead. Mar 1987, Jackes 8703 (BRI); Lot 5, Webster

Road, S of Wondecla, Apr 2004, McDonald KRM2112

(BRI); Kirrama SF, Mar 1985, Crowley 7 (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Schumanns Road, c. 1.1 km E of

Swampy Ridge radar installation, W Eungella, Jun

1995, Pollock 238 (BRI); Snake Road, SF 62, at locked

gate, NE of Eungella township, Feb 2003, Bean 20045

(BRI). Leichhardt District: Biackdown Tableland, c. 32

km SE of Blackwater, Apr 1971, Henderson 629 et al.

(BRI); Carnarvon Gorge, Carnarvon NP, NW of Injune,

Apr 1994, Morley s.n. (BRI [AQ471673]); SF 35, Bigge

Range, NW of Taroom, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23920 &

Booth (BRI). Port Curtis District: On upper ridge but

below final peak, Mt Larcom, Mar 1966, Curtis s.n. (BRI

[AQ930489]); 10 km SE of Forestry Camp, Kroombit

Tops, Dawes Range, 64 km SW of Calliope, Dec 1983,

Sharpe 3421 (BRI); 17.5 km NW of Gladstone, Apr 1997,

468

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 2. Lagenophora gracilis. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences x0.5. B. mid-section

of scape xl6. C. marginal floret xl6. D. disc floret xl6. E. achene xl6. A from Bean 19040 (BRI); B-D from Bean 32689

(BRI); E from Bean 32713 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

469

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

Thompson GLA67 (BRI). Burnett District: Bania SF, N

of Mt Perry, Mar 1995, Bean 8500 (BRI); Gorge Oaky

LA, Coominglah SF, NW of Monto, Jun 1996, Bean

10416 (BRI). Wide Bay District: Groggee Mt, Main

Range, about 20 km S of Glastonbury, near Gympie,

Apr 1978, Sharpe 2330 (BRI); Ridge running E of Como

Scarp Road, Cooloola NP, Mar 1986, Sandercoe 660

(BRI); Compartment 56A, just S of Benarige Creek track

junction, SF 57, Parish of St Mary, Mar 1995, Grimshaw

2041 (BRI). Darling Downs District: Mt Colliery area

off Gambubal Road, ‘Paddy’s Gully’ adjacent to Main

Range NP, Apr 2015, Forster PIF42568 et al. (BRI);

170 metres E of “L” junction, Girraween NP, Jan 2016,

Bean 32689 & Wang (BRI); “Z” junction, Girraween

NP, just W of Bald Rock, Jan 2016, Bean 32713 & Wang

(BRI). Moreton District: Diana’s Bath area, near Mt

Byron, D’Aguilar Range, May 1995, Forster PIF16479

& Figg (BRI); Mt Marysmokes, Bellthorpe SF, NW of

Woodford, Dec 1998, Bean 14392 (BRI); Kobble Creek,

c. 3.5 km from Hawkins Road, Samsonvale, Apr 2003,

Phillips 1088 & Phillips (BRI); Johnson Road, 2 km W

of Browns Plains, May 2002, Bean 19040 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lagenophora

gracilis is widely distributed, occurring in

Asia (e.g. India, Thailand), Malesia (e.g.

Java, New Guinea), and Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland, South Australia,

Tasmania, Victoria and Western Australia). In

Queensland, it is found from the NSW border

to Gladstone, and a few places further west

e.g. Blackdown Tableland, Carnarvon Gorge,

then disjunctly further north, e.g. the Eungella

plateau near Mackay, between Paluma and

Daintree NP, NW of Mossman (Map 1).

It mainly inhabits eucalypt or Melaleuca

dominated open forest or woodland on a wide

range of soils. It frequently occurs at altitudes

exceeding 500 metres, but in the south-east of

the state, it may be found near sea level.

Phenology: In Queensland, although

flowers and fruits are recorded mainly from

November to April, there is a record of flowers

in September and fruits in June.

Notes: Lagenophora gracilis is a widespread

and highly variable species. Its taxonomy and

nomenclature will be studied in a future paper.

The type of L. gracilis has not been located. It

was expected to be at W, but recent searches

there (A. Lockher, pers. comm.) have failed

to reveal it.

Conservation status: Least Concern (IUCN

2012 ).

3. Lagenophora queenslandica Jian Wang

ter & A.R.Bean sp. nov. with affinity to L.

gracilis , but differing by the longer hairs on

the leaves, the oblong to obovate involucral

bracts, and the beak on the achene being

shorter and lacking the white annular collar at

its apex. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

3 km from Mt Molloy on Mareeba road, 12

April 1975, L.A.Craven 3243 (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB n.v.).

Lagenophora sp. (Forty Mile Scrub

R.J.Fensham 1113); Holland & Bean (2015).

Herb with rhizomes, roots fleshy, bunched,

0.8-2 mm diameter; stem absent or to 5

mm long. Leaves 4-14, oblong, obovate or

elliptical, 2.5-8 cm long, 1.2-2.4 cm wide

(2.1-3.3 times longer than wide), sessile or

with a winged petiole to 1 cm long, apex

obtuse, margins finely serrate or dentate,

with 9-17 teeth, each 0.5-1.5(-2) mm long.

Upper leaf surface green, with 0-2 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.5 mm long. Lower

leaf surface pale green, with 0-3 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.6 mm long; up

to 7 eglandular hairs per mm 2 along the

midvein. Leaf margins with 5-7 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.4 mm long. Hairs

much longer to 1 mm or more at leaf base.

Scapes (1—)3—8 per plant, each 9-17 cm long

at anthesis, 11—25 cm long at fruiting stage,

0.6-1.2 mm diameter, with 2-6 bracts, each

up to 8 x 1.4 mm. Scape with 4-7 hairs per

mm at midpoint, rather more dense towards

apex; hairs antrorse, more or less appressed,

c. 0.05 mm long. Involucre 4-5 mm long, 6-9

mm diameter; involucral bracts 20-40 in 2-4

rows, glabrous, outer bracts shorter than the

inner bracts, oblong to obovate, apex obtuse,

with fringed margin on distal part, outer bracts

1-1.6 x 0.4-0.6 mm, inner bracts c. 2.1 x 0.5-

0.7 mm. Receptacle hemispherical, c. 2.7 mm

diameter and c. 1 mm long. Ray florets 30-40,

in 2-5 rows, female; tube c. 0.5 mm long, c.

0.2 mm diameter, with minute eglandular

hairs; stigma 2-branched, each branch 0.3-

0.5 mm long; ligule 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4

mm wide, white to mauve. Disc florets 18-30,

functionally male, corolla light yellow, tube

1.7-1.8 mm long, outer surface with minute

eglandular hairs; lobes 5, deflate, 0.1-0.3 mm

470

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 3. Lagenophora queenslandica. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences *0.6. B.

adaxial leaf surface *2. C. mid-section of scape *8. D. capitulum with flowers and fruits removed, lateral view x6. E.

marginal floret x24. F. disc floret xl6. G. achene xl6. A & E from Halford QM939 (BRI); B & D from Champion 1033

et al. (BRI); C, F & G from Bean 11955 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

471

Fig. 4. Flowering head of Lagenophora

queenslandica {Mathieson MTM2348 ,

BRI). Photo: M.T. Mathieson.

long; sterile ovary 0.6-0.9 mm long. Achenes

obliquely oblanceolate, laterally compressed,

2-3 x 0.6-1.2 mm excluding beak, light brown

to brown at maturity, with glands distributed

from distal end to base, especially along

dorsal edge; hairs absent from base of achene;

achene beak 0.2-0.3 (-0.4) mm long and 0.2-

0.3 mm wide, densely glandular throughout,

lacking a thickened white annular collar at its

apex. Figs. 3, 4, 9(3).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Portland Roads, Jun 1948, Brass

18995 (BRI); Byerstown Range, Feb 2016, McDonald

KRM17663 (BRI); Brooklyn H near Rifle Creek/Luster

Creek junction, Jan 1996, Godwin MGC4202 & Russell

(BRI); 9.1 km from Forsayth pub along Einasleigh Road,

near Mt Talbot turnoff, Feb 2011, McDonald KRM10591

(BRI); 19 km E of Kennedy Highway along Tinaroo

Creek Road, 0.9 km W of road junction, Apr 2003,

Neldner 4206 (BRI); 500 m W of MBA [Mareeba] - Mt

Molloy Road opp. Hodzic Road, Mar 2002, Thompson

SLT2563 & Newton (BRI); E of Cobra Creek between

Tinaroo Falls & Malone Road turnoff on Cairns Road,

Feb 1962, Webb 5875 & Tracey (BRI). North Kennedy

District: Forty Mile Scrub NP, Mar 1993, Fensham

1113 (BRI); 37.4 km by road to Princess Hills, from

junction with Kennedy Highway near Mt Garnet, Jan

2005, McDonald KRM3589 (BRI); White Mountain

NP near Warang, Apr 2000, Wannan 1747 (BRI, NSW,

MEL). Leichhardt District: Homevale Station, adjacent

to paddock fence line track, 3.5 km W of station. Mar

1994, Champion 1033 et al. (BRI). Mitchell District:

Warang, WNW of Torrens Creek, Apr 1990, Camming

9662 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Eden Bann Road,

W of Canoona, Mar 1994, Bean 7541 (BRI); Neerkool

Creek, s.dat ., Bowman s.n. (MEL 2161644); 1.5 km

SW along East-West Road from junction with Elanora

track, Razorback Sector, Shoalwater Bay Training area,

Feb 2014, Halford QM939 (BRI); The Springs Sector,

Shoalwater Bay Training Area, Dec 20i5, Mathieson

MTM2348 (BRI). Burnett District: SF 43, 16.6 km

along Hawkwood Road, SW of Mundubbera, Apr 1997,

Bean 11955 (BRI); Near regrowth experiment, Narayen,

Nov 1969, 5. coll (BRI [AQ583268]).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

queenslandica is endemic to central and

north Queensland. Most records are from

coastal and near-coastal areas from Mareeba

to Rockhampton, but there are several

All

occurrences further inland, e.g. White

Mountains near Pentland, near Mundubbera,

and Springsure. There is also a record from

Portland Roads on Cape York Peninsula (Map

2). The species usually inhabits Eucalyptus

open forests and Melaleuca woodlands on

ridges or alluvial plains. There is also a record

from dry rainforest on basalt soil.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are mostly

from January to April. However, there are

also records of flower or fruits in October,

November, May and June.

Notes: Lagenophora queenslandica is of

similar appearance to the parapatric L.

gracilis , but differs by the leaves more

consistently obovate (leaf length/width ratio

2.1-3.3 versus 2.5-4.1 for L. gracilis ); the

shorter and broader involucral bracts; the lack

of hairs at the base of the achene; the glands

on the achene beak distributed throughout

(confined to the dorsal side in L. gracilis ), and

the achene beak only 0.2-0.3(-0.4) mm long

(0.4-0.8 mm long for L. gracilis ), and without

the thickened white annular collar at its apex.

Conservation status : Lagenophora

queenslandica is an occasional or rare species

according to collecting notes. However, it is

widespread from central-coastal Queensland

to the Cape York Peninsula. Therefore,

a Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the state of Queensland in north east

Australia. It indicates the general occurrence

of this new species.

4. Lagenophora fimbriata Jian Wang ter &

A.R.Bean sp. nov. with affinity to L. gracilis ,

but differing by the glabrous leaf surface, the

fimbriate leaf margin, the larger involucre,

the longer ligules, the more numerous (at least

twice as many) disc florets, and the glands

on the achene distributed along dorsal edge

from beak to near base. Typus: Queensland.

Moreton District: Purga Nature Reserve, 14

km SSW of Ipswich, 1 December 2015, A.R.

Bean 32442 & J. Wang (holo: BRI; iso: BM,

CANB, CHR, MEL, NSW, P, US).

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Herb with rhizomes, roots fleshy, bunched,

1-2 mm diameter; stem absent or to 5 mm

long. Leaves 5-16, oblanceolate, 4-15 cm

long, 0.8-2.7 cm wide (5-5.6 times longer

than wide), sessile or with a winged petiole

to 4 cm long, apex obtuse, margins finely

toothed, with 9-23 teeth, each 0.2-1 mm

long. Upper leaf surface dark green, glabrous.

Lower leaf surface pale green, glabrous. Leaf

margins with 3-4 eglandular hairs per mm 2 ,

each c. 0.3 mm long. Scapes (1—)3—7 per plant,

each 10-20 cm long at anthesis, 14-38 cm

long at fruiting stage, 0.6-1.2 mm diameter,

with 3-7 bracts, each 10-18 x 0.5-2 mm.

Scape indumentum very sparse at midpoint of

scape (2-5 hairs per mm), rather more dense

towards apex; hairs antrorse, more or less

appressed, 0.05-0.1 mm long. Involucre 6-10

mm long, 11-14 mm diameter; involucral

bracts 24-28 in 2-3 rows, glabrous, outer

bracts shorter than the inner bracts, oblong to

obovate, apex obtuse, with fringed margin on

distal part, outer bracts 1.6-2.1 x 0.6-0.7 mm,

inner bracts 2.5-3.5 x 0.7-1 mm. Receptacle

hemispherical, c. 2.0 mm diameter and c. 1

mm long. Ray florets 40-50, in 2 rows, female;

tube c. 1 mm long and c. 0.3 mm diameter

with minute hairs; stigma 2-branched, each

branch c. 0.5 mm long; ligule 3-4.7 mm long,

0.5-1.1 mm wide, white to mauve. Disc florets

(46-)52-62, functionally male; corolla light

yellow; tube 2-2.8 mm long, outer surface

with minute hairs; corolla lobes 5, deflate,

0.3-0.4 mm long; sterile ovary 1-1.5 mm long.

Achenes obliquely oblanceolate, laterally

compressed, 2.8-3.2 x 0.8-1 mm excluding

beak, light brown to brown at maturity;

achene glands mostly confined to dorsal edge,

the density gradually reducing from apex to

base; hairs absent from base of achene; achene

beak (0.2-)0.4-0.5(-0.7) mm long, densely

glandular on dorsal side, sparsely glandular

elsewhere, with a white annular collar at its

apex, 0.2-0.3 mm diameter. Figs. 5, 6, 9(4).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Burnett District: E side of road Bungaban, Auburn

Range, c. 6.2 km N of Dawson Yale E along road to

Rockybar, Mar 1997, Pollock ABP450 & Baumgartner

(BRI). Borania SF, S of the Eidsvold - Theodore Road,

Apr 2015, Forster P1F42379 & Thomas (BRI). Darling

Downs District: Inglewood, Mar 1911, Boorman s.n.

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

473

Fig. 5. Lagenophora fimbriata. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences *0.6. B. adaxial

leaf surface xl. C. leaf margin detail x0.6. D. capitulum with flowers and fruits removed, lateral view *6. E. abaxial

capitulum surface with scape removed *6. F. marginal floret *16. G. disc floret *16. H. achene *16. All from Bean 32442

& Wang( BRI). Del. W. Smith.

474

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 6. Flowering head of Lagenophora fimbriata ( Forster PIF43597 & Leiper , BRI). Photo: G. Leiper.

(NSW 10281); Burraburri Creek, 16 km W of Durong,

May 1992, Forster PIF9858 (BRI, DNA, MEL); c. 10

miles [16.6 km] S of The Gums, Mar 1959, Johnson 725

(BRI); Calala, c. 10 miles [16.6 km] E of Meandarra,

Jun 1960, Johnson 1612 (BRI). Moreton District: 1.4

km along Champion’s Way from Cunningham Highway,

Willowbank, c. 12 km SW of Ipswich, Jan 1993, Jobson

1872 & Albrecht (MEL); Champion Way, 1 km N of

Cunningham Highway, about 12 km SW of Ipswich,

Apr 1991, Sharpe 5039 & fhA/(BRI); Near Willowbank

Raceway, SW of Ipswich, Apr 1990, Bean 1526 (BRI);

Jimboomba, May 1921, Cheel s.n. (NSW 10280);

Jimboomba, off Kurrajong Road, Mar 2016, Forster

PIF43597 & Leiper (BRI, MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

fimbriata is endemic to south east Queensland,

extending from near Cracow to Inglewood,

and east to Jimboomba (Map 3). It inhabits

heavy clay soils in flat or gently undulating

terrain, in communities dominated by Acacia

harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth. (brigalow)

and Casuarina cristata Miq. (belah), or

Eucalyptus moluccana Roxb. (gum top box),

or Melaleuca irbyana R.T.Baker.

Phenology : Flowers mostly from November

to April and fruits mainly from March to

May. A mass flowering event also recorded in

July 2016 by the authors.

Notes: Lagenophora fimbriata is of similar

appearance to the parapatric L. gracilis ,

but differs by the glabrous leaf surface, the

fimbriate leaf margin, the larger involucre

11-14 mm diameter (usually 6-8 mm long for

L. gracilis ), the larger ligules 3-4.7 x 0.5-1.1

mm (2.1-2.2 x 0.3-0.4 mm for L. gracilis ),

the more numerous (at least twice as many)

disc florets 46-62 (10-20 in L. gracilis ), and

the glands on the achene distributed along

dorsal edge from beak to near base (the glands

confined to dorsal side of beak and adjacent

area of achene for L. gracilis ).

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

fimbriata has a restricted distributional range

in south east Queensland, it can be locally

abundant where it occurs. A species survey

475

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

by us found that on a 4-hectare property at

Jimboomba (Voucher: Forster PIF43597 &

Leiper), the population size varied from 120

to 190 plants per 100 square metres, with a

total of 5000-6000 plants estimated. To

date, there are only eight locations where the

species has been recorded (Map 3). There is

evidence that due to urban development and

habitat destruction, the species’ occupancy

area has declined in the past decade.

Therefore, a Vulnerable conservation status

is recommended based on the IUCN (2012)

criteria VU B2(a), (b) (iii).

Etymology : From the Latin fimbriatus ,

meaning ‘fringed’. This refers to the fimbriate

leaf margins of this species.

5. Lagenophora brachyglossa Jian Wang

ter & A.R.Bean sp. nov. with affinity to L.

gracilis , but differing by the very short ligule,

the longer achene, the glands over the beak

and the glands on base of the achene on both

ventral and dorsal edges. Typus: Queensland.

Moreton District: 3.2 km along Duck Creek

Road, near Lamington National Park, 29

February 2016, A.R. Bean 32729 & J. Wang

(holo: BRI; iso: NSW).

Herb with rhizomes, roots fleshy, bunched,

0.6-1.6 mm diameter; stem absent or to 5 mm

long. Leaves 6-9, oblanceolate to obovate,

3-10 cm long, 0.9-2.5 cm wide (3.3-4 times

longer than wide), sessile or with a winged

petiole to 2 cm long, apex obtuse, margins

crenate to sinuate, with 13-21 teeth, each

0.5-1.5 mm long. Upper leaf surface grey-

green, with 3-7 eglandular hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.2-0.3 mm long. Lower leaf surface

pale green, with 3-7 eglandular hairs per

mm 2 , each 0.2-0.3 mm long. Leaf margins

with 10-15 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.2-0.3 mm long. Scapes 2-6 per plant, each

10-16 cm long at anthesis, 9-30 cm long

at fruiting stage, c. 0.6 mm diameter, with

3-5 bracts, each up to 18 x 3 mm. Scape

indumentum at midpoint of scape (4-8 hairs

per mm), rather more dense towards apex;

hairs antrorse, more or less appressed, 0.1-

0.3 mm long. Involucre 4-6 mm long, 6-10

mm diameter; involucral bracts 20-40 in 3

or 4 rows, glabrous, outer bracts shorter than

the inner bracts, oblanceolate, apex obtuse,

margin with short hairs on distal part, outer

bracts 1-1.8 x 0.5-0.7 mm, inner bracts 2.2-3

x 0.5-0.7 mm, Receptacle hemispherical,

c. 2.3 mm diameter and c. 0.9 mm long.

Ray florets 35-45 in 2-4 rows, female; tube

0.2-0.3 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, with

minute hairs; stigma 2-branched, each branch

0.2-0.4 mm long; ligule 0.4-0.7 mm long,

c. 0.2 mm wide, bright pink to purple. Disc

florets 15-20, functionally male, corolla light

yellow, tube c. 1.6 mm long, outer surface

with a few minute hairs; lobes 5, deflate, c.

0.3 mm long; sterile ovary 0.9-1 mm long.

Achenes obliquely oblanceolate, laterally

compressed, 3.2-37 x 0.7-1.1 mm excluding

beak, light brown to brown at maturity, with

glands sparsely distributed at the base on both

ventral and dorsal edges; hairs absent from

base of achene; achene beak 0.6-0.8 mm

long, densely glandular throughout, with a

white thickened annular collar at its apex, c.

0.2 mm diameter. Figs. 7, 8, 9(5).

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Maranoa District: Saddler Springs, at spring 5.3 km

NNW of homestead, Carnarvon Range, south central

Queensland, Jan 2010, Eddie CPE1791 & Hancock (BRI).

Burnett District: Fig Tree Gully, Bunya Mountains,

Jun 2003, Butler & Fairfax s.n. (BRI [AQ613294]).

Darling Downs District: 7 km WNW of Clifton, Feb

1995, Fensham 1997 (BRI); 23 km SSE of Toowoomba,

Feb 1995, Fensham 2073 (BRI); Allora Mountain,

Allora, Nov 2005, Flesser s.n. (BRI [AQ724458]); 16 km

NNE of Stanthorpe, Mar 2010, Thompson EJT252B &

Brennan (BRI). Moreton District: 3.6 km along Duck

Creek road, near O’Reillys guest house. Mar 2001, Bean

1739IB (BRI). New South Wales. North West Slopes:

Oxley Park, Tamworth, Nov 1985, Hosking s.n. (NSW

563235, 563552). Central Western Slopes: Hoffman

Property, near Muswellbrook, May 2003, James &

Corkish s.n. (NSW 721138). Central Coast: Kentlyn

Road, Campbelltown, Mar 1962, McBarron 6947

(NSW); Sportsground, Appin, Feb 1967, McBarron

13928 (NSW). South Western Slopes: Tarcutta Hills

(Bush Heritage’s site), Aug 2004, Burrows s.n. (NSW

723815). Victoria. Devils Backbone, W of Snowy River,

East Gippsland, Mar 1971, Beauglehole 37267 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

brachyglossa is endemic to eastern Australia.

It is a relatively widespread species occurring

in New South Wales, Queensland and

Victoria. In Queensland, it extends from near

Stanthorpe and the Lamington Plateau, north¬

west to the Carnarvon Range. It occurs mainly

in the higher altitude and higher rainfall areas

(Map 3). It usually grows on basaltic clayey

476

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 7. Lagenophora brachyglossa. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences *0.6. B. adaxial

leaf surface xl. C. leaf margin detail x4. D. capitulum with flowers and fruits removed, lateral view x8. E. abaxial

capitulum surface with scape removed x8. F. marginal floret xl6. G. disc floret xl6. H. achene xl6. A, D, E, H from

Butler & Fairfax s.n. (BRI [AQ613294]); B & C from Bean 32729 & Wang (BRI); F & G from Bean 17391B (BRI).

Del. W. Smith.

477

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

soils in open forests and woodland with

grassy understorey dominated by variously

Eucalyptus biturbinata L.A. S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill, E. caliginosa Blakely & McKie,

E. crebra F.Muell., E. eugenioides Sieber

ex Spreng., E. laevopinea R.T.Baker,

E. microcorys F.Muell., E. moluccana,

E. orgadophila Maiden & Blakely, E.

tereticornis Sm. and/or Angophorafloribunda

(Sm.) Sweet. It may co-occur with L. gracilis

at some localities in Queensland.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded from

November to March; fruits from January to

June.

Notes: Lagenophora brachyglossa is of

similar appearance to the parapatric L.

gracilis , but differs by the very small ligule

0.4-07 x 0.2 mm (2.1 -2.2 x 0.3-0.4 mm

for L. gracilis ), the longer achene 3.2-37

mm long excluding beak (2.4-2.8 mm long

excluding beak for L. gracilis ), the glands

throughout the beak and the glands on base

of both ventral and dorsal edges (the glands

confined to dorsal edge of beak and adjacent

area of achene for L. gracilis). In addition, L.

brachyglossa lacks hairs at the base of the

achene.

Conservation status: Although Lagenophora

brachyglossa has been noted as occasional

on herbarium specimen labels, it is likely to

be widespread and easily overlooked due to

its seasonal flower and fruiting habit. It is

not considered to be threatened and a Least

Concern conservation status is recommended

using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Etymology: From the Greek brachy and

glossus, meaning ‘short-tongued’. This refers

to the very short ligules of this species.

Fig. 8. Flowering head of Lagenophora brachyglossa

(Bean 32729 & Wang , BRI). Photo: A.R. Bean.

Acknowledgements

We thank the Directors of MEL and NSW

for providing loan specimens, Will Smith for

illustrations and distribution maps, Michael

Mathieson and Glenn Leiper for photographs

of the plants, Greg Keith and staff of Girraween

NP for field assistance during our visit to the

park, Peter Copping of Logan Shire Council

for collecting a specimen of Lagenophora

fimbriata at our request, and Armin Lockher

(W) for searching for the type of L. gracilis.

478

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Fig. 9. Achenes of the five Queensland Lagenophora species. 1. Lagenophora stipitata, upper Heyligers 80184 (MEL);

lower Bean 32695 & Wang (BRI). 2. L. gracilis , upper Bean 32713 & Wang (BRI); lower Pollock 238 (BRI). 3. L.

queenslandica , upper Bean 11955 (BRI); lower s. coll. (BRI [AQ583268]). 4. L. fimbriata, upper Bean 32442 & Wang

(BRI), lower Johnson 1612 (BRI). 5. L. brachvglossa, upper Bean 32729 & Wang (BRI), lower Butler & Fairfax s.n.

(BRI [AQ613294]). Scale bar = 5mm

479

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Queensland

References

Bentham, G. (1866). Flora Australiensis 3: 506-508. L.

Reeve & Co.: London.

Cabrera, A.L. (1966). The genus Lagenophora

(Compositae). Blumea 14: 285-308.

Cunningham, A. (1939). Specimen of the Botany of the

Islands of New Zealand. Annals of Natural

History2: 125-132.

Davis, G.L. (1950). A revision of the Australian species

of the genus Lagenophora Cass. Proceedings

of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 75:

122-132.

Drury, D.G. (1974). A broadly based taxonomy of

Lagenifera section Lagenifera and Solenogyne

(Compositae-Astereae), with an account of their

species in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal

of Botany 12: 365-395.

Holland, A.E. & Bean, A.R. (2015). Asteraceae. In

P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds.), Census

of the Queensland Flora 2015. Queensland

Department of Science, Information Technology

and Innovation: Brisbane, https://data.qld.

gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-

flora-2015, accessed 1 December 2015.

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. Second edition. Gland, Switzerland

and Cambridge, UK: IUCN. iv + 32pp.

Mcneill, J., Barrie, F. R., Buck, W. R., Demoulin, V.,

Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D. L., Herendeen,

R S., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J.,

Prud’homme Van Reine, W. F., Smith, G.

F„ Wiersema, J. H. & Turland, N. J. (2011).

International Code of Nomenclature for algae,

fungi and plants {Melbourne Code). http://www.

iapt-taxon.org/nomen/main. php?page=title,

accessed 4 May 2016.

Nakamura, K., Denda, T., Kokubugata, G., Forster,

P.I., Wilson, G., Peng, C. And Yokota, M.

(2012). Molecular phylogeography reveals an

antitropical distribution and local diversification

of Solenogyne (Asteraceae) in the Ryukyu

Archipelago of Japan and Australia. Biological

Journal of the Linnean Society 105: 197-217.

Sancho, G., De Lange, P.J., Donato, M., Barkla,

J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2014). Late Cenozoic

diversification of the austral genus Lagenophora

(Astereae, Asteraceae). Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 177: 78-95.

Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E M. (1986). Flora of South¬

eastern Queensland 2: 507. Queensland

Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

Map 1 . Distribution in Queensland of Lagenophora

gracilis.

480

Austrobaileya 9(4): 463-480 (2016)

Map 3. Distribution of Lagenophora stipitata ▲

(Queensland records only), L. fimbriata • and L.

brachyglossa ^.

Map 2. Distribution of Lagenophora queenslandica.

Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers (Rhizophoraceae), an

endangered species recently discovered in Australia

W.E. Cooper 1 , H. Kudo 2 & Norman C. Duke 3

Summary

Cooper, W.E., Kudo, H. & Duke, N.C. (2016). Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers (Rhizophoraceae), an

endangered species recently discovered in Australia. Austrobaileya 9(4): 481-488. The critically

endangered Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers (Rhizophoraceae) is newly recorded as occurring

on the Australian mainland in north Queensland within the city limits of Cairns. The species is

described with notes provided on typification, phenology, distribution, habitat, population structure

and conservation status. In addition, another Bruguiera species, B. cylindrica (L.) Blume, known

previously in Queensland from south to Cooktown, is reported with a notable range extension south

to Cairns. A revised identification key to all taxa of Bruguiera in Australia is presented, along with a

table of comparative diagnostic characters.

Key Words: Rhizophoraceae, Bruguiera , Bruguiera hainesii , Bruguiera cylindrica, taxonomy,

Australia flora, Queensland flora, identification key

'W.E. Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor

Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia. Email: wendy@williamtcooper.com.au

2 H. Kudo, 13 Hutchinson Street, Edge Hill, Queensland 4870, Australia. Email: kudo@kankyo-gi.net

3 Norman C. Duke, TropWATER Centre, James Cook University, Townsville City, Queensland 4811,

Australia. Email: norman.duke@jcu.edu.au

Introduction

The discovery and occurrence of Bruguiera

hainesii C.G.Rogers in Australia is

documented in this paper. Bruguiera

Lam., from the small pantropic family

Rhizophoraceae is distributed from the Indian

subcontinent through Malesia to tropical

Australia and islands in the western Pacific

(Ding Hou 1957,1958). The family consists of

16 genera and around 120 species of trees and

shrubs worldwide. Four genera, comprising

Rhizophora L., Ceriops Arn., Kandelia (DC.)

Wight & Arn. and Bruguiera , are found

exclusively in mangroves (Tomlinson 1994;

Duke 2013, 2014), and all are conspicuously

viviparous.

Bruguiera is distinguished by calyces

with 8-16 lanceolate lobes, 16-32 stamens,

explosive pollen release, and distinctly

viviparous propagules emergent directly from

swollen calyces, instead of from a visible

fruiting body (Ding Hou 1957, 1958; Sheue

Accepted for publication 28 June 2016

et al. 2005; Duke 2013, 2014). The genus

consists of two groupings of species (Table

1), including: four species with large, mostly

solitary flowers, namely B. exaristata Ding

Hou, B. gymnorhiza (L.) Savigny ex Lam. &

Poiret, B. x rhynchopetala (W.C.Ko) X.-J.Ge

& N.C.Duke and B. sexangula (Lour.) Poir.,

and three species with 2-5 small flowers in

each inflorescence, namely B. cylindrica (L.)

Blume, B. hainesii and B. parviftora (Roxb.)

Griff. (Duke & Ge 2011). Previous records

have shown that six species occurred in

Australia (Duke 2006); however, this new

discovery confirms that all seven species

occur in Australia.

Bruguiera hainesii was discovered

in Australia as a population of around 49

trees at Trinity Inlet within the city limits

of Cairns by the second author in January

2016. Herbarium collections were made soon

after (February 2016) by the first author and

taxonomic confirmation was made during

a field investigation in early March by the

third author. The plants were growing in a

482

number of patches amongst other commonly

occurring mangrove species close by to a

busy industrial area.

There were three Bruguiera species

growing in close proximity to B. hainesii in

Trinity Inlet, including B. gymnorhiza, B.

parviflora and B. cylindrica. The occurrence

of B. cylindrica is a significant range

extension for the species (voucher at BRI:

Cooper et al. WWC2312 ) (Kudo 2016) that

was previously known for its’ southern-most

records in the Jeannie River and Endeavour

River near Cooktown. A fifth Bruguiera

species, Bruguiera exaristata occurs a few

kilometres away, along the Cairns Esplanade.

The remaining species in the genus are known

to the north of Cairns, in larger riverine

Taxonomy

Austrobaileya 9(4): 481-488 (2016)

estuaries; the most notable being the Daintree

River (Duke 2006).

These new discoveries confirm Australia

as a region of maximal diversity for

Bruguiera , having all seven species. The last

taxonomic account of the genus in Australia

enumerated five species (McClusker 1984), so

a revised identification key to all species plus

comparative Table of diagnostic features are

presented.

Materials and methods

The study is based upon field observations and

examination of herbarium material from BRI

and CNS. All specimens cited have been seen

by the authors. Measurements of the floral

parts and fruits are based on fresh material,

as well as dry preserved collections.

Key to Bruguiera species in Australia (also see Table 1):

1 Flowers solitary.2

1. Inflorescence 2-5-flowered, rarely 1.5

2 Petals without a central spine or spine minute, c. 0.2 mm long.B. exaristata

2. Petals with a central spine, > 3 mm long.3

3 Petals without apical bristles or bristles minute, c. 0.3 mm long.B. sexangula

3. Petals with apical bristles, > 1 mm long.4

4 Petal lobes with 3-4 bristles; bristles > 2 mm long.B. gymnorhiza

4. Petal lobes with 1-2 bristles; bristles < 2 mm long.B. x rhynchopetala

5 Mature flower buds 18-22 mm long, 9-11 calyx lobes.B. hainesii

5. Mature flower buds 10-15 mm long, 8 calyx lobes.6

6 Calyx lobes stout 2-3 mm long; fruit calyx lobes adpressed against

hypocotyl.B. parviflora

6. Calyx lobes elongate 4-6 mm long; fruit calyx lobes reflexed at right

angles to the hypocotyl.B. cylindrica

Taxonomy

Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers, Bull. Misc.

Inform. Kew 1919(5): 225 (1919). Type: India

(Burma/Myanmar). Mergui, [Panadaung

Reserve, 2 January 1919], C.S. Rogers

456M (syn: CAL, K n.v. [refer to typification

section]).

Illustrations : Sheue et al. (2005); Duke

(2013, 2014).

Bruguiera hainesii in Australia: Tree to 18

m, dbh to 61 cm; evergreen; buttresses well

developed, mostly triangular; knee-roots

numerous; bark on smaller trees grey with

numerous large pustules or lenticels, bark

on larger trees dark brown and tessellated.

Stipules paired, green, curved, 38-42 mm

long, glabrous; colleters densely packed,

c. 0.75 mm long, clustered at base within a

triangular or trapezoid pattern about 7.5 x

7.5 mm, c. 400 in c. 20 rows, viscous. Leaves

Cooper et al ., Bruguiera hainesii in Australia

simple, opposite; petiole 15-33 mm long,

channelled adaxially; lamina discolorous,

upperside very dark green, underside paler

and sometimes sparsely black-dotted,

elliptic, oblong-elliptic or elliptic-obovate,

coriaceous, 80-140 x 36-61 mm, glabrous,

apex acute or very shortly acuminate, base

cuneate or attenuate, margin entire and

often recurved, venation brochidodromous,

intramarginal vein present, primary vein

± flush on upperside and distinctly raised

below, secondary veins 9-11 pairs, tertiary

venation reticulate. Inflorescence axillary,

1-3-flowered (rarely 1), simple dichasium,

peduncle 3-8 mm long; bracteoles narrowly

triangular or rarely 3-lobed, 0.5-0.8 mm

long, silvery, caducous; pedicels 5-7 mm

long. Flowers bisexual, 22-24 mm long,

scentless; hypanthium somewhat conical,

slightly ribbed, diameter 6-7 mm; sepals free,

8-10, spreading widely at anthesis, yellowish-

green, pinkish-green or reddish; petals 8-10,

free, folded vertically, obovate, 8.5-10 mm

long, orange, apex emarginate with a solitary

bristle c. 4 mm long emerging from the sinus

which extends 1-2 mm beyond lobes, lobes

each with 3 or 4 apical bristles c. 3 mm long,

glabrous adaxially or a few minute white

hairs near apex, abaxially with long white

sericeous hairs near margin; stamens 2 per

petal (one usually much longer than the other),

5-8 mm long; anthers linear, 2-2.5 mm long,

apex apiculate, bilocular, basifixed or almost

so; style slender; stigma 2 or 3-lobed, ovary

c. 10 mm long, 1 locule with 4 or 6 ovules.

Fruit seated within hypanthium, sepals ± at

right angles and curved at the tips or broadly

clawed. Hypocotyl emergent from calyx,

slightly curved finger-like, slight longitudinal

ribbing, green to brownish, up to 120 mm

long and 12 mm wide. Figs. 1-6.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea:

Port Moresby, Jul/Aug 1918, White /2<§(BRI). Australia.

Queensland. Cook District: Chinaman Creek, Cairns,

Feb 2016, Cooper 2316, Kudo & Venables (BRI, CNS);

Chinaman Creek, Cairns, Feb 2016, Cooper 2317, Kudo,

Jensen, Jago & Venables (CNS).

Distribution and habitat. Bruguiera hainesii

is sparsely distributed through a broad area

from South-East Asia (Myanmar) through

Malesia (Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore,

483

Fig. 1. Growth form habit of Bruguiera hainesii in

Trinity Inlet, Cairns. Note the distinctively erect stems,

the rough dark bark, and the stout, knobbly buttresses

and surrounding knee roots. Photo: H. Kudo.

Papua New Guinea) to Melanesia (Solomon

Islands) and Australia. In Australia, it is

known only from a single, small population

in Trinity Inlet at Cairns, north Queensland. It

occurs in the landward mangrove zone where

it is inundated only by very high tides, co¬

occurring with Aegiceras corniculatum (L.)

Blanco, Bruguiera cylindrica, B. gymnorhiza

and Xylocarpus granatum K.D.Koenig.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

in January, February and March; mature

propagules were observed as scarce in

February and March.

Typification: The title page of the paper

wherein this species was described has as

subtext “Plantarum Novarum in Herbario

Horti Regii Conservatarum”, which is clear

indication that the type collection was at K

at least at the time of description. Rogers’

herbarium and types are at multiple herbaria,

including CAL. There appear to be multiple

sheets at K of this collection (K 000732744 and

K 000732745 as available online via JSTOR),

both collected from Mergui, but neither with

484

Fig. 2. Stem of adult Bruguiera hainesii showing detail

of the bark {Cooper 2317 et al CNS). Photo: R.L. Jago.

Fig. 3. Distinctive patch of colleters at the inner base

of the interpetiolar stipule from a Bruguiera hainesii

apical shoot from the Cairns population. Photo: N.C.

Duke.

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 481-488 ( 2016 )

an indication of collector or date of collection.

The online listing of type collections at

CAL lists Rogers 465M as being extant in

that herbarium and the collection may have

been distributed elsewhere. Although it is

likely that these all represent the Rogers type

collection the possibility remains that other

material is present at K and elsewhere, so

lectotypification of this name is not proposed

at this stage ( viz . McNeill 2014).

Notes : The identification of many mangroves,

including species of Bruguiera can be difficult

where reproductive material is absent. Sheue

et al. (2005, 2012) suggested using colleters

on the stipules to distinguish between similar

species of Bruguiera. However, we have

found that B. hainesii is distinct in the field by

its growth habit, bark characteristics, flowers

and fruit (Table 1). Overall, B. hainesii is

distinguished from other Bruguiera by its

intermediate sized mature flower buds, on

mostly 3-flowered inflorescences, with 8-10

calyx lobes, and bilobed petals with a long

spine between lobes and 3 bristles on each tip.

Australian material of Bruguiera hainesii

differs from those in Singapore (Sheue et al.

2005, 2012) in fewer calyx lobes (8 or 9 rarely

10 versus 10 or 11; see Fig. 4) and many more

colleters (400-500 versus 100-146; see Fig.

3).

Genetic evidence indicates that Bruguiera

hainesii populations from Malaysia and

Singapore are a natural hybrid between B.

gymnorhiza and B. cylindrica (Ono et al.

2016). If B. hainesii is of hybrid origin, then

this may explain in part the low numbers of

individuals encountered near Cairns when

compared to the other co-occurring species.

There remain important questions about

determinations of hybrid status in Bruguiera

as the observed stands of B. hainesii in

Australia have mature viviparous propagules

that appear viable (Fig. 5). The confirmation

of hybrid status for Australian populations

of B. hainesii requires genetic analysis to

determine if this is also the case and whether

the same parental species are involved.

Cooper et al ., Bruguiera hainesii in Australia

485

Table 1. Diagnostic morphological attributes, including ranges of key measured and multi¬

state characters, of all Bruguiera species in Australia. All measures and observations were

taken from fresh material

Component

Attribute*

parviflora

cylinclrica

hainesii

exaristata

gymnorhiza

B. x

rhyn-

chopetala

sexangula

Leaves

70-130

70-170

90-130

50-120

90-240

110-210

100-200

20-40

20-80

40-70

20-50

30-90

40-80

40-70

Mature

Flower Buds

Calyx Tube

Shape

elongate,

slightly

ribbed

turbinate,

smooth

turbinate,

smooth

ribbed

smooth to

slightly

ribbed

ribbed,

sometimes

smooth

ribbed, rare¬

ly smooth

Inflorescence

Bud N

3-4

(1)2-3

Bud Tip

Shape

bluntly

acute

bluntly

acute

broadly

acute

broadly acute

pointed

Bud L

10-12

18-22

25-28

30-50

29-40

30-35

Lobe N

9-11

8-10

9-15

9-12

12-14

Lobe L

2-3

4-6

11-12

12-13

15-25

18-21

16-19

Petal L

1.5-2

3-4

7-9

9-10

13-19

14-17

9-15

Petal

Bristle N

2-3

0, rarely 1

3-4

1-2

0, rarely 1

Petal

Bristle L

0.3-0.4

0.5-0.6

1.2-1.5

0-0.2

2-3.5

1.2-1.9

0-0.3

Petal

Spine L

0.7-0.8

1-1.2

3^1

0-0.2

5-6

4-5

Petal Spine

exceeds

lobe

exceeds

lobe

exceeds

lobe

absent,

minute

equal to

lobe

equal to

lobe

equal to

lobe

Petal Tip

Shape

rounded

obtuse

tending

acute

obtuse to

acute

obtuse

Mature Fruit

Calyx Lobe

Shape

adpressed

fully

reflexed

claw-like

reflexed

slightly

reflexed

slightly

reflexed

slightly

Hypocotyl

90-150

150-180

90-110

100-250

95-140

50-110

Hypocotyl

4-5

5-8

9-11

9-10

15-20

10-20

10-15

♦Attribute: N = number; L = length in mm; W = width in mm.

Our observations at Trinity Inlet in April

2016 indicate that there exists a population

of Bruguiera hainesii with reproducing

individuals of different size classes. A

preliminary demographic assessment of most,

if not all, larger individuals in the population

found that of the 49 trees observed, mean

stem diameter was 14.3 cm with a range from

2-61 cm (Fig. 7). The population structure

appeared healthy with abundant younger

reproductive individuals and one or two older

mast individuals. An indication of the current

reproductive potential is shown where the

percentage of trees flowering increased from

486

Fig. 4. Open flower between mature flower buds of a

Bruguiera hainesii inflorescence. Petal lobe bristles

and other characters of the flower (note calyx numbers

around 9) (Cooper 2317 et al., CNS). Photo: N.C. Duke.

Fig. 5. Face view of open flowers of Bruguiera hainesii

0 Cooper 2317 et al., CNS). Photo: R.L. Jago.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 481-488 (2016)

Fig. 6. Viviparous mature propagule of Bruguiera

hainesii, note the reflexed, claw-like lobes of the calyx

(Cooper 2317 et al, CNS). Photo: N.C. Duke.

« 30

E 25

■5 20

^ 15

0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69

Stem Diameter Size Classes (cm)

Fig. 7. Population demography of Bruguiera hainesii in

Australia shown for stem diameter size class frequencies.

Del: N.C. Duke.

26.7% and 87.5% in the smallest size classes

to 100% in all larger size classes (Fig. 8). By

these preliminary indicators this seemingly

isolated population appears viable and

sustainable while current circumstances are

maintained.

Cooper et al., Bruguiera hainesii in Australia

487

100

0) 80

H 70

CD 60

■i 50

S’ 40

O 30

LL 20

5 s 0

0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69

Stem Diameter Size Classes (cm)

Fig. 8. Age related reproductive condition of Bruguiera

hainesii with stem diameter size class frequencies. Del:

N.C. Duke.

Conservation status : Bruguiera hainesii

is considered by the IUCN to be critically

endangered, being known in small numbers

from a few seemingly isolated locations in

Myanmar, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia,

Singapore, Papua New Guinea and Solomon

Islands. The Solomon Island record refers

to an individual tree, only identified in 2011

(Duke et al. 2012). Given that the Australian

population appears to be viable, more research

is needed to determine the reproductive

status of the populations in other parts of its

distribution range.

It has been estimated that there are less

than 250 mature individuals of Bruguiera

hainesii remaining worldwide (Polidoro et al.

2010), although this does not incorporate the

Australian population. Given that B. hainesii

may be a species of hybrid origin (Ono et al.

2016) it is possible that some government

authorities may view its conservation as being

of less significance than the putative parental

species. Speciation by hybrid origin is one of

the numerous evolutionary pathways whereby

many species worldwide have arisen (Hegarty

& Hiscock 2004; Mallett 2007), so this origin

is not relevant when assessing conservation

status, although the IUCN does not assess

species considered to be of hybrid origin.

The single population and low numbers

of individuals in Australia do not greatly

augment the world population of this species,

so we would support the continued ranking of

Critically Endangered.

Acknowledgements

The first author thanks Frank Zich and

Darren Crayn for support and access to CNS

herbarium; Rigel Jensen, Brian Venables and

Bob Jago for much appreciated expertise and

companionship in the field.

The first author is grateful for permits

to collect, which were issued by the then

Queensland Department of Environment and

Resource Management.

References

Ding, Hou (1957). A conspectus of the genus Bruguiera

(Rhizophoraceae). Nova Guinea ( n.s .) 8:

163-171.

Ding, Hou (1958). Rhizophoraceae. Flora Malesiana

ser. I, 5(4): 429-493. Rijksherbarium/Hortus

Botanicus: Leiden.

Duke, N.C. (2006). Australia’s mangroves. The

authoritative guide to Australia’s mangrove

plants. The University of Queensland and

Norman C. Duke, Brisbane.

-(2013). World Mangrove iD: expert information

at your fingertips. App Store Version 1.1 for

iPhone and iPad, Dec 2013. MangroveWatch

Publication , Australia - e-book.

-(2014). World Mangrove iD: expert information

at your fingertips. Google Play Store Version

1.1 for Android, Oct 2014. MangroveWatch

Publication , Australia - e-book.

Duke, N.C. & Ge X.J. (2011). Bruguiera

(Rhizophoraceae) in the Indo West Pacific:

a morphometric assessment of hybridization

within single-flowered taxa. Blumea 56: 36-48.

Duke, N.C., Mackenzie, J. & Wood, A. (2012). A

revision of mangrove plants of the Solomon

Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Samoa.

TropWATER Publication 12/13: 26 pp. James

Cook University, Centre for Tropical Water and

Aquatic Ecosystem Research (TropWATER):

Townsville.

Hegarty, M. J. & Hiscock, S. J. (2004). Hybrid speciation

in plants: new insights from molecular studies.

New Phytologist 165: 411-423.

Kudo, H. (2016). Southerly extension of the known range

of the mangrove Bruguiera cylindrica. North

Queensland Naturalist 46: 11-15.

Mallett, J. (2007). Hybrid speciation. Nature 446:

279-283.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 481-488 (2016)

488

McClusker, A. (1984). Rhizophoraceae. In A S. George

(ed.), Flora of Australia 22: 4-7. Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

McNeill, J. (2014). Holotype specimens and type

citations: general issues. Taxon 63: 1112-1113.

Ono, J., Yong, J.W.H., Takayama, K., Saleh, M.N.B.,

Wee, A.K.S., Asakawa, T., Yllano, O.B.,

Salmo-III, S.G., Suleiman, M., Tung, N.X., Soe,

K.K., Meenakshisundaram, S.H., Yasuyuki,

W., Webb, E.L. & Kajita T. (2016). Bruguiera

hainesii, a critically endangered mangrove

species, is a hybrid between B. cylindrica and B.

gymnorhiza (Rhizophoraceae). Conservation

Genetics 17: 1137-1144.

Polidoro, B.E., Carpenter, K.E., Collins, L., Duke,

N.C., Ellison, A.M., Ellison, J.C., Farnsworth,

E.J., Fernando, E.S., Kathiresan, K., Koedam,

N.E., Livingstone, S.R., Miyagi, T., Moore,

G.E., Nam, V.N., Ong, J.E., Primavera, J.H.,

Salmo, S.G., Sanciango, J.C., Sukardjo, S.,

Wang, Y. & Yong, J.W.H. (2010). The loss

of species: mangrove extinction risk and

geographic areas of global concern. PloS ONE

5: 4. doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0010095

Sheue, C., Yong, J.W.H. & Yang, Y. (2005). The

Bruguiera (Rhizophoraceae) species in the

mangroves of Singapore, especially on the

new record and the rediscovery. Taiwania 50:

251-260.

Sheue, C.-R., Chen, Y.-J. & Yang., Y.-P. (2012). Stipules

and colleters of the mangrove Rhizophoraceae:

morphology, structure and comparative

significance. Botanical Studies 53: 243-254.

Tomlinson, PB. (1994). The Botany of Mangroves.

Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.

Walter Hill: his involvement with palms (Arecaceae), and

notes on his herbarium and the expeditions of 1862 and 1873

John Leslie Dowe

Summary

Dowe, J.L. (2016). Walter Hill: his involvement with palms (Arecaceae), and notes on his herbarium

and the expeditions of 1862 and 1873. Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507. Walter Hill was the Director of

the Brisbane Botanic Garden and Queensland Colonial Botanist 1855 to 1881. Botanical exploration

was in its infancy in Queensland at that time, and Hill was the first botanist to record palm species on

Cape York Peninsula and north-east Queensland during expeditions of 1862 and 1873 respectively.

He observed or collected 18 species during these expeditions including Archontophoenix alexandrae

(as Ptychosperma alexandrae), Arenga australasica (as Sagus farinifera and S. blackallii), Calamus

arnensis (as Zalacca sp.). Calamus australis, Caryota albertii (as Caryota nrens ), Cocos nucifera

(as cocoanut), Hydriastele costata (as Pinanga sp.), H. wendlandiana (as Areca sp.), Laccospadix

australasicus (as Kenti), Licuala ramsayi (as Livistona sp.), Linospadix minor (as Areca minor), L.

palmerianus (as Areca sp.), Livistona decora, L. drudei, L. muelleri (all as L. inermis), Normanbya

normanbyi (as Cocos normanbyi), Oraniopsis appendiculata (as a ‘beautiful palm’) and Ptychosperma

elegans (as Seaforthia elegans). Hill was nomenclaturally associated with seven palm taxa, only

two of which, Areca minor W.Hill ( Linospadix minor) and Cocos normanbyi W.Hill {Normanbya

normanbyi), are accepted as valid taxa and the others are invalid names of no taxonomic standing,

and include Areca northiana W.Hill ex Hemsl., Pinanga smithii W.Hill, Ptychosperma hillii W.Hill,

Ptychosperma kennedyana W.Hill and Sagus blackallii W.Hill. Notes are also provided on Hill’s

herbarium and the itineraries of the expeditions of 1862 and 1873 are outlined.

Key Words: Arecaceae, Palmae, palms, Queensland flora, Brisbane Botanic Garden, Cape York

Expedition 1862, Colonial Botanist, Ferdinand Mueller, North-East Coast Expedition 1873, Walter

Hill

J.L. Dowe, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Smithfield, Queensland 4878,

Australia. Email: john.dowe@my.jcu.edu.au

Introduction

Walter Hill (b.l820-d.l904) (Fig. 1) was the

first Superintendent and later Director of the

Brisbane Botanic Garden 1855-1881, and

Queensland Colonial Botanist 1859-1881.

His expertise was in horticulture having

been trained and employed in the Edinburgh

Botanical Garden, 1841-1843, and Kew

Gardens, 1843-1851, before migrating to

Australia in 1852 (Hill 1844; Queenslander

1904; Maiden 1910). Upon his appointment

as Superintendent of the Brisbane Botanic

Garden in 1855, Hill’s primary interest was in

the introduction of potentially economically

important plants through experimental and

acclimatisation projects (Hill 1873, 1880a;

Bailey 1904; Everist 1982; Clements 1999;

McKinnon 2009). The Brisbane Botanic

Garden is now known as City Botanic

Accepted for publication 28 June 2016

Gardens, Brisbane and herein abbreviated as

BBG. Although his interest was in useful and

economic plants, the development of BBG as

a horticultural exemplar was also amongst his

ambitions. Despite not being a taxonomist by

training or inclination, Hill nevertheless made

some attempts at systematics, but his few

publications were mainly disparaged by other

botanists and much of his novel nomenclature

was not taken up in the taxonomic literature.

This paper examines Hill’s involvement

with palms (Arecaceae). The two major

expeditions, in 1862 and 1873, in which he

observed and/or collected palm specimens are

examined as background to his contribution

to palm taxonomy, both as a collector and as a

taxonomist. Source information was obtained

from Hill’s Annual Reports of the Brisbane

Botanic Garden and other official accounts.

Specimen data were mainly obtained online

from APNI (2016), AVH (2016), the Kew

490

Herbarium Catalogue (2016), and other

sources as indicated. Correspondence

items were obtained through the Mueller

Correspondence Project, Royal Botanic

Gardens Melbourne and Global Plants (2016).

Plant taxonomy follows the APC (2016). The

species names that were used by Hill are

maintained at first reference but with corrected

spelling, and current names are included, in

square brackets, where appropriate. Quotes

from letters and publications are verbatim,

with retained original spelling, and author

comments within quotes are included in

square brackets.

Fig. 1 . Portrait of Walter Hill. Photographer and date not

known. With permission of the Queensland Herbarium.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

Excursions, Collections and Taxonomy

Although Hill was a consistent and methodical

botanical collector, the extant specimens that

can be attributed to him are relatively few

in number considering the duration of his

career. Based on herbarium databases and

literature citations, about 780 specimens

have been located. The herbaria that hold Hill

specimens include MEL (c. 525) and K (c. 85),

and with small numbers in BM, BRI, CNS,

GH, HO, LE, NSW, NY and PERTH (AVH

2016; Global Plants 2016; Kew Herbarium

Catalogue 2016). Following examination

of the major publications relevant to Hill’s

time, i.e. Flora Australiensis (Bentham

1863-1878) and Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae (Mueller 1858-1882), at least 140

citations were found for which specimens

have not been located. It is probable that many

specimens collected by Hill were either lost

or destroyed through various causes, and in

particular the result of the unsuitable, and

ultimately destructive conditions in which

his own herbarium was kept in the Director’s

residence in BBG (Hill 1873, 1875a, 1876).

As an example of specimen loss, Hill (1862a)

reported that he had collected at least 50 plant

specimens when he visited Port Denison

(Bowen) whilst returning from the Cape York

Expedition in 1862, but only a few specimens

from that location have been located. On the

subject of specimen collecting, Hill (1864)

wrote that because of his increasing duties

in the BBG and as Selector of Agricultural

Reserves, that his duties had:

precluded me from devoting so much time as 1

wished to collecting contributions to the work on

the Australian Flora, by Mr. George Bentham,

President of the Linnaean Society. My visit,

however, to the northern shores last year, in H.M.

ship “Pioneer”, enabled me to collect some new

specimens of the flora, which were forwarded to

Sir W. Hooker, Kew. It will not be out of place to

mention, that during this visit I met with Santalum

album [Santalum lanceolatum R.Br.], the tree

which furnishes the sandal-wood of commerce, - in

the first place on the banks of the Endeavour River

[extant at K], and subsequently at Port Denison [not

located].

491

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

By his own account, Hill collected

significant numbers of specimens during the

ascent/descent of the Bellenden Ker Range

in 1873, but only about 30 have survived.

Hill reported that the expedition experienced

persistently wet weather during the event and

it is probable that many specimens would have

perished through damp and mould even before

returning to Brisbane. Not unexpectedly,

Hill’s known palm collections are limited

and amount to fewer than 25 specimens

comprising about nine taxa (Table 1),

although his reports and other documentation

suggests that he had the opportunity to collect

many palm specimens during his travels.

It is unclear if Hill’s appointment as

Colonial Botanist required that he undertake

taxonomic assessment of the Queensland

flora, or if he was expected to describe new

species. Among his first taxonomic tasks was

to identify the specimens collected by Eugene

Fitzalan during the Burdekin Expedition of

1860 (Dowe 2015), but Hill (1860a) was only

able to identify the specimens, at best, to the

family level, thus demonstrating his lack of

expertise in such an undertaking. His primary

interest lay undoubtedly in the introduction

of economically important plants and the

assessment of potential agricultural lands,

but he was nevertheless expected to make

herbarium specimens during his expeditions

and other travels (Dalrymple 1874).

Walter Hill’s Herbarium

The basis of all plant taxonomy is a

functional and enduring herbarium. The

earliest documentation relating to the

herbarium that Hill maintained in BBG

dates from 1857, when Mueller (1858), in a

lecture given before the Royal Philosophical

Society of Victoria, 5 August 1857, noted

that the exhibited specimens were ‘selected

from a Herbarium formed by Mr. Hill, the

Superintendent of the Brisbane Botanic

Gardens.’ Mueller went on to describe Hill

as ‘a gentleman of keen observation, and

great ardour for botanical research.’ Hill’s

herbarium was housed in the Director’s

residence (also known as the cottage) in the

BBG. The building commenced construction

in August 1859 and was completed in 1861

(Queensland Government 1859, 1861). Hill

(1862b) wrote that he had ‘succeeded in

forming the nucleus of a Public Botanical

Library and Museum’, with the museum to

notionally include an operational herbarium,

and which were subsequently opened to the

public in 1864 (Hill 1864). It became apparent

that the Director’s residence was not suitable

for such a purpose because of ‘dampness’

and insects. Alterations to the flooring of

the building in 1873 were not altogether

successful in ‘keeping that portion of the

building as dry as it ought to be’. Hill (1873)

wrote that he had:

lost two valuable collections of indigenous plants

deposited there, and another I brought with me

when I left Kew, and which was considered a valu¬

able collection in the mother country. I have still a

fair variety of specimens of indigenous plants, in¬

cluding grasses, but it requires arrangement, which

can be done when the room is put in a fit state ... it

is impossible for me to do justice to the Botanical

Museum and Library in the way in which the duties

ought to be fulfilled. In every other establishment

of the kind in Australia, the Director of the Botanic

Gardens has one or more skilled assistants to help

him in the clerical and general work; - unfortnately

I have had little of any such aid.

Hill (1875a) later reported on what was the

state of the library and herbarium, writing

that the building was:

unfit in its present condition for books, or for dried

specimens where with to form a herbarium, few

additions have been made to it in either department

[during 1874], I had occasion first to refer to its

dilapidated condition in my annual report for the

month of March 1871...Shortly afterwards the

room was re-floored and the backs of the book

cases lined with boarding, in order to check the

action of the damp. This partially succeeded for a

time, but ere long the evil complained of became

worse than ever... It grieves me much to have

again to state that the binding, and in many cases

even portions of the works have been completely

destroyed by the white ant and other insects.. .from

the same causes I have had almost the whole of my

valuable collection of dried specimens, the labour

of twenty years in this colony, and also a highly

valuable collection, brought with me from Kew,

nearly completely destroyed.

492 Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

Table 1. Palm specimens collected by Walter Hill, providing location, year (if known) and

herbarium record data

Taxa [current name]

Specimen details and notes

Archontophoenix alexandrae

Cape York, 1878, W.Hill s.n.: MEL 2148270

Archontophoenix alexandrae

Cape York, undated, W.Hill s.n.: MEL 2148412-2148413

Areca alicae [Areca triandra]

Ex cult., Brisbane Botanic Garden, undated, W.Hill s.n.:

holo: MEL 1010446-1010450.

Notes: The specimen on which Mueller (1879) described

Areca alicae was most probably from a cultivated plant

at Brisbane Botanic Garden, that had been incorrectly

labelled as having been collected by Hill at ‘c. 10 miles N of

Trinity Bay’, but undated. Hill visited Trinity Bay in 1873

and 1876. However, Areca triandra was listed as cultivated

in BBG in 1875 (Hill 1875b) and flowered for the first time

in 1879 (Hill 1879). It is most possible that the specimen

was incorrectly labelled in the Brisbane Botanic Garden, as

the chance of it being collected in Trinity Bay, from what

could only have been a cultivated plant, is highly unlikely.

Mueller (1879), in the protologue and in correspondence

to Odoardo Beccari, associated it with Areca triandra but

otherwise described it as A. alicae.

[Mueller to Beccari, 1879, 5 April, Elniversity of Florence,

Science Library: Botany, Archives, Beccari 12/32),

‘Herewith, dear Dr Beccari, I send you the fruits of a new

Areca from Trinity Bay. The species is allied to A. triandra

& A. oxycarpa. I have sent the description to Dr von Regels

Garten-Flora’.]

Arecaceae

Moreton Bay, undated, W.Hill s.n.: MEL 2217991

Areca minor [Linospadix minor ]

Bellenden Ker Range, ranges near Mourilyan Harbour,

Moresby River, Russell River, 1873, W.Hill s.n.: holo: MEL

0079767-0079769

Linospadix monostachyos

Queensland, 1862, W.Hill 130: K 000209500

Linospadix monostachyos

Mount Lindsay, undated, W.Hill s.n.: MEL 2195651

Linospadix monostachyos

Moreton Bay, undated, W.Hill s.n.: MEL 2072876

Linospadix monostachyos

Moreton Bay, undated, W.Hill s.n.: K 000209490

Livistona drudei

Port Denison, undated, W.Hill 41: K 000209793

Livistona sp. (labelled as L.

lorophylla )

Queensland, 1862, W.Hill 21: K 000209064

Cocos normanbyi [Normanbya

normanbyi]

Daintree River, [1873], W.Hill s.n.: holo: K 000321303.

This specimen appears to be a mixture of collections. The

leaf is attributed to Hill, and fruit and flowers to other

collectors. The leaf was chosen as the holotype by Dowe

(2010). Therefore the specimen includes the holotype to

which other elements have been added.

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

493

Normanbya normanbyi

Daintree River, undated, W.Hill s.n:. MEL 2148941

Veitchia arecina [here identified

as Normanbya normanbyi ]

Ex cult., Brisbane Botanic Gardens, May 1881, W.Hill s.n:.

K 000736216.

Notes : Two original labels accompany this specimen:

(1) Cocos normanbyana , Brisbane Hort?, W.Hill 1881 (on

the packet containing flowers).

(2) (illegible under shades in Museum), Areca northeiana ,

(cf. Kentia exorrhiza ), Cardwell, W.Hill May 1881 (letter).

According to the specimen slips, Beccari identified it as

Veitchia sp in 1911; H.E. Moore Jr proposed that it was the

holotype of Veitchia hookeriana Becc. in 1957; and Zona

& Fuller identified it as Veitchia arecina Becc. in 1999.

Examination of the specimen by this author suggests the

correct identity is Normanbya normanbyi.

Ptychosperma sp.

Cape York, undated, W.Hill s.n: MEL 2195043

Ptychosperma elegans

Ex cult. Brisbane Botanic Garden, 1875, W.Hill s.n: MEL

2148953.

Notes : The original seeds or plants were possibly collected

at Cape York by Walter Hill in 1862. A letter to Mueller, 22

June 1875, accompanied this specimen in which Hill wrote

‘the palm found by me at Cape York ... The habit resembles

the Seaforthia elegans [Ptychosperma elegans], and grows

about the same height... I found it growing about 50 yards

from the Caryota urens [Caryota albertii] at Cape York.’

Through the demise of Hill’s herbarium,

and with a general absence of taxonomic

actions on his behalf, it can be interpreted that

managing a herbarium and active taxonomy

were seen by those who appointed him as

peripheral to his principal work of plant

introduction, agricultural development and

forest conservancy. He exhibited no explicit

interest, or capability, in developing the BBG

as a centre for taxonomic research per se,

and left such activities to others, for example

Ferdinand Mueller, Government Botanist of

Victoria, to whom Hill sent a regular supply of

specimens, and to F.M. Bailey, Keeper of the

Herbarium at the Queensland Museum. Hill

supported the establishment of a ‘complete

collection’ in Brisbane when responding to a

request from the Acclimatisation Society as

to what would be the most useful furniture

for the Museum herbarium (Legislative

Assembly 1875). The Museum herbarium

was established in 1874 (Bailey 1879). Lewis

Bernays (Bernays 1873) of the Queensland

Acclimatisation Society, wrote in a letter to

the Secretary of Public works, that:

I desire to be permitted to draw your attention to

the fact that the colony of Queensland possesses no

herbarium of her flora, and in this respect stands

almost, if not quite, alone among the Australian

colonies.

Bailey (1873) also articulated the need for

a public herbarium where specimens could

be ‘compared and identified’. The Museum

herbarium proposal was approved by the

Secretary of Lands in May 1874, with £100

being provided. A letter to Bernays included

the proviso for the establishment of the

herbarium if ‘sufficient accommodation can

be found in the present Museum building

for the purpose...and also to provide

suitable furniture for their preservation

and exhibition’ (Queenslander 1874). In

494

1875, management of the herbarium was

passed from the Acclimatisation Society to

the Museum (Queenslander 1876), and by

1877, F.M. Bailey was acting as Keeper of

the Herbarium (Everist 1982; Mather 1987;

George 2009). Hill (1874a) supported the

formation of a herbarium at the Museum,

in response to the problems associated with

his own herbarium at BBG. In a letter from

Charles Coxen (1874) to Secretary of Lands,

5 May 1874, he paraphrased that it was Hill’s

opinion that:

there is not sufficient accommodation for the

purpose [of a herbarium] at the Botanic Gardens,

and that his various duties occupy his time too

much to admit of his devoting sufficient leisure to

this new object.

The establishment of the Museum Herbarium

can be seen as contributing to the cessation of

the herbarium at the BBG.

There are only about nine of Hill’s

specimens presently in BRI. It appears that

no specimens were transferred to the new

herbarium at the time of Hill’s retirement

in 1881, but that these specimens had been

redistributed to BRI from MEL in the early

20 th century. However, it is known that the

books from the ‘extensive botanical library,

previously kept in the Curator’s cottage at

the Botanic Gardens’ were transferred to

the Museum in 1881 (Board of Trustees

1882). At the time of Hill’s retirement in

1881 (Legislative Assembly 1881; McKinnon

2009), the role of Queensland Colonial

Botanist was taken on by F.M. Bailey based

at the Museum, and the responsibility of

horticultural activities associated with the

BBG was given to the head gardener James

Pink. It is from the Museum Herbarium that

the present-day collection in the Queensland

Herbarium was to develop (Holland 2005;

Henderson et al. 2006).

Cape York Expedition, August/October

1862

Apart from being Director of the Brisbane

Botanic Garden and Queensland Colonial

Botanist, Hill also held the positions of

Selector of Agricultural Reserves and Officer-

in-Charge of Forest Nursery Reserves.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

This allowed him to travel very widely in

Queensland. However, there are only two

expeditions, the Cape York Expedition of

1862 and the North-East Coast Expedition

of 1873, which are of interest with regard to

his observations, collection and taxonomy of

palms, and it is these expeditions that will be

investigated here. There are no noteworthy

contemporary accounts of Hill’s involvement

in the Cape York Expedition, but detailed

descriptive accounts of the North-Coast

Expedition include those by Jones (1976),

Sanderson (2005) and Lavarack (2015). In

the following, a general assessment of Hill’s

botanical pursuits is provided but with an

emphasis on his palm related activities.

The Cape York Expedition of 1862,

sponsored by the Queensland Government,

was intended to facilitate the establishment

of a settlement on the northernmost point of

Australia, and which was to function as an

administrative centre for northern Queensland

(Bowen 1864). The expedition was under the

direction of Commodore George Burnett,

accompanied by Governor George Bowen

and with Captain F.C.B. Robinson as the

commander of the HMS Pioneer , the ship

used for the expedition. Hill’s primary role

was to assess the agricultural and pastoral

capabilities of locations visited (Bowen 1864).

The expedition departed Brisbane (27 Aug.

1862) and camped at a number of locations

whilst en route to Booby Island, in western

Torres Strait, which they reached in 13 days

(9 Sept.). Fast travel times were expedited

by favourable south-east winds under sail as

there was only enough fuel to drive the steam

engines for the return voyage. The expedition

spent 14 days in the Cape York area (9-22

Sept.), including Dayman Island (10-11

Sept.), Evans Bay (12-15 Sept.), Albany Island

and the adjacent mainland around Somerset

(15-22 Sept.) (Map 1). The details reported

here are based on two reports provided by

Hill (1862a, 1862b) and a published account

by Bowen (1864).

Hill’s first mention of palms was at Fitzroy

Island (3 Sept.), where he noted that the

‘valleys are filled with dense scrub, occupied

by Calamus australis (lawyers), Seaforthia

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

495

-Approx, route taken by boat

. Areas of land exploration

^ Possession /

§ Island /

1Q°44'S g

Dayman /

Island /

X' &

To Booby

Island

|142°31’E

Cape

York

0 1 2 3 4 5

i_i_i_i_i_i

Kilometres

Torres Strait

Evans

Bremer

* Bay

..Albany

•.Island

*. Somerset# ' m \S^ .'•

\ /" \

. . 1

Point

To Endeavour

River sy

Map 1. Exploration route taken during the Cape York Expedition, 1862. Prepared by Claire Burton, Cairns Regional

Council.

elegans [Ptychosperma elegans (R.Br.)

Blume]’ and that ‘the trees in the forest ground

consist principally of the genus Eucalyptus ,

acacias, Erythrina , with Livistonia inermis

[Livistona muelleri F.M.Bailey] gracing

now and then its ridges.’ At this time, Hill

appears to have identified all Calamus species

as C. australis Mart., although a number of

species occur on Fitzroy Island. Similarly,

Livistona species other than L. australis

(R.Br.) Mart., such as L. decora (W.Bull)

Dowe, L. drudei F.Muell. ex Drude and L.

muelleri were commonly, though incorrectly

identified as L. inermis R.Br., a distinct

taxon originally described from islands in

the Gulf of Carpentaria, and an example of

the imprecision of the identity of Australian

palms at that time. The delimiting of species

and genera of Australian palms only started to

be resolved with subsequent works by Mueller

(1865a, 1870, 1878) who described new

species and genera, and Wendland & Drude

(1875) who provided the first monograph of

Australasian palms with many new species

and reassessments of generic limits.

Hill examined Dayman Island (11 Sept.)

but did not report any palms from there.

The travellers sailed on to Evans Bay (12-15

Sept.) where Hill ventured as far inland as

Bremer Peak [Mount Bremer], Near the coast,

Hill noted that the forest was ‘occupied with

some noble plants of Caryota urens [Caryota

albertii F.Muell. ex H.Wendl. & Drude] [and]

Seaforthia elegans [Ptychosperma elegans]'.

In what was possibly the first record of Arenga

australasica (H.Wendl. & Drude) S.T.Blake &

H.E.Moore for Australia, Hill noted that:

one of the most interesting plants gathered in the

neighbourhood of Evans’ Bay was a palm not

hitherto mentioned as Australian. It is the Sagus

farinifera (one of the sago producing palms) found

in the East Indies; a single plant was first seen in the

scrub, near the top of Bremer Peak, and afterwards

a clump of it was found in one of the small scrubs

close to the Bay.

Hill’s identification is problematical, as

Sagus farinifera Gaertn. [Raphia farinifera

(Gaertn) Hyl] is an African species used

for starch (from the pith) and fibre (from

the leaves), and my interpretation of Hill’s

description as a ‘clump’, i.e. clustering

palm, and location ‘near the top of Bremer

Peak’ suggest he was observing Arenga

australasica , and through want of a correct

identification named it as Sagus farinifera.

496

The expedition then moved to Port Albany

(15-22 Sept.) after which ensued a thorough

examination of Albany Island and the adjacent

mainland as far inland as Somerset, and along

the coast as far west as Mew River and as far

east as Vallack Point. Hill described the forest

immediately inland from the coast as having

a great variety of plants:

among which are five species of palms, viz, -

Caryota urens [Caryota a1bertii \, Seaforthia

elegans [Ptychosperma elegans ], Areca sp.

[possibly Hydriastele wendlandiana (F.Muell.)

H.Wendl. & Drude], Zalacca sp. [possibly

Calamus aruensis Becc.], and a species of Pinanga

[Hydriastele costata F.M.Bailey], The latter rises to

a height of 110 feet.

Again, Hill’s difficulties with the identities

of palms were exacerbated by the lack of

knowledge of Australian palms at that time.

Palm species, in general, were then grouped

into a few very broadly characterised genera,

and it is into those that Hill placed his taxa.

The palms that he observed in this area

included an Areca sp, which I interpret as

Hydriastele wendlandiana ; Zalacca sp. as

juveniles of Calamus aruensis ; and Pinanga

sp. which was described by Hill as rising

to 110 feet (33 m) in height, as Hydriastele

costata as it is the only palm in that area to

attain such stature. On this basis, Hill was

the first to record these species in Australia,

albeit by the best available identities available

to him. Hill did not record if he made

collections of any palms during the Cape York

Expedition. However, there are specimens

of Archontophoenix alexandrae (F.Muell.)

H.Wendl. & Drude and Ptychosperma elegans

in MEL (see Table 1), which are suspected

(by me) to have been taken from cultivated

plants at BBG, most likely grown from

seedlings or seeds originally collected by Hill

from Cape York during the 1862 expedition.

The specimens of Archontophoenix

alexandrae are uncharacteristically neat

and well-prepared thus suggesting that the

specimens were carefully prepared from

cultivated specimens, whilst the specimen of

Ptychosperma elegans was accompanied by

a letter from Hill to Mueller, 22 June 1875,

in which he wrote that ‘the palm found by

me at Cape York ... The habit resembles the

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

Seaforthia elegans [Ptychosperma elegans],

and grows about the same height ... I found

it growing about 50 yards from the Caryota

urens [Caryota albertii ] at Cape York.’ This

specimen is also uncharacteristically neat and

well-prepared. In his treatment of Arecaceae

in Flora Australiensis, Bentham (1878) cited

specimens of Kentia wendlandiana F.Muell.

[Hydriastele wendlandiana] collected by Hill

from Cape York, but no specimens have been

located at either K or MEL.

The expedition departed Port Albany (22

Sept.), and during the return voyage made

stops at Endeavour River (26-27 Sept.), Dunk

Island (28-29 Sept.), Tully River and Hull

River (29-30 Sept.), Hinchinbrook Channel

(30 Sept.), Bowen (1-6 Oct.), Keppel Bay (8

Oct.), Fitzroy River (10-18 Oct.), Port Curtis

(18-21 Oct,), Maryborough (22-23 Oct.)

before completing the expedition in Brisbane

(23 Oct.). Although Hill provided agricultural

capability descriptions for most of these

locations, there were no further observations

of palms after leaving Port Albany.

Results of the Cape York Expedition

It appears that Hill sent many of the

specimens collected during this expedition to

the Hookers at Kew (Hill 1863; Jackson 1901),

and a smaller number to Mueller in Melbourne

(Mueller 1865b). There was very little

novel taxonomy involving Hill’s specimens

from this expedition. However, there were

a number of important discoveries such

as Rhodomyrtus macrocarpa Benth. from

Albany Island, and the cycads Catakidozamia

hopei W.Hill [Lepidozamia hopei (W.Hill)

Regel] collected from the Tully River area

and described in the Gardener’s Chronicle

(Hill 1865), and Bowenia spectabilis Hook,

ex Hook.f. described by Hooker (1863) who

noted that it was collected by Hill:

the zealous and able head of the Brisbane Botanic

Garden, [who] rediscovered it in Rockingham Bay,

and sent a young living plant, with full-grown dried

leaves and a male cone, to the Royal Gardens, Kew,

in 1863.

Although Hill observed and recorded a

number of palm species at Cape York, there

are only a few specimens that are extant. He

497

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

also appears to have obtained seeds or live

plants, including palms, which he brought to

Brisbane to cultivate in BBG, and it is from

these that later specimens were sometimes

collected (see Table 1).

Queensland North-East Coast Expedition,

September/December 1873

According to Dalrymple (1874), the North-

East Coast Expedition was undertaken on

behalf of the Queensland Government, with

the intention to:

explore all rivers, inlets, etc., between Cardwell

and the Endeavour River; to ascertain how far

the said rivers are navigable for small craft; to

ascertain the nature of the soil on or near the banks

for agricultural purpose; and to assist the curator in

collecting botanical specimens.

The party consisted of 26 personnel with

George Elphinstone Dalrymple, Officer

in Charge; Sub-Inspector F.M. Tompson,

Second in Command; Sub-Inspector Robert

Johnstone, Officer in Charge of Native

Mounted Police; Walter Hill, botanist; and

the remainder consisting of ships’ masters,

seamen, boatmen and Native Police Troopers.

The vessels initially used were the cutters

Flying Fish and Coquette , and later, after

they became inoperable, the schooner Flirt

was commissioned. A towed whaleboat was

used to enter small channels and streams.

The following travel and collecting scenarios

are compiled from four sources, Dalrymple

(1874), Hill (1874b, 1874c) and Johnstone

(1874).

The expeditioners assembled at Cardwell

in the few weeks before departure (29 Sept.

1873) and made their first camp on Dunk

Island (29-30 Sept.). As the cutters were

unsuitable for on-board accommodation,

the intention was to go ashore each night to

make camp. At Dunk Island, Hill reported

that ‘the vegetation is composed of the genera

Hellenia [Alpinia ], Musa , Calamus , Brassaia

[Schefflera], Myristica, Wormia [Dillenia],

Alstonia, Eucalyptus , Acacia , &c., &c.’

They departed Dunk Island, passing

North Barnard No. 3 (30 Sept-1 Oct.), and

Mourilyan Harbour and Moresby River (1-4

Oct.). At Moresby River, Hill wrote that ‘the

natural vegetation is composed of Calamus,

Livistona, Cardwellia, &c., &c.’. Livistona

can here be interpreted as Licuala ramsayi

(F.Muell.) Domin. Dalrymple wrote that

during their stay at Mourilyan Harbor ‘Mr.

Hill protected by the native police, made a

large collection of botanical treasures’. At this

location, the party was accompanied by Philip

Henry Nind, a planter looking for new sugar

cropping areas. At the navigational limit of

the Moresby River, Dalrymple noted that

‘Mr. Nind discovered a very beautiful new

tree orchid with a stem some seven feet long’.

This orchid was described by Hill (1874b) as

Dendrobium nindii W.Hill. The Johnstone

River (named by Dalrymple) was entered and

explored (4-14 Oct.). Upstream of Coquette

Point, Hill wrote:

from Nind’s Creek up to the head of boat

navigation... the genera are chiefly Musa,

Colocasia, Costus, Hellenia [Alpinia], Arundo,

Bambusa [Mullerochloa ], Calamus, Ficus, &c.,

&c., which are very abundant.

During this part of the exploration, Dalrymple

named the Walter Hill Ranges, noting that ‘Mr.

Walter Hill, by exploration of the rich alluvial

lands north and south of this range, has

honourably connected his name to it’. In this

area, Dalrymple (1874) named Bamboo Creek

and Banana Island because of the prevalence

of those plants at those places. Hill (1874b)

named Musa jackeyi W.Hill and M. charlioi

W.Hill from this area, the former a distinctive

banana with short erect fruit (4-7 cm long x

2-4 cm wide), and the latter described with a

dinghy-green rather than black stem and with

a nodding rather than erect inflorescence.

They departed Johnstone River (14 Oct.),

and the expedition sailed north to Frankland

Islands (14-15 Oct.). On the south-east end

of Frankland Island No. 1 [Russell Island],

Dalrymple (1874) noted that there were:

about two dozen fine cocoanuts [Cocos nucifera

L.], the only grove of these useful and graceful

trees along the whole coast, nestled under the

steepest part of the wooded hill, they are in full

bearing and vigorous growth, and give quite an

oriental character to the island.

498

As coconuts were a desirable addition to their

diets, Dalrymple:

sent the Native Police Troopers up the trees, and

obtained a supply of ripe and drinking coconuts,

the latter containing about a pint of water, which

resembles delicately fruit-flavored con sucre, and

is a delicious and cool drink in the early morning.

Hill (1874c) also wrote about this population

noting that:

on the extreme end of the island we found two

clumps of cocoanut-trees, extending for about fifty

yards inland, but within reach of the sea spray. They

were twenty-eight in number; thirteen of them were

bearing, and the others will bear in the course of

two or three years. Three or four of them were

about fifty feet in height. The trunks, in some cases,

were much cut; and two trees had been felled, no

doubt for the purpose of obtaining the nuts.

Up to that time, this population of coconuts

was the only one recorded on the entire east

coast of Queensland. It has been interpreted

as possible evidence of a pre-European (i.e.,

pre-1770) presence of the species in Australia

(Dowe & Smith 2002).

Trinity Inlet was explored (15-18 Oct.),

with camps set up on Double Island (18-23

Oct.), Snapper Island (23-24 Oct.), Endeavour

River (24-29 Oct.), to as far north as Three

Isles (29-31 Oct.), then returning south to

North Frankland Island [Normanby Island]

(31 Oct.-l Nov.) and South Barnard Island

(2-7 Nov.). The expedition returned to

Cardwell (7-18 Nov.) where the personnel

were reorganised, and the schooner

Flirt was commissioned to complete the

Expedition. The cutters Flying Fish and

Coquette were decommissioned because of

their unseaworthiness. During this period

(15 Oct-18 Nov.), Hill made no specific

reports on palms although he described the

vegetation at many locations in broad themes

of agricultural and pastoral capabilities.

Queensland North-East Coast Expedition,

second stage

Following reorganisation of the expedition,

they departed Cardwell (18 Nov.) to complete

the remainder of their explorations, which

were to visit areas to the north which showed

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

promise but which they had not been able

to explore on the previous portion of the

expedition. The Russell River was entered (18

Nov.) and they sailed upstream to the junction

with the Mulgrave. The night camp was set

up on the Frankland Islands where they were

becalmed (19-20 Nov.). On the return of

suitable sailing conditions they again entered

the Russell River and travelled up it and the

Mulgrave River to the limits of navigation

(20-25 Nov.).

The ascent of Bellenden Ker Range

For this part of the expedition, discrepancies

exist between the dates in the various reports

but I have followed those given by Hill (1874c).

In what was to be the most productive

botanical venture of the entire expedition,

Dalrymple (1874):

decided upon despatching Mr. Johnstone and Mr.

Hill, with eight troopers, to ascend the mountain

[Bellenden Ker Range] on the following morning

[26 November], every necessary preparation was

completed that night. Rations for five days were

divided and packed in eight canvas haversacks,

which I had made for the purpose, to be carried

by the troopers. They also carried some machetes

for cutting through the dense jungle, canvas water

bags to carry a supply of water for camping on the

higher spurs and summits of the range, their rifles,

and ammunition.

The party was boated upstream on the

Mulgrave River to Expedition Bend [near

Deeral Landing] (Map 2), Hill (1874c) writing

that:

on the 26th November, a party, consisting of

Sub-Inspector Johnstone, myself and eight native

troopers, started to ascend Bellenden-Kerr, by what

appeared to be a promising leading spur.

Hill described the first section of about two

miles [3.2 km] as:

low ground, which after much wet weather must

become a swamp. The vegetation consisted of the

Barringtonia careya , F.M. [Planchonia careya

(F.Muell.) R.Knuth]; Ptychosperma alexandrae ,

F.M. (the Alexandra palm) [ Archontophoenix

alexandrae ], Calamus australis , Mart. (Lawyer

Cane), Bambusa arundinaceae, Retz (Bamboo

cane) [Mullerochloa moreheadiana (F.M.Bailey)

K.M.Wong], Pandanus aquaticus , F.M. (Screw

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

499

Kilometres

Expedition

Bend

North Peak

1455m

MtSoph

-Approx, route taken by boat

- Route of land exploration

0 12 3

CORAL

SEA 17°1ZS

Frankland

Islands

Russell

Heads

17°14’S

Map 2. Estimated exploration route of the ascent of Bellenden Ker Range during the North-East Coast Expedition

1873. Prepared by Claire Burton, Cairns Regional Council.

pine) [P. solmslaubachii F.Muell.], &c., &c. Whilst

on the higher portion of the ground were Wormia

alata , R.B. [Dillenia alata (R.Br. ex DC.) Martelli];

Dysoxylon oppositifolium , F.M. [D. oppositifolium

F.Muell.]; Aglaia elaeagnoidea , Benth, Lawyer

cane. Bamboo cane. Screw pines, and others.

During this section they crossed a broad creek

at a place that Hill called Davy’s Crossing and

informally named the stream as ‘Bellenden

River’, present-day Fig Tree Creek. Hill noted

that ‘the bed was filled with large granite

boulders, many of which were covered with

a creeping fern ( Hymenophyllum demissum,

Swartz).’ Trees along the banks included

‘ Castanospermum , Eugenia , Brucea,

Ximenia, Elaeocarpus, Owenia. &c., &c.\

Upon ascending the leading spur and

setting up camp for the first night, Hill wrote

that:

it took us four and a-half hours to make a distance

of one and a-half miles [2.4 km], through a

complete mass of bamboos, lawyers, and screw

pines; and then camped for the night on a small

incline between two ridges at an elevation of only

1,250 feet [380 m].

Plants in the vicinity of the camp were:

Erioglossum edule, Bl.; Cupania robertsonii

[Rhysotoechia robertsonii (F.Muell.) Radkl.], F.M.;

Atalaya salicifolia , Bl.; Harpullia leichhardtii ,

F.M.; Castanospermum australe, Cunn.; Mimusops

parvifolia , Br.[Mimusops elengi L.]; Achras

pohlmaniana, F.M. [Planchonella pohlmaniana

(F.Muell.) Pierre ex Dubard], &c., &c. The thick

growth of the Pandanus was not one of the least

obstacles we had to encounter in the ascent. There

were here one tree fern ( Alsophila rebeccae , F.M.)

[Cyathea rebeccae (F.Muell.) Domin] and also

the fine climbing fern ( Gleichenia hermannii ,

R.B.) [Dicranopteris linearis (Burm.f.) Elnderw.],

which runs up to a height of fifty or sixty feet, and

extends so much that in places we had to cut our

way through it.

On the following morning (27 Nov.) they

continued the ascent and Hill noted that the:

bamboos continued until we had reached an altitude

of two thousand feet [610 m]. We still had to make

a road through the lawyer cane, and Pandanus ,

the walking-stick palm (Areca monostachya)

[Linospadix spp.] also growing thickly. It was

at this height that I met with two new species of

palm. One [Oraniopsis appendiculata (F.M.Bailey)

J.Dransf., A.K.Irvine & N.W.Uhl] was a beautiful

plant about twenty feet [6 m] high with leaves or

fronds twenty feet [6 m] long, and the stems about

500

nine inches [23 cm] in diameter. This not being the

right season to obtain either flower or fruit, I was,

unfortunately unable to name the palm. The other

is, I believe, a Kenti [Laccospadix australasicus

H.Wendl. & Drude]; it is about twelve feet [4 m] in

height, and three inches [8 cm] in the diameter of

the stem, with suckers shooting from the bottom.

I also noticed a new orchid ( Anoectochilus ) and a

small tree fern ( Alsophila Robertsiand) \Cyathea

robertsiana (F.Muell.) Domin] that I had before

observed on the Moresby River. The tree fern

(Alsophila Rebeccae ) was the most difficult to get

through, being entangled with Smilax elliptica,

R.Br., [Smilax australis R.Br.] and Flagellaria

indica, Willd, &c.

Hill’s reports on the palms Oraniopsis

appendiculata and Laccospadix australasicus

were the first reports of these two species,

although the latter had been previously

collected by Dallachy in 1866 at ‘Rockingham

Bay’ (Dowe 2010). Hill did not proceed with

or initiate any taxonomic description of these

new palms. They set up their second camp

during the day, ‘at a height of 1,700 feet [520

m], being only 500 feet [152 m] higher than we

were on starting in the morning’. From here

they attempted to reach the summit, but only

managed to get to an altitude of about 3,300

feet [1005 m] before night-fall forced them to

descend to their camp. Near the camp, Hill

observed a ‘superb Proteaceae tree [Alloxylon

wickhamii (W.Hill ex F.Muell.) P.H.Weston &

Crisp], about sixty feet [18 m] in height, with

glorious crimson blossoms’.

He went on to note that they:

had to contend with the Calamus , Pandanus , and

the Alsophila rebeccae was the greatest annoyance

we met. On our way up we passed a new species of

Dammara [Agathis sp.]. Also a Podocarpus , both

small trees and not in fruit.

Hill also noted an abundance of Moriea

robinsoni [Helmholtzia acorifolia F.Muell.]

and the Kenti [Laccospadix australasicus ], of

which neither was in flower.

The following day (28 Nov.), they again

attempted to reach the summit along the crest

of a rocky ridge, noting that the trees and

shrubs were stunted. Hill wrote that they took

three hours to reach the foot of the last incline

which he estimated was 800 ft [240 m] from

the summit. Resting at this place, Hill:

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

found a very handsome tree fern [Dicksonia

herbertii W.Hill], a botanical description of which

is given below [see Hill 1874b], It was about 40 feet

[12 m] high, and twelve inches [30 cm] in diameter

four foot [1.2 m] from the ground. The stem has a

singular red appearance, as have also the fronds,

which are clothed with bristles. I procured four

plants of it.

At his location he found Moriea robinsoni

[Helmholtzia acorifolia ] in flower, and noted

that:

the beautiful palm [i Oraniopsis appendiculata ] 1

noticed on the previous day; it is from forty to sixty

feet [12-18 m] in height; no flower or fruit was to be

seen; I obtained two young plants with difficulty as

they appear to be scarce, probably because the fruit

is a favorite food with some birds or other animals.

We reached the top of the range about noon.

On the summit crest, Hill noted that it was

covered with stunted trees and shrubs. During

our short stay - an hour - I collected the

following: - Helicia ferruginea , F.M. [possibly

Orites fragrans F.M.Bailey]; Carnarvonia

araliifolia , F.M.; Pittosporum ferrugineum, Ait.;

Bursaria spinosa, Caron; Melaleuca foliolosa ,

Cun. [possibly Leptospermum wooroonooran

F.M.Bailey]; Trochocarpa laurina , R.B. [probably

T. bellendenkerensis Domin]; Alsophila rebeccae,

F.M. [Cyathea rebeccae ]; Tmesipteris tannensis

Bhdi [probably T. truncata (R.Br.) Desv.]; Kenti

[.Laccospadix australasicus\, Tradescantia

[Aneilema ], &c., &c..

At the highest point reached ‘the aneroid

barometer showed that we were 5,300 feet

[1615 m] above the level of the sea’. This

height is inaccurate, as the highest point on

the Bellenden Ker Range is at Centre Peak

some 2.5 km to the south, at 1582 m elevation.

Hill noted that the summit was covered in

cloud and mist and ‘so thick that I could not

proceed any distance to collect’. It can be

assumed that they could not gain a true visual

idea of their location with regard to proximity

to higher points, but they could only guess

if they were at the highest point. From an

estimate of possible tracks, terrain and

travel time, the highest point they may have

reached was an unnamed peak, at about 1250

m elevation about 2 km north of North Peak

(Map 2). This differs from the proposal by

Lavarack (2015) in which it was claimed that

501

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

the party ascended to as far as North Peak.

An assessment of the terrain and travel times

precludes this estimation, though the actual

route taken and the location of camp sites

are at best an educated guess considering the

discrepancies that exist between the reports of

Hill (1874c) and Johnstone (1874).

After only one hour on the summit ridge,

they descended to the foot of the incline to set

up camp where they spent the night (28 Nov.).

At this third camp Hill:

saw a fine specimen of Platycerium alcicorne var.

unique [Platycerium hillii T.Moore], and a splendid

tree, one of the Dammara [Agathis sp.], which

could not be less than one hundred and twenty

feet in height, with a barrel four feet through...

there were several lofty trees about the place,

amongst which I noticed Cardwellia sublimis,

F.M., Darlingia spectatissima, F.M. [Darlingia

ferruginea J.F.Bailey], Elaeocarpus foveolatus ,

F.M., also others whose name I could not determine,

through being unable to obtain specimens. I

gathered some seeds of Erioglossum edule, Bl., and

of Kenti [Laccospadix australasicus\. and a few

of Areca minor [possibly Linospadix palmerianus

(F.M.Bailey) Burret]. There were scarcely any

plants in flower or fruit.

They started the descent at 6.00 am (29

Nov.), with their first stop on a crest at about

9.00 am to take observations. Hill wrote that

he ‘gathered all that was to be had in leaf,

flower, or fruit’ during this respite. From the

location, views were obtained of the Mulgrave

River and Trinity Inlet. About half an hour

after leaving the observation point:

a thunder storm, accompanied by a heavy fall of

rain, broke upon us and put a stop to all collecting;

hiding from view even the tops of the trees. We had

some difficulty in finding the beautiful Proteaceae

tree [Alloxylon wickhamii] we saw when ascending

the range, but fortunately managed to come across

it again, and secured specimens.

The party rendezvoused with the awaiting

whaleboat at Expedition Bend, and they were

on board the Flirt by 6.30 pm of the same day.

Continuation of the Expedition

The expedition continued with further

exploration of the Russell River (30 Nov.-4

Dec.). Upstream of Cowrie Point, Hill wrote

that ‘the principal trees, &c., are Cardwellia ,

Grevillea,Aleurites, Bambusa \Mullerochloa ],

Calamus , Musa , Hellenia [Alpinia], &c., &c’.

The area proved botanically interesting to

the whole expedition party, with Dalrymple

naming Crinum Lily Creek, for the abundance

of lilies, and Olfersia Creek, for ferns which

adorned its course; however, neither of these

names are in current use.

Departing Russell River (4 Dec.), camps

were made on Fitzroy Island (4-5 Dec.),

Mossman River (5-6 Dec.), and the Daintree

River (6-10 Dec.). The Daintree River

(named then by Dalrymple) was previously

unexplored, so some time was spent in

reaching the limit of navigation and assessing

the surrounding country for agricultural

potential. At about 16 miles [26 km] upstream

of the Daintree River estuary, Hill wrote that:

the mangrove is replaced by the Hibiscus , and the

land is densely covered with tropical vegetation,

consisting chiefly of the genera Mimusops,

Wrightea , Cordia , Cocos [ Normanbya ], Costus ,

with numerous other trees and shrubs, &c., peculiar

to the district.

Hill’s observations and collections of what he

described as Cocos normanbyi [Normanbya

normanbyi ] was the first record of this

species which is prevalent on the banks of the

Daintree River and areas further north (Hill

1874b).

After departing the Daintree River (10

Dec.) the expedition turned south to visit

Fitzroy Island to collect water, and camp was

made on Frankland Island No. 1 [Russell

Island] (then informally named Cocoanut

Island by Dalrymple because of the coconuts

on the south-east corner of the island) for

the night (10-11 Dec.). Hill commented on

changes he observed at Fitzroy Island since he

first visited in 1862, noting that the Livistonas

had been cut down, writing that the:

wanton injury that has been perpetrated, for the

many handsome tree-palms ( Livistonia inermis

[Livistona muelleri ]) which used to adorn the

lightly-clad forest ridges, all have been destroyed,

with one exception.

A reason for the palms demise was not

proffered. After the Frankland Island camp

was vacated (11 Dec.), they visited the

502

Johnstone River (11-17 Dec), Mourilyan

Harbour (17-20 Dec.) where ‘Mr. Hill was

landed on the north shore, under Hilda Hill,

to plant cocoanuts, coffee, &c., &c.’ and at

‘Camp Point, with Native Mounted Police

Corporal Sam and three troopers, to collect

botanical specimens on Georgie Hill’. Next

camps were at No. 2 South Barnard Island

(20-21 Dec.), Dunk Island (21-22 Dec.) and

via Hull River to Cardwell (22 Dec.). The

expedition was wound down at Cardwell

(23 Dec.), where ‘the surplus stores and all

specimens and curios, See., &c., were landed

from the schooner [Flirt] and she was paid

off.

Results of the North-East Coast Expedition

The North-East Coast Expedition was among

Hill’s most successful botanical ventures,

with regard to the collection and description

of new species. About 100 specimens can

be attributed to this expedition, most of

which were sent to Mueller in Melbourne.

Of these, about 20 represent type materials

(AVH 2016; Global Plants 2016) and most

of the new taxa were described by Mueller

(1874a, 1875), with some being published as

early as April 1874, just four months after the

return of the expedition to Brisbane. Six new

species were described by Hill (1874b), in an

appendix to his Annual Report of May 1874,

with this being his single most important

taxonomic endeavour. A seventh species

was included among the new species, named

as Oreocallis wickhamii W.Hill [Alloxylon

wickhamii (W.Hill & F.Muell.) P.H.Weston &

Crisp], but it had been previously published

as Embothrium wickhamii W.Hill ex F.Muell,

in April 1874, therefore predating Hill’s name

by one month. The appendix also included the

protologues of two new palms, Areca minor

W.Hill [ Linospadix minor (W.Hill) Burret]

and Cocos normanbyi W.Hill [Normanbya

normanbyi (W.Hill) L.H.Bailey], as well as

a new fern, Dicksonia herbertii W.Hill, an

orchid, Dendrobium nindii W.Hill and two

bananas, Musa jackeyi W.Hill and M. charlioi

W.Hill. As with the Cape York Expedition of

1862, Hill also collected seeds and seedlings

which he propagated and grew at BBG.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

Despite the new botanical discoveries

made by Hill on the Bellenden Ker Range, he

regretted the lack of any ‘valuable botanical

discoveries’ from the viewpoint of large

numbers of specimens. Hill explained his

perceived short-comings:

by the fact that for three out of four days for which

the party was provisioned, we had to cut a pathway

the whole distance along a razor-back ridge, in

many places only eighteen inches in diameter.

He otherwise noted that he secured ‘some

species that are new, and several others that

are rare and interesting’.

Hill’s attempt at taxonomy unfortunately

did not engender much confidence from other

taxonomists. Mueller (1874b), in a letter to

Edward Ramsay, 24 July 1874, wrote that:

Mr Hills recent Report on the bot. Garden of

Brisbane, which document you likely will have

seen, has appended to it descriptions of two

supposed new Palms, namely Areca minor , a

tufty palm only 2-5 feet high, from Moresby &

Russell River and the Bellenden Ker Ranges fruit

nearly 1” long reddish; - the Cocos normanbyi, 60

feet high from the Daintree-River. I am however

satisfied, that Mr Hill, though he ventured to send

the palms out as novelties in an official document,

has not sufficient literary means and knowledge to

ascertain the exact specific or even generic position

of such palms.

In a subsequent letter from Hill (1874d) to

Mueller, 18 August 1874, Hill, with reference

to his attempt at generic positioning for the

palms, wrote that he had sent Mueller:

a small tin box containing one seed of the Cocos ,

and some of the Areca. I have no doubt but what you

will be able to make the latter to be another genera.

Both fruits are red when ripe. I have had them in

spirit of wine’.

After receiving the seeds, Mueller (1874c)

wrote to Edward Ramsay, 9 Sept. 1874,

stating that he had ‘saved’ Hill’s palm names

from taxonomic obscurity, in that:

when Mr Hills palm fruits arrived, that his supposed

Cocos ! is an Areca, near the common Indian Betel

nut (A. catechu ), and his supposed Areca is a true

Kentia. It is singular, that he should venture to send

descriptions almost of no diagnostic value and

on such ill digested data, as he obtained, into an

official report. To protect him to some extent, I have

503

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

placed his name along with mine as authority of the

Normanby palm, so that his dedication may not

be destroyed; and that is more than likely anyone

else would have done for him! Pray do not mention

this to any one, until you get the new number of

the fragmenta, which is printed, but not yet issued.

Mueller redesignated Hill’s palms into what

he considered to be their correct genera,

and in all cases cited Hill as the original

author. He moved Areca minor into Kentia ,

creating K. minor (W.Hill) F.Muell, (Mueller

1874d) and later as Bacularia minor (W.Hill)

F.Muell. (Mueller 1878) [Linospadix minor].

For Cocos normanbyi, Mueller moved it into

Areca, as A. normanbyi (W.Hill) F.Muell.

(Mueller 1874d), and later as Ptychosperma

normanbyi (W.Hill) F.Muell. (Mueller 1878)

[Normanbya normanbyi]. Hill made neither

subsequent attempts at taxonomic publishing,

nor any reference to taxonomy as such in any

of his annual reports.

Walter Hill’s obscure palm names

The only other publication by Hill which

can be interpreted as having taxonomic

implications for palms was the Catalogue of

Plants Growing in the Queensland Botanic

Gardens , in which Hill (1875b) introduced

two new palm names, Pinanga smithii W.Hill

and Sagus blackallii W.Hill (Table 2). These

and other novel names were applied by Hill

to specimens (also in other families) that

he had collected during his travels and had

subsequently grown in BBG; however, these

are invalid names as publication criteria

were not met (Dowe 2004). Other new palm

names were introduced by Hill arbitrarily in

his annual reports, including Ptychosperma

kennedyana W.Hill (Hill 1879) and P. hillii

(Hill 1880a), neither of which can be related

to any known taxa. A further name, Areca

northiana W.Hill ex Hemsl., was associated

with a palm that the English botanical artist

Table 2. Palms observed, described and/or collected by Walter Hill during the Cape York

Expedition of 1862.

Current name

Hill’s nomenclature

Location

Arenga australasica

Sagus farinifera and Sagus

blackallii

Mt Bremer and Evans Bay

Calamus aruensis

Zalacca sp.

near Somerset

Caryota albertii

Caryota urens

Evans Bay and near Somerset

Hydriastele costata

Pinanga sp.

near Somerset

Hydriastele wendlandiana

Areca sp.

near Somerset

Calamus australis

Fitzroy Island

Ptychosperma elegans

Seaforthia elegans

Evans Bay, near Somerset and

Fitzroy Island

Livistona muelleri

Livistona inermis

Fitzroy Island

Marianne North painted in the BBG when

she visited in 1880 (North 1892). The name

was cited in a caption for the painting in the

published catalogue of North’s paintings in

Kew Gardens (Hemsley 1882) (Table 2).

Conclusion

Although Hill’s primary contribution to

Queensland was through horticulture, he

was sometimes not so highly regarded by

his contemporaries in that area. Of the BBG,

Bancroft (1879) wrote that ‘scarcely anything

can be said in praise’ and that Hill was ‘a man

of little polish, harsh to his workmen, who are

repeatedly changed. Yet, with all his faults,

he has done many useful things’. He was

otherwise supported by others who applauded

his attempts at facilitating a sugar industry in

504

Queensland (Anon. 1870), in his horticultural

expertise in the BBG (Rodeur 1871), and as a

horticultural pioneer in Queensland (see Hill

1860b, 1862d, 1862-1882). Some thought he

was unfairly criticised and that he received

little support from the Government compared

to other botanic gardens directors (Censor

1880). Frederick Manson Bailey gave only

scant acknowledgement to Hill’s work as a

collector and taxonomist (e.g., Bailey 1878),

and in Hill’s obituary described him as ‘more

of a gardener than a botanist’ (Bailey 1904).

Hill’s attempts at taxonomy were disparaged

by Mueller who was particularly critical of

Hill’s palm taxonomy (Mueller 1874b, c),

noting that Hill did not have the ability to

undertake taxonomic work. Mueller claimed

to have ‘saved’ Hill’s new palm species from

‘obscurity’ when he placed Hill’s species into

their ‘correct’ generic positions but otherwise,

though guardedly, retained Hill as first

author and with himself as revising author.

The desire to achieve scientific outputs, in

the sense of independent publications and

empirical research, appear not to have been a

part of Hill’s modus operandi.

Despite his shortcomings as a taxonomist,

Hill’s contribution to the fledgling colony

of Queensland was significant, particularly

during the early days of his appointments

through his roles as Director of Brisbane

Botanic Garden, Colonial Botanist and

Selector of Agricultural Reserves. Hill (1873)

articulated his aspirations, when he wrote

that:

I have considered it my duty to devote my best

energies, because in so young a colony as this

the introduction of new plants of use within

Queensland, or of ornamental value otherwise,

ought to be a leading object with institutions such

as the one of which I have the control.

It appears that the quality of Hill’s work

declined toward the end of his career, to the

point of his termination by enforced retirement

in 1881 by the Secretary of Lands, and with

accompanying accusations of theft and wilful

damage (Legislative Assembly 1881). The

accusations were ‘proved’ and accepted by

a board set up to investigate the matter but

no action was taken by the Government on

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

their decision (Brisbane Courier 1881). Hill

retired on a pension to his property Canobie

Lea south of Brisbane where he propagated

and grew tropical fruits (Queenslander 1904;

McKinnon 2009).

Overall, Hill’s contribution to Australian

palm botany was relatively meagre. However,

he was more than capable of distinguishing

new species in the field, providing descriptive

accounts, and detailing the use of palms

in some of his reports (Hill 1862c, 1880b).

Hill was instrumental in introducing

numerous new palm species into the gardens

of Queensland, and established Brisbane

Botanic Garden as one of the most important

and influential gardens in regards to palms

and their cultivation in Australia, a legacy

that continues into the present.

Acknowledgements

I thank Nimal Karunajeewa, National

Herbarium of Victoria, for information

about Walter Hill’s specimens and the

supply of images. Sara Maroske, Royal

Botanic Gardens Melbourne, is thanked

for undertaking searches of the Mueller

Correspondence Project archives. Staff of

James Cook University Library assisted with

accessing Walter Hill’s Annual Reports and

general library matters. Claire Burton, Cairns

Regional Council, is thanked for preparing

the maps. Thanks is given to an anonymous

reviewer who provided clarification of some

taxonomic and specimen issues.

References

Anonymous. (1870). Mr. Walter Hill’s report. To the

editor of the Brisbane Courier. The Brisbane

Courier , 3 May 1870, p. 3.

Apc (2016). Australian Plant Census. https://biodiversity.

org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed January

2016.

Apni 2016). Australian Plant Name Index, https://

biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/APNI,

accessed January 2016.

Avh (2016). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium. http://avh.

ala.org.au, accessed January 2016.

Bailey, F.M. (1873). Botany of the North. The

Queenslander , 25 October 1873, p. 5.

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

505

- (1878). A general account of the flora of tropical

Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales 2: 276-286.

- (1879). Herbarium, Queensland Museum. (Report

of F.M. Bailey, Esquire, Botanist and Keeper).

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1904). Obituary. Walter Hill. The Gardeners’

Chronicle, ser. 3, 35(899): 190.

Bancroft, J. (1879). The Botanic Gardens. To the editor

of the Brisbane Courier. The Brisbane Courier,

17 September 1879, p. 5.

Bentham, G. (1863-1878). Flora Australiensis, 7 Vols.

L. Reeve & Co.: London.

- (1878). Palmae. Flora Australiensis 7: 132-147. L.

Reeve & Co.: London.

Bernays, L. (1873). Queensland Acclimatisation Society.

The Queenslander, 15 November 1873, p. 3.

Board of Trustees (1882). Queensland Museum (Report

of the Board of Trustees for the year 1881-82.).

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

Bowen, G. (1864). New settlement at Cape York, and

survey within Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings

of the Royal Geographical Society of London

8(4): 114-121.

Brisbane Courier (1881). The case of Mr. Walter Hill.

The Brisbane Courier, 14 November 1881, p. 3.

Censor (1880). The Botanic Gardens. The Telegraph, 18

October 1880, p. 3.

Clements, H.G. (1999). Science and colonial culture:

scientific interests and institutions in Brisbane

1859-1900. PhD Thesis, online. Griffith

University.

Coxen, C. (1874). Letter: Charles Coxen to Secretary

of Lands, 5 May 1874. In Herbarium of the

Queenslandflora in the Museum, p. 4. James C.

Beal: Brisbane.

Dalrymple, G.E. (1874). Narrative of exploration of

the north-east coast of Queensland, by the

“Queensland Government North-east Coast

Expedition,” 1873. In G.E. Dalrymple (ed.),

Narrative and Reports of the Queensland

North-East Coast Expedition, 1873, pp. 5-41.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

Dowe, J.L. (2004). Taxonomic notes on palms

(Arecaceae) in catalogues of the Brisbane

Botanic Garden, Australia, of 1875 and 1885.

Austrobaileya 6: 967-971.

- (2010). Australian palms: biogeography,

ecology and systematics. CSIRO Publishing:

Collingwood.

- (2015). I saw a good deal of the country much

more than any other collector: an assessment

of the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan

(1830-1911). Cunninghamia 15: 87-133.

Dowe, J.L. & Smith, L.T. (2002). A brief history of the

coconut palm in Australia. Palms 46: 134-138.

Everist, S.L. (1982). History of the Queensland

Herbarium and botanical library, 1855 to 1976.

Austrobaileya 1: 429-445.

George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist’s Companion.

Four Gables Press: Kardinya.

Global Plants (2016). Jstor, Global plants, https://

plants.jstor.org, accessed January 2016.

Hemsley, W.B. (1882). The Gallery of Marianne North’s

Paintings of the Plants and Their Homes,

Royal Gardens Kew: Descriptive Catalogue.

Spottiswoode & Co.: London.

Henderson, R.J., Guymer, G.P & Forster, PI. (2006).

The roles of the Queensland Herbarium and

its collections. In Y. Tomida et al. (eds.),

Proceedings of the 7 h and 8 th Symposia on

Collection Building and Natural History

Studies in Asia and the Pacific Rim. National

Science Museum Monographs (34): 73-81.

Hill, W. (1844). Habitat for Cynodon dactylon. The

Phytologist: a Popular Botanical Miscellany

1(33): 870-871.

— (1860a). Appendix B. List of specimens collected

by Mr. Fitzalan, during the expedition to the

north-eastern coasts of Queensland. In J.W.

Smith, & G.E. Dalrymple (eds). Report of the

proceedings of the Queensland Government

schooner “Spitfire’’ in search of the mouth of

the River Burdekin, on the north-eastern coast

of Australia: and the exploration of the portion

of that coast, extending from Gloucester Island

to Halifax Bay, pp. 39-42. T.P Pugh’s Printing

Office: Brisbane.

- (1860b). Landscape designing. W.C. Belbridge:

Brisbane.

- (1862-1882). Gardening Calendar. In Pugh’s

Moreton Bay Almanac. Various publishers.

- (1862a). The recent expedition to Cape York. The

Courier, 15 November 1862, pp. 2, 3.

- (1862b). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

W.C. Belbridge: Brisbane.

- (1862c). Specimens of wood indigenous to

Queensland. In International Exhibition,

1862. Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial

Products of Queensland, pp. 15-36. Petter &

Galpin: London.

506

- (1862d). Instructions for packing living plants in

Queensland, and directions for their treatment

during the voyage to distant countries. In

Pugh’s Queensland almanac, directory, and

law calendar for 1862, pp. 108-111. Theophilus

P. Pugh: Brisbane.

- (1863). Letter: W. Hill to J.D. Hooker, 18 December

1863. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: Directors’

Correspondence.

- (1864). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

W.C. Belbridge: Brisbane.

- (1865). New Plants. The Gardeners’ Chronicle

and Agricultural Gazette, no. 47, 25 November

1865, p. 1107.

- (1873). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1874a). Letter: Walter Hill to Secretary of Lands,

28 March 1874. In Herbarium of the Queensland

flora in the Museum, p. 3-4. James C. Beal:

Brisbane.

- (1874b). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1874c). Report of Walter Hill, Esquire,

Government Botanist: In G.E. Dalrymple

(ed.). Narrative and Reports of the Queensland

North-East Coast Expedition, 1873, pp. 48-53.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1874d). Letter: W. Hill to F. Mueller, 18 August

1874. Mueller Correspondence Project: Royal

Botanic Gardens Victoria.

- (1875a). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1875b). Catalogue of the plants in the Queensland

Botanic Gardens. James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1876). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1879). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1880a). Brisbane Botanic Gardens. (Report from

Director). James C. Beal: Brisbane.

- (1880b). Botanic Gardens. Collection of

Queensland timbers, collected and arranged

by Walter Hill, Colonial Botanist, and Director

of Botanic Gardens, Brisbane. In: Queensland.

Catalogue of the Queensland Court.

International Exhibition Melbourne 1880, pp.

19-42. J.B. Reynolds: Brisbane.

Holland, A. (2005). The Queensland Herbarium

celebrating 150 years. Australian Systematic

Botany Society Newsletter 122: 9-10.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 489-507 (2016)

Hooker, J.D. (1863). Bowenia spectabilis. Curtis’s

Botanical Magazine 3rd series, 19: t. 5398.

Jackson, B.D. (1901). A list of the collectors whose

plants are in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic

Garden, Kew, to 31 st December, 1899. Bulletin

of Miscellaneous Information 169/171: 1-80.

Johnstone, R. (1874). Report of Inspector Johnstone,

Second in Charge. In G.E. Dalrymple, (ed.),

Narrative and Reports of the Queensland

North-East Coast Expedition, 1873, pp. 42-47.

James C. Beal: Brisbane.

Jones, D. (1976). Trinity phoenix: a history of Cairns.

Dorothy Jones: Cairns.

Kew Herbarium Catalogue (2016). Herbarium

catalogue. apps. ke w. org/herbcat/nav igator. do,

accessed January 2016.

Lavarack, P.S. (2015). Early exploration of the Bellenden

Ker Range. Queensland History Journal 22:

577-593.

Legislative Assembly (1875). Herbarium of the

Queensland flora in the Museum. James C.

Beal: Brisbane.

- (1881). Mr. Walter Hill, late curator of the Botanic

Gardens, Brisbane (Papers relating to charges

against). James C. Beal: Brisbane.

Maiden, J.H. (1910). Records of Queensland Botanists.

Report on the Twelfth Meeting of the

Australasian Association for the Advancement

of Science, held at Brisbane, 1909, Section D:

373-383. A.J. Cumming: Brisbane.

Mather, P. (ed.) (1987). A time for a museum: the

history of the Queensland Museum 1862-1986.

Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, Vol. 24.

Queensland Museum: Brisbane.

McKinnon, R. (2009). An extraordinary life. Albannaich,

Spring 2009: 8-10.

Mueller, F. (1858). Account of some new Australian

plants. Transactions of the Philosophical

Institute of Victoria 2: 62-77.

- (1858-1882). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae, Vols 1-12. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1865a). Palmae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 5: 47-49. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1865b). Annual Report of the Government

Botanist and Director of the Botanic Garden.

John Ferres: Melbourne.

- (1870). Palmae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 7: 99-104. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

Do we, Walter Hill’s palms

507

- (1874a). Palmae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australian 8: 221-222, 233-236. Government

Printer: Melbourne.

- (1874b). Letter: F. Mueller to E. Ramsay, 27 July

1874, Mueller Correspondence Project, Royal

Botanic Gardens Melbourne.

-(1874c). Letter: F. Mueller to E. Ramsay, 9

September 1874. Mueller Correspondence

Project, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.

- (1874d). Palmae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 8: 233-236. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1875). Additamenta. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 9: 195-196. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1878). Palmae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 11: 54-58. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1879). Areca Alicae. The Gardeners’ Chronicle

11(285): 760.

North. M. (1892). Recollections of a happy life being the

autobiography of Marianne North edited by her

sister Mrs. John Addington Symonds. Vol. 2.

Macmillan & Co.: London.

Queensland Government (1859). Civil establishment of

Queensland, for the month of December, 1859.

W.C. Belbridge: Brisbane.

- (1861). Estimates of expenditure for 1862. W.C.

Belbridge: Brisbane.

Queenslander (1874). Queensland Acclimatisation

Society. The Queenslander , 6 June 1874, p. 2.

- (1876). The Acclimatisation Society. The

Queenslander , 18 March 1876, p. 22.

- (1904). A Man’s Work. An Interesting Page of

Queensland History. The Queenslander , 9 July

1904, pp. 25- 26.

Rodeur (1871). The Brisbane Botanical Gardens. The

Brisbane Courier, 13 February 1871, p. 3.

Sanderson, R.L. (2005). Tangled visions: changing

scientific understandings of the north

Queensland rainforests, 1770-1990. PhD

thesis, James Cook University.

Wendland, H. &Drude, O. (1875). Palmae Australasicae.

Linnaea 39: 153-238.

Three new species in Lindernia All. s.l.

(Linderniaceae) for Australia

B.S. Wannan

Summary

Wannan, B.S. (2016). Three new species in Lindernia All. s.l. (Linderniaceae) for Australia.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523. Three new species from the genus Lindernia are described: L.

stantonii Wannan, L. beasleyi Wannan from northern Queensland (Cape York Peninsula), and L.

barkeri Wannan from northern Western Australia (Kimberley). Illustrations of flowers, fruits, seeds,

leaves, stem anatomy, type specimen and a distribution map are provided for all species. Notes on

habitat and conservation status are also provided for each. A key to Queensland species is provided.

Key Words: Linderniaceae, Lindernia, Lindernia barkeri, Lindernia beasleyi, Lindernia stantonii,

Australia flora, Queensland flora. Western Australia flora, wetland plants, new species, taxonomy,

identification key, seed morphology, stem anatomy

B.S. Wannan, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor

Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia. Email: bswannan@bigpond.com

Introduction

The genus Lindernia All. (Linderniaceae

Borsch, K.Miill. & Eb.Fisch.) is a pan-

tropical genus represented in Australia

by approximately 50 species. Lindernia

species have been collected and described

in Australia for over 200 years in regional

floras (Stanley & Ross 1986; Barker 1992a;

Cowie et al. 2000), state floras (Bailey 1901;

Ewart & Davies 1917; Barker 1992b) and

national floras (Brown 1810; Bentham 1868).

Australian Lindernia species have also been

described in a Malesian revision (Philcox

1968) and a recent revision of the subgenus

Bonnaya (Liang & Wang 2014). Species

continue to be discovered and added to the

Australian flora by descriptions of new taxa

(Barker 1990, 1998) and by identification of

previously unrecognised taxa (Wannan 2013).

In spite of this work, many species are yet to

be formally named, especially those from the

Northern Territory and no overall account of

the Australian species is available.

The current paper describes three new

species for Australia: two from Cape York

Peninsula (northern Queensland) and one

from the Kimberley (northern Western

Australia). The Kimberley species was treated

as Lindernia sp. A by Barker (1992a). The

new species are described under the genus

Lindernia as the generic boundaries proposed

by Fischer et al. (2013) are not well supported

by molecular studies of Australian species

(Wannan et al. unpubl.).

Materials and methods

The species descriptions are based on

herbarium specimens (BM, BRI, CANB, CNS,

DNA, MEL, PERTH, UNSW), spirit material

(BRI and the author’s own collections), and

examination of fresh material collected by

the author. Length by width measurements

in mm are indicated as length x width mm.

Images of seeds are provided from scanning

electron microscopy (SEM) at the Australian

Museum, Sydney. Images from stem anatomy

were obtained from freehand sections by the

author and stained with Toluidine blue. An

abbreviation used in the specimen citations is

NP for National Park.

Taxonomy

A key to formally described Queensland

species is provided below. A key to Western

Australian Lindernia is provided in Barker

(1992a).

Accepted for publication 27 July 2016

Wannan, Three new Lindernia 509

Key to Queensland Lindernia species

1 Capsule > 2x length of calyx, cylindrical or fusiform.2

1. Capsule < 2x length of calyx, globose or ovoid.5

2 Flowers axillary, 1 per axil (i.e. no differentiation between leaves & floral bracts).3

2. Flowers in a loose raceme (i.e. floral bracts much smaller than leaves).4

3 Upper stamens only, anthers without tails, leaf length < 3x breadth,

pedicel 5-11 mm.L. antipoda

3. Upper & lower stamens, anthers with tails, leaf length > 3x breadth,

pedicel 15-20 mm.L. anagallis

4 Leaves crenate with aristate margins, calyx 4.5-6 mm, corolla

white with purple spots.L. ciliata

4. Leaves crenate without aristate margins, calyx 3-3.5 mm, corolla pink. . . . L. tenuifolia

5 Fertile upper stamens only.6

5. Fertile upper & lower stamens.7

6 Leaves with 3-5 longitudinal veins, corolla 5-6.5 mm long, no internal

flaps in corolla.L. hyssopioides

6. Leaves with midvein only, corolla 10-13 mm long, stamens enclosed by

flaps in corolla.L. tectanthera

7 Leaves ovate with 3-5 longitudinal veins,.8

7. Leaves subulate with a single midrib or no visible midrib,.10

8 Leaves, pedicel and calyx with filamentous eglandular trichomes.9

8. Leaves, pedicel and calyx without filamentous eglandular trichomes

(sometimes with stalked-glandular or sessile-glandular trichomes).L. alsinoides

9 Calyx lobed to base at anthesis, 1-3 flowers per axil.L. pusilla

9. Calyx fused for greater than % of length at anthesis, 1 flower per axil.L. Crustacea

10 Erect herbs with terminal cluster of flowers, pedicels < 10 mm long.11

10. Decumbent herbs with flowers in axils, pedicels > 10 mm long.12

11 Corolla < 7 mm long, with no staminal appendages.L. aplectra

11. Corolla > 9 mm long, with appendages on lower stamens.L. stantonii

12 Corolla with spotted lower lobes, ovary without stalked-glandular

trichomes, pedicels 31-63 mm with stalked-glandular trichomes, calyx

2.5-4 mm long.L. beasleyi

12. Corolla without spotted lower lobes, ovary with stalked-glandular

trichomes, pedicels 20-43 mm without stalked-glandular trichomes,

calyx 4-5 mm long.L. subulata

Lindernia stantonii Wannan sp. nov.

Similar to L. aplectra W.R.Barker but differs

in its possession of appendages on its lower

stamens (versus appendages absent), presence

of stalked glandular trichomes on the ovary

(versus absent), longer pedicels (2-7 mm

versus 1-3 mm), longer corolla (9-15 mm

versus 5-7 mm), shorter leaves (0.5-2.5

mm versus up to 12 mm), seed size ( c. 0.35

x 0.2 mm versus c. 0.6 x 0.35 mm) and seed

ornamentation (absence of regular fence-like

pattern versus presence). Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Road to Pormpuraaw, 12 June

2008, B.S. Wannan 5243 & P. Graham (holo:

BRI; iso: CNS).

Lindernia sp. Hann River (J.R. Clarkson

7953); Fechner (2007: 188, 2014: 24).

510

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 508-523 ( 2016 )

Annual herb; stems erect, scape-like, rigid,

10-35 cm high, glabrous, green or sometimes

red-purple. Leaves cauline, opposite, simple,

subsessile, triangular and scale-like, 0.5-2.5

mm x 0.2-0.5 mm, glabrous; margins entire;

single midvein obscure. Flowers crowded

at the apex of stems, subtended by leaves

that occasionally have stalked glandular

trichomes; pedicels ascendent, 2-7 mm long

with stalked glandular trichomes. Calyx

divided to base, lobes triangular-lanceolate,

2.5-3(-4) x c. 0.5 mm, green, with stalked

glandular trichomes, 3-nerved. Corolla

9-15 mm long; white, cream or mauve or

yellow, with stalked glandular trichomes

outside, internal flaps absent; tube 4-9 mm

long, upper lobe porrect, emarginate, 2-2.5

mm long; lower lip 3-lobed, 4-6 mm long,

reflexed downwards. Upper stamens 2

fertile, each with 2 cells; filaments 1-2 mm

long; anthers cohering with cells 0.5-0.8 mm

long, apiculate. Lower stamens 2 fertile,

each with 2 cells; filaments 3-6 mm long;

anthers cohering with cells 0.3-0.8 mm long,

apiculate, one of each pair smaller. Staminal

appendage simple, 0.5-0.8 mm long, included

within the throat and with bullate trichomes.

Ovary 1-1.5 mm long, with stalked glandular

trichomes in upper half; nectariferous disc

undulate around base of ovary; style 6-10 mm

long, with sparse stalked glandular trichomes.

Fruit with erect pedicels 5-7 mm long, with

stalked glandular trichomes; calyx 3-4 mm

long; capsule globular, 3-3.5 mm long, with

stalked glandular trichomes at apex. Seeds

rhomboidal, c. 0.35 x 0.2 mm, surface with

4 ridges in tranverse section, sulcate, light

brown. Stem anatomy in transverse section

circular with four collenchyma bundles and

secondary thickening in vascular cambium;

few air spaces in outer cortex. Figs. 1-8.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland

Cook District: Moa, Torres Strait, 3 km NNE of Kubin,

May 2003, Wannan 3090 & Toh (BRI, NSW); Coen, Aug

1976, Scarth-Johnson 309A (BRI); 18 km SW of Silver

Plains Homestead, Aug 1978, Paijmans 2934 (BRI,

CANB); Silver Plains, Jun 2013, McDonald KRM14339

(CNS); Lama Lama NP, Princess Charlotte Bay, Jul

2010, Thompson SLT1036 (BRI); Lama Lama NP,

Princess Charlotte Bay, Jun 2012, McDonald KRM13178

& Thompson (BRI); Lama Lama NP, Princess Charlotte

Bay, Jun 2012, McDonald KRM13179 & Thompson

Fig. 1 . Lindernia stantonii. Plants with white flowers

- arrows indicate minute leaves, c. *2 ( Wannan 3090 &

Toh , BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

(CNS); 6 km N of Lily vale on track to Running Creek,

Jun 1993, Clarkson 10094 & Neldner (BRI, CNS); 7 km

NE of Musgrave on road to Marina Plains, Jul 2000,

Wannan 1864 & Wannan (BRI, NSW); SE of Musgrave,

beside the Peninsula Developmental Road., Jun 2006,

Wannan 4518 & Graham (BRI); Road to Pormpuraaw,

Wan nan, Three new Lindemia

511

Jun 2008, Wannan 5243 & Graham (BRI); 20 miles

[33.3 km] ENE of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968,

Pedley 2654 (BRI); Peninsula Developmental Road,

44 miles [7.3 km] beyond Laura, Jul 1965, Gittins 978

(BRI, CANB, NSW); 7.9 km S of Musgrave on road to

Laura, Jul 1998, Bean 13559 (BRI, MEL); 3.5 km S of

the Hann River on the Peninsula Development Road,

May 1989, Clarkson 7953 (BRI, CNS); 9.7 km N of

Morehead River, Jun 1989, Clarkson 8078 & Neldner

(BRI, CNS); Rinyirru NP, 7.4 km along S boundary

from Koolburra gate, Aug 2012, McDonald KRM13417

(BRI); Lama Lama NP, Jun 2013, McDonald KRM14459

(CNS); Lakefield NP, 35 km along Marina Plains Road

from Musgrave, Jun 2011, McDonald KRM11674 (BRI);

14 km NE of New Laura Ranger Station, Lakefield NP,

May 1992, Neldner 4023 (BRI, CNS); 25 km SE of

Lakefield Ranger base, Aug 2014, Thompson SLT14277

& Fell (BRI); 44 km SE of Lakefield Ranger base, Aug

2014, Thompson SLT14346a, SLT14354 & Fell (BRI); 42

km WNW of ‘Bulimba’ Homestead in Staaten River NP,

Apr 2004, Fox 1DF3110 & Wilson (BRI); Staaten River

NP, Jul 2004, Williams 1652 (BRI); Staaten River NP, Jul

2004, Williams 1654 et al. (BRI); E of Miranda Downs

Homestead, July 2001, Thompson NOR135 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lindernia stantonii

is endemic to Queensland and occurs from

south-west Cape York Peninsula to Torres

Strait (Map 1). It grows in moist sandy areas

in woodland.

Notes: The novelty of this taxon is

corroborated by sequence data (Wannan

et al. unpubl). It is similar to Lindernia

aplectra that occurs over much the same

distribution range in Queensland, but differs

in numerous characters given above. The

Torres Strait specimen ( Wannan 3090 & Toh)

is disjunct from the remaining specimens,

but its characters fall within the range of the

southern elements including lighter flower

colour which is typical of other specimens

(e.g. Wannan 1864, McDonald KRM11674,

Thompson SLT14534 ). Corolla colour varies

throughout the range of this species.

Conservation status: Lindernia stantonii

has a broad range but remains infrequently

collected. A status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2001).

Etymology: The species is named for Peter

Stanton who has been a leader in conservation

on Cape York Peninsula for over 40 years.

Fig. 2. Lindernia stantonii Lateral view of mauve

flower, c. x6 ( Wannan 5243 & Graham , BRI). Photo:

B.S. Wannan.

Fig. 3. Lindernia stantonii. Adaxial view of mauve

flower, c. *5 ( Wannan 5243 & Graham , BRI). Photo:

B.S. Wannan.

512

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

Fig. 4. Lindernia stantonii. Corolla opened to show

stamens ( Wannan 5243 & Graham, BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Fig. 6. Lindernia stantonii. SEM of seed ( Wannan 5243

& Graham , BRI). Photo: Australian Museum.

Fig. 7. Lindernia stantonii. Transverse stem section,

c. x50 {Wannan 5243 & Graham, BRI). Photo: B.S.

Wannan.

Fig. 5. Lindernia stantonii. Capsule, c. x6.5 {Wannan

5243 & Graham, BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Wannan, Three new Lindernia

513

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland Cook

Lindernia sp. (Hann River J.R.CIarkson 7953)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 7811 ^

Depth

Coll. B.S. Wannan 5243

Graham.P.;

14d 46m 58s 141d58m 53s [WGS84]

(54,605616,8365472) (7268-56654) Alt.

Road to Pormpuraaw.

Sandy rise.

Open woodland T1(15): Corymbia hylandii. T2(8-10):Grevillea

glauca, Acacia crassicarpa, Melaleuca viridiflora. T3(6):

Petalostigma banksii.

Herb; flower fruit. Photo with specimen at BRI, preserved material.

SW425.

?Affinities with Lindernia sp. (Violet Vale B.S. Wannan+ 1865).

Fig. 8. Holotype of Lindernia stantonii (Wannan 5243 & Graham , BRI). Photo: W. Smith.

514

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

Lindernia beasleyi Wannan sp. nov. Similar

to some forms of L. subulata R.Br., but differs

in having spotted lower corolla lobes, shorter

leaves (3—12 mm versus 4-20 mm in L.

subulata ), longer pedicels (31-63 mm versus

20-43 mm), presence of stalked glandular

trichomes on pedicels (versus absent), and

absence of stalked glandular trichomes from

the ovary and fruit (versus present). Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Merapah, 4

August 2010, B.S. Wannan 5935 (holo: BRI;

iso: CNS, NSW).

Annual herb; stems decumbent and with

weakly ascending floral axes, glabrous.

Leaves cauline, opposite, simple, 3—12 x

0.5-1.5 mm, triangular to subulate, glabrous;

margins entire; single midvein often

obscure; petiole absent. Flowers axillary,

shoots sometimes terminated by a cluster of

leaves and flowers; pedicels 31-63 mm long

(at anthesis), ascending and with stalked

glandular trichomes. Calyx divided to base,

lobes triangular-lanceolate, 2.5-4 mm long,

green, with stalked glandular trichomes,

three nerved (lateral nerves often obscure).

Corolla 11-13 mm long, purple and white,

with distinctive purple spots on lower lobes;

with stalked glandular trichomes externally,

internal flaps absent; tube 5-7.5 mm long,

upper lobe porrect, emarginate, 2.5-3 mm

long, lower lip 3-lobed, 4.5-6.5 mm long,

reflexed downwards. Upper stamens 2, each

with 2 cells; filaments 1.5 mm long, anthers

cohering with cells c. 0.5 mm long. Lower

stamens 2, each with 2 cells; filaments 3-5

mm long; anthers cohering with cells 0.4-0.5

mm long, one of each pair smaller, both

apiculate. Staminal appendage simple, 2.5-4

mm long, exceeding the throat, with bullate

trichomes. Ovary 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous;

nectariferous disc smooth around base of

ovary; style 5-6.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

with erect pedicels 32-73 mm long; calyx

3-4 mm long; capsule ovoid 2.5-4 mm long,

glabrous. Seeds rhomboidal with longitudinal

ridges, c. 0.3 x 0.2 mm, surface sulcate,

brown. Stem anatomy in transverse section

four-angled with collenchyma bundles in each

corner, with separated vascular bundles; air

spaces frequent in outer cortex. Figs. 9-16.

Fig. 9 .Lindernia beasleyi. Lateral view of flower, c. x2.5

{Wannan 4845 & Graham , BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Fig. 10. Lindernia beasleyi. Front view of flower, c. x3

{Wannan 5896 & Spena , BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: 2 km NE of Bamaga Airstrip, Aug 1978,

Paijmans 3012 (BRI); Between Bamaga and tip of Cape

York, Sep 1980, Scarth-Johnson 1041A (BRI); Lake

Wicheura, Cape York, Dec 2008, Booth 5258 & Lynch

(BRI); Cape York N of Jardine River about 26 km S of

Bamaga, Oct 1971, Dodson s.n. (BRI [AQ3598]); Cape

York, s.dat. Hartmann s.n. (MEL 285765); Jardine

River, May 1948, Brass 18884 (BRI); Biffen Swamp c.

1.5 km S of Mutee Heads Turnoff on road from Bamaga

to Jardine River, Aug 1985, Clarkson 6190 (BRI, CNS);

Lake Boronto, Newcastle Bay, Sep 1974, Webb 13611

& Tracey (BRI); Near Jacky Jacky Creek, May 1962,

Webb 6011 & Tracey (BRI); Cape York Peninsula c.

50 miles [83 km] S of Cape York, 1943, Whitehouse

s.n. (BRI [AQ36297]); Sanamere Lagoon c. 3 km N of

Jardine River Crossing on the road to Bamaga, Aug

1985, Clarkson 6174 (BRI, CNS); c. 2 km S of Ussher

Point, Sep 1985, Clarkson 6247 (BRI, CNS); Fruit Bat

Falls, Mar 1992, Johnson 5067 (BRI); SW of Somerset,

Lake Bronto, Aug 1978, Kanis 2068 (BRI); E of Vrilya

Wannan, Three new Lindernia

515

Fig. 11. Lindernia beasleyi. Corolla opened to show

stamens ( Wannan 5935 , BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Fig. 13. Lindernia beasleyi. Capsules, c. x7 ( Wannan

5944 & Beasley , BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Fig. 14. Lindernia beasleyi. SEM of seed ( Wannan 5896

& Spena , BRI). Photo: Australian Museum.

Fig. 12. Lindernia beasleyi. Leaf, 4-angled stem and

base of pedicel, c. x7 ( Wannan 5896 & Spena, BRI).

Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Point, Aug 1981, Morton AM1404 & Godwin (CNS);

Heathlands, Oct 2004, Fensham 5125 & Jensen (BRI);

Bertie Creek, Sept 1989, Jobson 786 & Power (MEL);

Bertie Creek, Peninsula Developmental Road, May

1980, Morton AM920 (CNS); 58 miles [96.6 km] by road

N of Moreton towards Jardine River, Aug 1973, Brooker

4085 (BRI); Orchid Swamp, 2.6 km by road from

Coolibah Ranger Station, Steve Irwin Wildlife Reserve,

Jun 2011, McDonald KRM11520 & Lyon (BRI); c. 8 km

S of White Point on southern End of Shelburne Bay,

Oct 1991, Clarkson 9147 & Neldner (BRI); 1 km NE of

Middle Peak, Shelburne Bay Area, Jun 2008, Forster

PIF33715 & McDonald (BRI); Namaleta Creek, E Arm

upstream of Venture Mine Lease, Oct 1994, Gunness

AG2403 (BRI); Namaleta Creek, E Arm Drainage Basin

upstream of Venture Mine Lease, Oct 1994, Gunness

AG2391 (BRI); c. 2.5 km W of Crossing on Glennie

Creek on track from Bromley to Bolt Head, Jul 1990,

Clarkson 8760 & Neldner (BRI); Frenchmans Track

between Wenlock & Pascoe Rivers, Sep 2007, Wannan

4845 & Graham (BRI); c. 50 km NE of Weipa, Jul 2010,

Mitchell 190 (BRI); ‘Batavia Downs’, 4 km W by road of

‘Bromley’ Homestead, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2007,

Forster PIF32613 & McDonald (BRI); 13.5 km ENE of

Weipa Mission, Jul 1974, Specht W417 & Salt (BRI); N of

Mt Tozer, Cape York Peninsula, Jul 2004, Wannan 3671

et al. (BRI); Beening Creek, Weipa, Jul 1984, Gunness

AG1870 (CNS); c. 26 km SSW of Aurukun & 3 km W

of Archer River, Oct 1982, Clarkson 4550 (BRI, CNS);

48 km ESE of Aurukun, Yuukingga Nature Refuge,

May 2016, Wannan 6784 & Mitchell (BRI); Road to

Pormpuraaw, Jun 2008, Wannan 5240 & Graham (BRI,

NSW); Eight Mile Creek, Dixie Station, Aug 2008,

McDonald KRM7849 & Wannan (BRI); Harkness

516

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

Fig. 15. Lindernia beasleyi. Transverse stem section, c.

x65 (Wannan 5896 , BRI). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Station, Cape York Peninsula, Jul 2008, Wannan 5334

& McDonald (BRI); Rock Hole near Emu Lagoon,

Errk Oykangand NP, Jun 2010, McDonald KRM9288

& Cockburn (BRI); W of Almaden near race track, Jul

2010, Wannan 5896 & Spena (CNS); Near Almaden

Racecourse, Oct 2010, Wannan 5944 & Beasley (BRI,

CNS, NSW); Mud Soak Spring, Mt Surprise, Jun 2001,

Fensham 4521 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Lindernia beasleyi

is endemic to Queensland where it occurs

from Cape York to south-west Cape York

Peninsula (Map 2). It grows in moist sandy

areas in wetlands and woodlands.

Notes : The novelty of this taxon is

corroborated by sequence data (Wannan et

al. unpubl.). It is perhaps most likely to be

confused with Lindernia subidata that occurs

over a similar distribution range, but differs in

a range of characters as outlined above.

Conservation status : This species has a

broad range and is moderately common

in appropriate habitats. A status of Least

Concern is recommended (IUCN 2001).

Etymology : The species is named for the late

John Beasley whose handbooks provided

accessible information on North Queensland

plants.

Lindernia barkeri Wannan sp. nov. Similar

to L. cleistandra W.R.Barker but differs in

its more erect glabrous habit with uncrowded

leaves, shorter petioles (0.5-4 mm versus

5-22 mm), entire glabrous leaves, shorter

calyx (1.5-3 mm versus 2-7 mm), much

shorter corolla (4.5-6 mm versus 8-18 mm),

and smaller capsule (1.5-3 mm versus 3.5-5.5

mm). Typus: Western Australia. Kimberley:

Garimbu Creek, 24 June 2014, B.S. Wannan

6687, M. Wardrop, P. Lane & H. Hofman

(holo: PERTH; iso: BRI, CNS).

Lindernia sp. A W.R. Barker; (Barker 1992a:

828, Fig. 254E).

Annual herb; stems erect, 4-16 cm high,

sometimes rooting at lower nodes, glabrous,

green or rarely reddish. Leaves cauline,

opposite, simple, glabrous; blade broadly

lanceolate to depressed ovate, 3-20 x 2.5-21

mm, diminishing in size up the stem, with

3-5 longitudinal veins; rounded to attenuate

at base; margins entire, sinuate or rarely

serrate; petiole 0.5-4 mm long. Flowers rarely

axillary, mostly in racemes with triangular

bracts 1-3.5 mm long; racemes sometimes

with alternate bracts or when opposite with

a single flower per node; pedicels erect 4-12

mm long, glabrous. Calyx deeply 5-lobed,

almost to the base, triangular-ovate, lobes

1.5-3 mm long, acuminate, 1 or 3 nerved,

with minute eglandular hairs. Corolla 4.5-6

mm long, white or mauve or pink; tube 2-4

mm long, externally with stalked glandular

trichomes; upper lip porrect, c. 0.5 mm

long, truncate, internally with longitudinal

flaps enclosing the upper anther filaments;

lower lip 3-lobed, 1.5-3 mm long, mid-lobe

longer than lateral lobes, with the two laterals

held at right angles to the mid lobe. Upper

stamens 2, each with 2-cells, enclosed by

the corolla flaps; filaments 0.8-1 mm long;

anthers cohering, c. 0.5 mm long, the cells

divergent. Lower stamens sterile represented

by two short ( c. 0.5 mm long) staminodes

that are either linear or slightly clavate at

the apex. Ovary c. 1.5 mm long, glabrous;

style c. 2.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit with

pedicels to 25 mm long, calyx 1.5-3 mm long,

capsule 1.5-3 mm long. Seeds cuboidal, c.

0.35 x 0.25 mm with 4 longitudinal angles

Wannan, Three new Lindemia

517

PART OF TYPE COLLECTION

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland

Lindemia

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 51X114-

Coll. B.S. Wannan 5935

13d 52m 41s 142d 25m 15s [WGS84]

(54,653539,8465308) (7370-535653)

Merapah, Cape York.

Top of plateau on moist grey sandy soil,

Woodland on sandy soil (ephemeral wet area) T1 (10-12):

Syzygium eucalyptoides, Parinari nonda, Melaleuca stenostachya.

T2(6): Banksia (c). Gnd: grassland.

Weakly

Spirit material at BRI.

300.2 Linderniaceae

Fig. 16. Holotype of Lindemia beasleyi (Wannan 5935, BRI), sheet 1 of 2. Photo: W. Smith.

518

Auslrobai/eya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

PART OF TYPE COLLECTION 1 1

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Fig. 17. Holotype of Lindernia beasleyi ( Wannan 5935, BRI), sheet 2 of 2. Photo: W. Smith.

Wan nan, Three new Lindemia

519

and transverse ridges, light brown. Stem

anatomy in transverse section four-angled

with collenchyma bundles in each corner,

with separated vascular bundles; air spaces

uncommon in outer cortex. Figs. 18-25.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Kimberley: Mt Hart Station, Jun 2002,

Wannan 2476 (BRI, PERTH); Tributary of Garimbu

Creek, Jun 2014, Wannan 6681 et al. (CNS, NSW,

PERTH); Gorge in Garimbu Creek, Jun 2014, Wannan

6686 et al. (CNS); tributary of Roe River, Jun 2014,

Wannan 6688 et al. (CNS, PERTH); c. 1 km upstream

of King Cascade, Prince Regent River, Feb 1999, Barrett

715 & 716 (PERTH); c.lkmE of falls at head of N arm

of Bachsten Creek, Jan 1999, Barrett 678 (PERTH);

Upper Prince Regent River, 3.5 km E of Mt Agnes, Feb

2001, Barrett 1044 (PERTH); Cypress Valley, beside

Morgan River, S of New Theda Homestead, Jan 2001,

Barrett 1113 (PERTH); Breakfast Creek flowing S into

Charnley River, Jun 1993, Edinger 843 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Lindernia barkeri

occurs in the Kimberley of Western Australia

(Map 3) and grows in wet sandy soil under

sandstone overhangs or in the drip lines of

cliffs, often in association with Stylidium

muscicola F.Muell.

Notes : The novelty of this taxon, first

proposed by Barker (1992a), is corroborated

by its sequence data (Wannan et al. unpubl.)

and although its leaf shape is similar to

Lindernia cleistandra it differs from that

species in many characters as outlined above.

Conservation status : This species has a

broad, relatively undisturbed range but

remains infrequently collected due to its

remote habitat and wet-season phenology.

A status of Least Concern is recommended

(IUCN 2001).

Etymology : The species is named for W.R.

(Bill) Barker who has worked on Australian

Lindernia for over 30 years.

Fig. 18. Lindernia barkeri. Face view of flower, c. *6

(Barrett 1113 , PERTH). Photo: M. Barrett.

Fig. 19. Lindernia barkeri. Habit with flowers, c. xl

(Wannan 6687 et al. , CNS). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

520

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

Fig. 20. Lindernia barkeri. Corolla opened to show

stamens (Wannan 2476 , CNS). Del. W. Smith.

Fig. 21. Lindernia barkeri. Leaf, c. x3 (Wannan 6681 et

ah, CNS). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Fig. 22. Lindernia barkeri. Capsules, c. x5 (Wannan

6681 etal ., CNS). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Fig. 23. Lindernia barkeri SEM of seeds (Wannan

2476 , CNS). Photo: Australian Museum.

Fig. 24. Lindernia barkeri Transverse stem section, c.

x70 (Wannan 6687 etal ., CNS). Photo: B.S. Wannan.

Wannan, Three new Lindemia

521

Family SCROPHULARIACEAE

Spades Lindemia sp. A (Flora of Kimberley) BSW

Collector B.S. Wannan no. @687

Co-collector M. Wardrop, P. Lane, H. Hofman

State WA Subdivision WGa Date 24/6/2014

Locality Cave above Garimbu Ck

Dec latitude 15.362183 Dec longit 125.504767 Alt. (m) 176

Site Dripline of cave amongst spinifex and sandstone rocks

Community Grassland with spinifex, Goodenia, BSW6769. Notes; 5-vein broad

ovate leaves; very small flowers less than 5 mm long; K 1.5mm deeply

divided, corolla 4.5mm, lower lobes 1mm. Fruit <> equal to K, pedicel

5mm in flower, 6 mm In fruit, deflexed in fruit. Flowers in terminal

panicle with tiny bracts -r 1mm and sometimes alternately arranged.

Stems rarely with reddish tinge.

Habit Decumbent herb to 20 cm

Notes WGS84, WP82, photos 208-36, 280-4 [15° 21' 43.8" 125° 30'

17.4" ] incl. silica gel material, Et-OH material

Distribution PERTH holotype, BRI isoype, CNS Spec

isotype incl. silica gel & Et-OH

material

Note: Decimal longitude & latitude

Fig. 25. Holotype of Lindemia barkeri (Wannan 6687 et al ., PERTH). Photo: F. Zich.

522

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Darren Crayn (CNS) for his support

of the project and the directors and staff of

BM, BRI, CANB, CNS, DNA, MEL, NSW,

PERTH and UNSW for loans and/or access to

collections; Chris Quinn and the Australian

Museum, Sydney for SEM of seeds; Matt

Barrett (PERTH) who provided valuable

comment and images, and Will Smith (BRI)

for the floral illustrations and maps. This work

has been supported by Australian Biological

Resources Study (ABRS) National Taxonomy

Research Grant Program CN211-26 which has

been undertaken at the Australian Tropical

Herbarium.

References

Bailey, F.M. (1901). The Queensland Flora 4: 1110—

1112. H.J. Diddams: Brisbane.

Barker, W.R. (1990). Newtaxa, names and combinations

in Lindernia, Peplidium , Stemodia and Striga

(Scrophulariaceae) mainly of the Kimberley

Region, Western Australia. Journal of the

Adelaide Botanic Gardens 13: 79-93.

-(1992a). Scrophulariaceae. In J.R. Wheeler et

al. (eds.). Flora of the Kimberley Region.

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of

Conservation and Land Management: Como.

-(1992b). Lindernia. In G.J. Harden (ed). Flora of

New South Wales 3: 564-565. New South Wales

University Press: Kensington.

-(1998). A new species Lindernia cowiei and the

variability of L. tenuifolia (Subg. Bonnaya.

Scrophulariaceae) in Northern Australia.

Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 18:

161-165.

Bentham, G. (1868). Flora Australien sis 4: 495-499. L.

Reeve & Co.: London.

Brown, R. (1810). [1960 fascimile], Prodromus Florae

Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van Diemen. J.

Cramer: New York.

Cowie, I.D., Short, P.S. & Osterkamp Madsen, M.

(2000). Floodplain Flora-A flora of the coastal

floodplains of the Northern Territory, Australia.

Australian Biological Resources Study/Parks

and Wildlife Commission of the Northern

Territory: Canberra/Darwin.

Ewart, A.J. & Davies, O.B. (1917). The Flora of

the Northern Territory. McCarron & Bird:

Melbourne.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 508-523 (2016)

Fechner, N. (2007). Scrophulariaceae. In P.D. Bostock&

A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland

Flora 2007. Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

-(2014). Linderniaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.). Introduction to the Census

of the Queensland Flora 2014. Queensland

Department of Science, Information

Technology, Innovation and the Arts: Brisbane.

Fischer, E., SchAferhoff, B. & Muller, K. (2013).

The phylogeny of Linderniaceae - The new

genus Linderniella , and new combinations

within Bonnaya , Craterostigma, Lindernia ,

Micranthemum , Torenia and Vandellia.

Willdenowia 43: 209-238.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List of Categories and

Criteria: Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival

Commission: Gland/ Cambridge.

Liang, Y. & Wang, J. (2014). A systematic study of

Bonnaya section Bonnaya (Linderniaceae).

Australian Systematic Botany 27: 180-198.

Philcox, D. (1968). Revision of the Malesian species of

Lindernia All. (Scrophulariaceae). Kew Bulletin

22: 1-72.

Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of South¬

eastern Queensland 2: 438-441. Department of

Primary Industry: Brisbane.

Wannan, B.S. (2013). New records for Queensland in

Lindernia All. (Linderniaceae). Austrobaileya

9: 126-129.

Wannan, Three new Lindernia

523

Map 3. Distribution of Lindernia barkeri

Two new species of Solanum (Solanaceae)

from the Northern Territory, Australia

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2016). Two new species of Solanum (Solanaceae) from the Northern Territory,

Australia. Austrobaileya 9(4): 524-533. Two new species, Solanum ultraspinosum A.R.Bean and S.

apodophyllum A.R.Bean are described and illustrated, and maps of their distribution provided. Both

are related to Solanum clarkiae Symon. A key to the species comprising the S. clarkiae complex is

provided.

Key Words: Solanaceae, Solanum , Solanum apodophyllum , Solanum clarkiae , Solanum

ultraspinosum , Northern Territory flora, new species, taxonomy, distribution maps, identification key

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.

Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The informal ‘ Solanum dioicum species

group’ (Whalen 1984; Bean 2004) is confined

to tropical Australia. The member species are

characterised by either the dioecious habit

(separate male and female plants), or the

inflorescences strongly andromonoecious (a

single hermaphrodite flower at the base of the

cyme with numerous male flowers above it).

Martine et al. (2006) published a

phylogenetic analysis of the Solanum dioicum

species group based on data from the ITS

gene region, and recovered five clades:

Clade 1 comprising nearly all the dioecious

species; Clade 2 comprising S. heteropodium

Symon and S. oedipus Symon (both

andromonoecious); Clade 3 comprising S.

beaugleholei Symon, S. chippendalei Symon,

S. diversiflorum F.Muell. and S. phlomoides

A.Cunn. ex Benth. (all andromonoecious);

Clade 4 comprising S. clarkiae Symon

and S. melanospermum F.Muell. (both

andromonoecious); and Clade 5 comprising

two dioecious species from Kakadu National

Park, S. sejunctum Brennan, Martine &

Symon and S. asymmetriphyllum Specht.

Martine et al. (2009) examined further gene

regions, resulting in the same clades, but with

improved resolution in some areas.

Accepted for publication 21 July 2016

Solanum clarkiae was described by Symon

(1981), typified by a collection from near

Oenpelli, in the Northern Territory, Australia.

Morphologically, S. clarkiae sens. lat. has

been recognised amongst its congeners by

the non-clonal habit (Symon 1981; Brennan et

al. 2006), the entire or shallowly lobed leaves

lacking glandular hairs, the andromonoecious

inflorescences, the relatively long styles,

13-20 mm long (Martine et al. 2009), the

pedicel of the bisexual flower 2.5-4 cm long

(Symon 1981), the calyx lobes attenuate, 2.5-

5 cm long (Symon 1981, as ‘linear’), the calyx

tube not markedly accrescent at the fruiting

stage (Symon 1981), and the calyx strongly

recurved at the fruiting stage (Symon 1981).

However, even within these constraints,

specimens currently identified as Solanum

clarkiae exhibit a range of morphological

variation that is greater than that generally

accepted for other Solanum species. Two

groups of specimens stand out from the rest,

and two new species are described here to

accommodate these, viz. S. ultraspinosum and

S. apodophyllum. These can be consistently

distinguished from specimens of S. clarkiae

by readily observable characters.

The species of the Solanum clarkiae

complex are geographically separated from

nearly all species in the S. dioicum group -

the exceptions are two dioecious species, S.

sejunctum and S. asymmetriphyllum. Quite

Bean, New Solanum species from the Northern Territory

apart from their sexual expression, the species

of the S. clarkiae complex are unlikely to be

confused with these two species, which are tall

plants (up to 2 m high), with very few prickles

(if any) on the stems, and an accrescent calyx

tube that encloses the mature fruit.

Materials and methods

This study is based on morphological

examination of herbarium specimens from

AD, BRI, CANB and DNA. Measurements are

based on dried material, except for the corolla,

anthers and style, where measurements were

made from material reconstituted using

boiling water.

525

The lobing index (used in the descriptions

below) is the ratio between the length of the

lobe halfway along the lamina and the parallel

length at the adjacent sinus (see Bean 2004:

641, 642). The leaves of Solanum spp. are

typically oblique, with one side of the lamina

shorter than the other. The obliqueness index

is a measure of how oblique the lamina base is

(see Bean 2004: 641).

The distribution maps were compiled

using DIVA-GIS Version 7.5.0, using

geocodes given on the specimens seen by the

author. An abbreviation in the specimen and

locality citations is NP for National Park.

Taxonomy

Key to the species of the Solanum clarkiae complex

1 Leaves sessile; stellate hairs on upper leaf surface all with lateral rays ±

at right angles to central ray (porrect).S. apodophyllum

1. Leaves petiolate, petioles 10-33% of lamina length; stellate hairs on

upper leaf surface mostly with ascending lateral rays, although some porrect.2

2 Fruiting calyx with 2300-2700 prickles; male flowers with pedicels

3-11 mm long.S. ultraspinosum

2. Fruiting calyx with 190-310 prickles; male flowers with pedicels

11-16 mm long.S. clarkiae

Solanum apodophyllum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to S. clarkiae , but differing by

the sessile leaves, the geminate sympodia,

and the stellate hairs of the upper leaf surface

all porrect. Typus: Northern Territory. About

2.5 miles [4 km] SW of Mount Gilruth, 28

February 1973, M. Lazar ides 7940 (holo:

CANB; iso: DNA).

Sprawling or erect shrub, 0.6-1.2 m high.

Sympodia difoliate, geminate. Branchlets

brown, stellate hairy; prickles 16-32 per cm,

straight and broad-based, 1-4.5 mm long, 5-7

times longer than wide, glabrous. Branchlet

stellate hairs moderately dense, 0.3-0.8 mm

diameter, stalks 0-0.2 mm long; lateral rays

4-7, porrect; central ray 0.2-0.5 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped; short glandular

hairs absent. Adult leaves elliptical or ovate,

7.3-15.5 cm long, 3-7.2 cm wide, 1.8-2.4

times longer than broad, entire, prickles

absent; stellate hairs not gland-tipped, simple

hairs absent; short glandular hairs absent;

apex acute, base auriculate. Petioles absent.

Upper leaf surface grey-green; stellate hairs

distributed throughout, moderately dense

to dense, 0.15-0.4 mm apart, 0.5-0.7 mm

across, stalks 0-0.2 mm long; lateral rays

4- 8, porrect; central ray 0.4-0.8 times as long

as laterals. Lower leaf surface greenish-white;

stellate hairs moderately dense to dense, 0.2-

0.4 mm apart, 0.5-0.7 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.2 mm long; lateral rays 5-8, porrect;

central ray 0.3-0.8 times as long as laterals.

Inflorescence leaf-opposed, cymose (pseudo-

racemose), common peduncle absent, rachis

prickles present, with one bisexual flower

at base of rachis, the rest male; flowers

5- merous, corolla rotate, purple, outer surface

lacking prickles. Male flowers: inserted along

rachis; rachis 40-90 mm long, bearing 6-10

male flowers; pedicels at anthesis 6-10 mm

526

long, prickles present; calyx tube at anthesis

1.5-2 mm long; calyx lobes attenuate, 6-9

mm long; calyx prickles 60-125, 1-3.5 mm

long; stellate hairs moderately dense to dense,

transparent, 0.4-0.7 mm across, stalks 0-0.2

mm long, lateral rays 4-6; central ray 0.3-0.7

times as long as laterals; corolla 10—14 mm

long; anthers 87-9.2 mm long; filaments c.

0.5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Bisexual flower:

inserted at base of rachis; pedicel 27-34 mm

long; calyx prickles 615-785, 1-9 mm long;

stellate hairs dense to very dense, transparent,

0.6-0.7 mm across, stalks 0-0.4 mm long,

lateral rays 4-7; central ray 0.3-0.6 times

as long as laterals; corolla, 20-23 mm long,

style 17-18 mm long. Fruits solitary, globular,

20-25 mm diameter, white, calyx tube not

accrescent; calyx lobes exceeding mature

fruit, strongly recurved; calyx prickles 900-

1100, 2-12 mm long; pedicels 38-43 mm

long; seeds not seen. Figs. 1, 2.

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory.

Near Mt Gil ruth. Mar 1984, Craven 8293 & Wight man

(CANB, DNA); Mt Gilruth area, Arnhem Land, Jun

1978, Henshall 1875 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

apodophyllum is confined to the Mount

Gilruth area of western Arnhem Land,

Northern Territory (Map 1).

Phenology : Flowers recorded in February

and March; fruits in June.

Notes : Solanum apodophyllum is unique

among Australian Solanum species because

of its consistently sessile leaves. All leaves

on the available herbarium specimens are

sessile and auriculate. In S. heteropodium , a

species from the Kimberley region of Western

Australia, the upper leaves are “sessile or

shortly petiolate” (Symon 1981), but the lower

leaves have well-developed petioles.

S. apodophyllum differs from S. clarkiae

by the geminate sympodia, the shorter central

ray of the branchlet stellate hairs, the sessile

leaves, the absence of prickles from either leaf

surface, the porrect stellate hairs on the upper

leaf surface, the shorter pedicels on the male

flowers, the greater number of prickles on

the bisexual flower calyx and on the fruiting

calyx, and the longer anthers.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 524—533 (2016)

Conservation status : As Solanum

apodophyllum is confined to rugged sandstone

terrain in western Arnhem Land, it is not

thought to be under any threat. Population

sizes are unknown however, and if surveys

revealed that the total population was small,

then its conservation status would need to be

reconsidered.

Etymology : From the Greek apodus - without

a foot, and phyllon - a leaf. This is in reference

to the sessile leaves present in the species.

Solanum ultraspinosum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to S. clarkiae , but differing by

the many more prickles on the calyx of the

male flowers, the bisexual flower, and the

fruiting calyx, and by the shorter pedicels of

the male flowers. Typus: Northern Territory.

About 17 km SE of Jabiru, Kakadu National

Park, 29 March 1981, L.A. Craven 6598 (holo:

CANB [2 sheets]; iso: DNA).

Sprawling or erect shrub, 0.6-1.2 m high.

Sympodia difoliate, geminate. Branchlets

white, grey or brown, stellate hairy; prickles

90-136 per cm, straight and acicular, 1-6 mm

long, 11-15 times longer than wide, glabrous

or with a few stellate hairs at base. Branchlet

stellate hairs sparse to moderate, 0.25-0.6

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.2 mm long; lateral

rays 3-6, porrect or ascending; central ray

0.5-1 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; short glandular hairs absent. Adult

leaves elliptical or ovate, 5.2-14 cm long,

2.3-72 cm wide, 1.6-2.3 times longer than

broad, entire or shallowly lobed throughout,

with 0 or 3 lobes on each side, lobes acute

or obtuse, lobing index 1-1.3, stellate hairs

not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent; short

glandular hairs absent; apex acute, base

cuneate, obtuse or cordate, oblique part 2.5-

16 mm long, obliqueness index 10—13 percent.

Petioles 0.6-2.3 cm long, 12-25% length of

lamina, prickles present. Upper leaf surface

green; prickles absent or 1-3 on midvein only,

straight and acicular, 2-3 mm long; stellate

hairs distributed throughout, moderately

dense to dense, 0.25-0.5 mm apart, 0.4-0.6

mm across, stalks 0-0.05 mm long; lateral

rays 4-8, porrect or ascending; central ray

07-1.2 times as long as laterals. Lower leaf

surface greenish-white, prickles absent or

Bean, New Solarium species from the Northern Territory

527

FLORA OF HORTHEBN TERRITORY

Distributed by the

HERBARIUM AUS1RALIEMSE, C5.I.R-0, CANBERRA, A.C.T.

with the request to be notified of new identifications.

Coll. K. Lazarida*

No. 7940 Date 28 Petr. 1973

Solanna

tong. 133’ 02* E,, Lat. 13'03' a. (ft 107;

<r. 2.5 nllaa SN. of ft-t. Gilinth).

Rare among rocks of waterfall in creek

in small valley between sandstone bills,....

with Jiucalyptus phoenieea, Plectraohne,

■any herbs and sparse low trees*

Stout undershrub 3-4 ft high, with

diseolorous leaves, and spines on stems .

and branches* Flowers purple, with

yellow stamens.

Solatium clarkiae Symon

Det. B.J. Lepschi Aug. 1994

HERBARIUM AUSTRAUENSE (CANB]

Lazarides 7940

Solarium clarkiae Symon ms *

DEP.t P.K. Lata 28-9-77*

(Det, List ex NT 4 Oct* 1977).

HERBARIUM

AUSTRAUENSE

(CANB)

N9 239913

CANB LOAN 2 0 1 5 - 0 0 2. W

Fig. 1 . Holotype of Solarium apodophyllum (CANB).

528

Austrobaileya 9(4): 524-533 (2016)

Fig. 2. Portion of the holotype of Solanum apodophyllum, showing inflorescences.

1-10 on midvein only, straight, broad-based;

stellate hairs moderately dense to dense, 0.2-

0.35 mm apart, 0.5-0.8 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.15 mm long; lateral rays 7-8, porrect

or ascending; central ray 0.5-0.9 times as

long as laterals. Inflorescence supra-axillary,

cymose (pseudo-racemose), common

peduncle absent, rachis prickles present,

with one bisexual flower at base of rachis, the

rest male. Flowers 5-merous; corolla rotate,

purple, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

lacking prickles. Male flowers: inserted along

rachis; rachis 52-88 mm long, bearing 10-15

male flowers; pedicels at anthesis 2.5-11

mm long, prickles present; calyx tube at

anthesis 1-2 mm long; calyx lobes attenuate,

6-10 mm long; calyx prickles 450-600, 1-7

mm long; stellate hairs dense to very dense,

transparent, 0.25-0.4 mm across, stalks 0-0.1

mm long, lateral rays 5-8; central ray 1-1.5

times as long as laterals; corolla 10-13 mm

long, anthers 7-7.6 mm long, filaments c. 0.5

mm long; ovary with short glandular hairs.

Bisexual flower: inserted at base of rachis;

pedicels at anthesis c. 20 mm long; calyx

tube c. 3 mm long; calyx lobes attenuate, c.

24 mm long; calyx prickles 1500-2000, 2-11

mm long; stellate hairs sparse to moderately

dense, transparent, 0.3-0.4 mm across, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays 3-5; central ray

1-2 times as long as laterals; corolla and style

not seen. Fruit solitary, globular, 23-26 mm

Bean, New Solanum species from the Northern Territory

diameter, white, calyx tube not accrescent;

calyx lobes exceeding mature fruit, strongly

recurved; calyx prickles 2300-2700, 5-14

mm long; pedicels 20-29 mm long; seeds

black, 27-2.9 mm long. Figs. 3, 4.

Additional specimens examined : Northern Territory.

Little Nourlangie Rock, Apr 1980, Dunlop 5427 (AD,

CANB, DNA, NSW); Koongarra Jump Up area,

Apr 1980, Dunlop 5506 (AD, DNA); Kakadu NP, Mt

Brockman, Mar 1995, Egan 4569 (DNA); Kakadu NP, 10

kmNE ofNamarrgon, Mar 1995, Russell-Smith & Lucas

10300 (DNA); Little Nourlangie Rock, Kakadu NP, Apr

1980, Telford 7796 & Wrigley (CANB); Little Nourlangie

Rock, Kakadu NP, Apr 1980, Telford 7807 & Wrigley

(CANB); 2.5 km NW of Koongarra Saddle, Kakadu NP,

Apr 1980, Telford 8116 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat: Solanum

ultraspinosum is confined to the Mt Brockman

- Nourlangie Rock area of Kakadu National

Park, Northern Territory (Map 1). It grows

on sandstone slopes and plateaux, in sandy or

skeletal soil.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

collected in March and April.

Notes: Solanum ultraspinosum is closely

related to S. clarkiae, but differs by the

geminate sympodia; the greater number of

calyx prickles on the bisexual flowers, male

flowers, and fruits; the shorter pedicels of

the male flower; the mostly smaller stellate

hairs on the calyx; and the ovary with short

glandular hairs (glabrous for S. clarkiae).

The number of prickles occurring on the

fruiting calyx (2300-2700) is far in excess of

that found on any other Australian Solanum

species, and perhaps greater than any other

Solanum species in the world.

Conservation status: As Solanum

ultraspinosum is confined to rugged

sandstone terrain in Kakadu NP, it is not

thought to be under any threat. Population

sizes are unknown however, and if surveys

revealed that the total population was small,

then some formal conservation status would

be appropriate.

Etymology: From the Latin ultra - beyond,

and spinosa - thorny or prickly. This epithet

is given in reference to the extremely prickly

fruiting calyx, which bears between 2300 and

2700 prickles.

529

Solanum clarkiae Symon, J. Adelaide Bot.

Gard. 4: 277 (1981). Type: Northern Territory.

16 km SW of the East Alligator River crossing

on the road to Oenpelli, 11 June 1967, D.E.

Symon 5156 (holo: CANB; iso: AD, B, K,

NSW, NT, US).

Illustrations: Symon (1981: 278, 279).

Sprawling or erect shrub, 0.5-1.5 m high.

Sympodia difoliate, disjunct. Branchlets

green, yellow, rusty or brown; stellate hairy;

prickles 10-104 per cm, straight and acicular,

1-9 mm long, 6-16 times longer than wide,

glabrous. Branchlet stellate hairs sparse to

very dense, 0.25-0.8 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.5 mm long; lateral rays 4-8, porrect or

ascending; central ray 0.5-2.0 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped; short glandular

hairs absent. Adult leaves ovate to broadly

ovate, 4.1-15.5 cm long, 2.1-9 cm wide,

1.2-2.8 times longer than broad, entire or

shallowly lobed throughout, with 3-4 lobes

on each side, lobes acute or obtuse, lobing

index 1-1.4; stellate hairs not gland-tipped,

simple hairs absent; short glandular hairs

absent; apex acute, base obtuse or cordate,

oblique part 2-24 mm long, obliqueness

index 3—16 percent. Petioles 0.7-3.5 cm long,

10-33% length of lamina, prickles present.

Upper leaf surface green, yellowish or grey;

prickles 0-11, absent or present on midvein

only, or present on midvein and lateral veins,

straight and acicular, 1-7 mm long; stellate

hairs distributed throughout, sparse to very

dense, 0.05-0.8 mm apart, 0.4-1.2 mm

across, stalks 0-0.2 mm long; lateral rays

4-10, ascending or rarely 2-tiered; central ray

0.6-1.3 times as long as laterals. Lower leaf

surface green to yellowish or rusty, prickles

0-14, absent or present on midvein only, or

on midvein and lateral veins, straight and

acicular or broad-based; stellate hairs sparse

to very dense, 0.05-0.6 mm apart, 0.5—1.2

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.4 mm long; lateral

rays 5-10, ascending or rarely 2-tiered;

central ray 0.5-1.4 times as long as laterals.

Inflorescence leaf-opposed or supra-axillary,

cymose (pseudo-racemose), common

peduncle absent, rachis prickles present,

with one bisexual flower at base of rachis, the

rest male; flowers 5-merous, corolla rotate,

530

Austrobaileya 9(4): 524-533 (2016)

Fig. 3. Fruiting calyces of Solanum ultraspinosum (Egan 4569, DNA).

Bean, New Solanum species from the Northern Territory

Fig. 4. Plant of Solanum ultraspinosum ( Telford 8116 ,

CANB). Photo: I. Telford.

purple, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

lacking prickles. Male flowers: inserted along

rachis, rachis 20-280 mm long, bearing 9-23

flowers; pedicels at anthesis 11-16 mm long,

prickles present; calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-

2.5 mm long; calyx lobes attenuate, 4.5-8 mm

long; calyx prickles 50-110,1.5-4.5 mm long;

stellate hairs moderately dense to very dense,

yellow or transparent, 0.35-0.8 mm across,

stalks 0-1.1 mm long, lateral rays 5-8; central

ray 0.8-1.8 times as long as laterals; corolla

10-13 mm long, inner surface glabrous

or with a patch of simple hairs at each lobe

apex; anthers 6.5-7.5 mm long; filaments

0.5-1 mm long; ovary glabrous. Bisexual

flower: inserted at base of rachis; pedicels at

anthesis 16-26 mm long; calyx prickles 180—

250, 1.5-10 mm long; stellate hairs dense,

transparent to yellow, 0.4-0.9 mm across,

stalks 0-0.9 mm long, lateral rays 4-8; central

ray 0.7-1.3 times as long as laterals; corolla

13-21 mm long, inner surface glabrous; style

13-16 mm long, glabrous; ovary glabrous.

Fruits solitary, globular, 17-28 mm diameter,

white at maturity, calyx tube not accrescent;

calyx lobes exceeding mature fruit, strongly

recurved; prickles 190-310, 1.5-12 mm long;

pedicels 25-40 mm long; seeds black, 2.7-3

mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined : Northern

Territory. Marchinbar Island South, Hopeful Bay, Sep

1994, Brennan 2913 (DNA); Near UDP Falls, South

Alligator, Feb 1969, Byrnes 1389 (AD, CANB, DNA);

Birdie Creek, Kakadu NP, Apr 1990, Cowie 1102

& Leach (DNA, MEL, NSW); Magela Creek upper

catchment, Arnhem Land, Apr 1995, Cowie 5720 (DNA);

531

E of Mann River, c. 64 km SSW of Maningrida, Arnhem

Land, Mar 2000, Cowie 8695 (DNA); Mt Bundey, Mary

River NP, Dec 2010, Cowie 12854 & Stuckey (B n.v.,

DNA); Between Kambolgie Creek and Plum Tree Creek,

Kakadu Stage 3, Apr 1993, Egan 2134 (DNA); Wessel

Islands, Oct 1972, Latz 3397 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Elcho

Island, Jul 1975, Latz NEAR 6259 (AD); Mt Bundey, Feb

1989, Leach 2093 & Dunlop (DNA); NW Cotton Island,

Aug 1996, Mangion 251 (DNA); Vicinity of El Sharana

Mining camp, Jan 1973, Martensz & Schodde AE389

(AD, CANB, DNA); Dharrway Swamp, Elcho Island,

Jun 2004, A.A. Mitchell 7784 (AD, CANB, DNA); W

side of Raragala Island, Wessel Island group, Nov 2006,

A.A. Mitchell 8665 (AD, DNA); 14 km S of Cannon

Hill, Kakadu NP, Jan 1984, Russell-Smith 915 (DNA);

Northern Outlier, Kakadu NP, Mar 1995, Russell-Smith

9894 (DNA); 12 km NE of Jabiru airfield. Kakadu NP,

Mar 1995, Russell-Smith & Lucas 10012 (DNA); 12

miles [19 km] W of the East Alligator River crossing

on the road to Oenpelli, Jun 1971, Symon 7179 (AD,

DNA, CANB); On road to Oenpelli from Pine Creek,

some km from East Alligator River crossing, Jun 1975,

Symon 10347 (AD); 10 km SW of Oenpelli Aboriginal

Settlement, May 1988, Weber 9910 (AD, DNA);

Katherine River, Nibuldakya, Jul 1997, Wightman 7014

(DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum clarkiae

is widely distributed across the Top End of

Northern Territory, from Mt Bundey to the

Wessel Islands, but mainly in Kakadu NP and

western Arnhem Land (Map 2). It usually

grows among sandstone boulders, or on

sandy soils adjacent to sandstone outcrops,

but is also recorded from a granite outcrop

(Mt Bundey), and on swamp margins (Elcho

Island).

Phenology : Flowers are recorded from

September to May; fruits are recorded from

March to November.

Notes : Apart from the two species described

herein, Solanum clarkiae is most closely related

to S. melanospermum. S. clarkiae differs

by the shallowly lobed adult leaves (deeply

lobed for S. melanospermum ), the pedicels

with stellate hairs throughout (glabrous at

distal end for S. melanospermum ), the greater

number of calyx prickles on both the male

and bisexual flowers, and the calyx prickles

glabrous or with hairs at the very base of the

prickle (hairs attached throughout most of the

length of the prickle in S. melanospermum).

Solanum clarkiae is a variable

species, notwithstanding the removal of

S. ultraspinosum and S. apodophyllum.

532

Specimens from near the type locality have

dense to very dense indumentum on the

leaves, the number of male flowers is typically

9-13, and the rachis length is between 50-80

mm. Specimens from the more southerly

parts of Kakadu NP have narrower sparsely

hairy leaves and long petioles, with up to 23

male flowers on a rachis up to 280 mm long;

specimens from Mt Bundey have sparsely

hairy leaves with very short petioles. It is

therefore possible that further taxa exist, but

additional collections and field observations

would be needed to determine the significance

of the observed differences.

Conservation status : Least Concern. The

distribution of Solanum clarkiae is extensive,

and much of it is in Kakadu NP and adjacent

parts of Arnhem Land. There would appear to

be no significant threats to its future survival.

Acknowledgements

I thank the Directors of AD, CANB and DNA

for sending specimens on loan. I am grateful

to Wifi Smith for the specimen images, and

for finalising the distribution maps.

References

Bean, A.R. (2004). The taxonomy and ecology of

Solanum subg. Leptostemonum (Dunal) Bitter

(Solanaceae) in Queensland and far north¬

eastern New South Wales. Austrobaileya 6:

639-816.

Brennan, K., Martine, C.T. & Symon, D.E. (2006).

Solanum sejunctum (Solanaceae), a new

functionally dioecious species from Kakadu

National Park, Northern Territory, Australia.

The Beagle, Records of the Museums and Art

Galleries of the Northern Territory 22: 1-7.

Martine, C.T., Vanderpool, D., Anderson, G.J. & Les,

D.H. (2006). Phylogenetic relationships of

andromonoecious and dioecious Australian

species of Solanum subgenus Leptostemonum

section Melongena : inferences from ITS

sequence data. Systematic Botany 31: 410-420.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 524—533 (2016)

Martine, C.T., Anderson, G.J. & Les, D.H. (2009).

Gender-bending aubergines: Molecular

phylogenetics of cryptically dioecious Solanum

in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 22:

107-120.

Symon, D.E. (1981). A revision of the genus Solanum

in Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Garden 4: 1-367.

Whalen, M.D. (1984). Conspectus of species groups

in Solanum subgenus Leptostemonum. Gentes

Herbarum 12: 179-282.

Bean, New Solanum species from the Northern Territory

533

Map 1. Distribution of Solanum apodophyllum □ and S. ultraspinosum A in the Northern Territory.

Map 2. Distribution of Solanum clarkiae in the Northern Territory.

Mallotus pleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm. (Euphorbiaceae),

a new species record and range extension for Australia

from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, P.I. (2016). Mallotus pleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm. (Euphorbiaceae), a new species record and

range extension for Australia from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 534 -

538 . Mallotus pleiogynus is confirmed from five locations on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland,

and represents a new species record for both Australia and Queensland. Notes for this species are

provided in relation to its distribution and habitat, key characters to distinguish it from similar

species, and conservation status. The occurrence of M. pleiogynus in Australia can be considered

as peripheral to the main distribution elsewhere on New Guinea. The importance of peripheral

populations for otherwise widespread species is briefly reviewed; however, it is concluded that the

Australian populations of this species should be classified as Least Concern.

Key Words: Euphorbiaceae, Mallotus , Mallotus discolor , Mallotus nesophilus , Mallotus pleiogynus ,

Australia flora, Queensland flora. New Guinea flora

P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.

For ster @dsit i. qld. gov. au

Introduction

The genus Mallotus Lour, was last revised

for Australia nearly 20 years ago wherein 13

species were recognised as native (Forster

1999). M. pleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm.,

otherwise previously recorded from the

island of New Guinea, is documented here as

a new species record and range extension for

Queensland and Australia.

In June 1995 and June 1996 botanical

exploration, mainly for vascular plants

occurring in rainforest communities, was

undertaken in the southern Mcllwraith Range

on Cape York Peninsula, specifically in the

area of Station Creek and the access tracks to

the abandoned Klondyke (‘Klondike’ by some

collectors) mine. In addition to herbarium

collections, some live material of diverse

plants were also collected on these occasions

and subsequently cultivated.

One such collection of a Mallotus , that

was encountered in a sterile state at the time,

has subsequently been flowered in cultivation

(Figs. 1 & 2) enabling its identification as M.

pleiogynus , a moderately to large sized tree

that can grow up to 30 m high. This species

is superficially similar to both M. discolor

F.Muell. ex Benth. and M. nesophilus Mull.

Arg. that are widespread and endemic

to Australia (Forster 1999) and a critical

examination of holdings of these species at

BRI has enabled identification of several

other collections of M. pleiogynus from Cape

York Peninsula. This species is otherwise

widespread on the island of New Guinea, both

in Indonesia and Papua New Guinea (Kulju

et al. 2007). Together with M. chromocarpus

Airy Shaw from New Guinea, these four

species form a strongly supported clade, albeit

with weaker interspecific relationships, based

upon molecular analyses (Kulju et al. 2007;

Sierra etal. 2010; van Welzen et al. 2014). The

veracity of this clade is supported by the shared

morphological features of “stipules absent,

anther connectives conspicuously broadened

(umbrella-like) and fruits indehiscenf ’ (Kulju

etal. 2007).

Accepted for publication 20 June 2016

Forster, Mallotus pleiogynus in Australia

535

Fig. 1. Mallotus pleiogynus. Flowering branchlet (Tucker MCT6037c , BRI). Photo: G. Leiper.

Fig. 2. Mallotus pleiogynus. Racemes of male flowers (Tucker MCT6037c, BRI). Photo: G. Leiper.

536

Taxonomy

Mallotus pleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm., Das

Pflanzenr. IV,147: 187 (1914); Octospermum

pleiogynum (Pax & K.Hoffm.) Airy Shaw,

Kew Bull. 19: 312 (1965). Type: Papua New

Guinea [“Kaiser-Wilhelmsland”]. Augusta

Station, [U.M.] Hollrung 782 (holo: Bt; iso:

K).

Illustrations: Airy Shaw (1974: t. 3716);

Kulju etal. (2007: 129).

Refer to Kulju etal. (2007) for a comprehensive

description (also available online). As yet, the

Australian collections are sterile or only have

male flowers available.

Additional specimens examined. Indonesia. Papua:

Andai, SW of Manokwari, Nov 1961, Koster BW11915

(BRI); Warsamson Valley, E of Sorong, Aug 1961,

Schram BW12446 (BRI). Papua New Guinea. East Sepik

Province: Near Melawei, Ambunti subdistrict, Jun 1966,

Hoogland 10348 & Craven (BRI). Milne Bay Province:

M.I. road to Mt Suckling, Rabaraba, Jun 1972, Katik

NGF46918 (BRI); Junction Ugat & Mayu Rivers, near

Mayu Island, Jun 1972, Streimann & Katik NGF28607

(BRI). Northern Province: near Budi Barracks, Tufi

subdistrict, Aug 1954, Hoogland 4522 (BRI). West Sepik

Province: Aitape, Nov 1944, McAnalan NGF526 (BRI).

Australia: Queensland. Cook District: Haggerstone

Island, May 1995, Le Cussan 338 (BRI); 5.5 km WNW

Austrobaileya 9(4): 534-538 (2016)

of Olive River mouth, 55.6 km NE of Moreton H.S.,

Bromley Holding, Jun 1994, Fell DGF4460 & Buck

(BRI); Head of Swamp Creek, Table Range, 11.9 km

SW of Lockhart River community, Lockhart River

Aboriginal Reserve, Apr 1994, Fell DGF4290 & Daunt

(BRI); Ex Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains (cultivated

at Cooroy), May 2016, Tucker MCT14071 (BRI); Ex

Klondyke, Station Creek track, Mcllwraith Range

(cultivated at Cooroy), Dec 2010, Tucker MCT6037

(BRI); ibid ., Dec 2014, Tucker MCT6037b (BRI, CNS,

MEL); ibid. , Mar 2016, Tucker MCT6037c (BRI, MEL).

Distribution and habitat: In Australia,

Mallotus pleiogynus is currently known

from five localities on eastern Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland. Outside of Australia

it is widespread on the island of New Guinea

both in Indonesian Papua and Papua New

Guinea (Kulju et al. 2007). The Australian

populations occur in semi-deciduous to

evergreen notophyll vineforest on substrates

derived from granite, lateritic or metamorphic

rocks at altitudes between 20 and 420 m.

Notes: In the identification key to Australian

Mallotus (Forster 1999), material of M.

pleiogynus wifi confound the character

choices at couplet 7. By replacing couplet 7

with the following, material of this species

can now be keyed out.

7. Lamina with interlateral (3°) veins poorly developed below (± obscured). . . . M. discolor

Lamina with interlateral (3°) veins strongly developed below (clearly visible).7a

7a. Lamina with marginal extrafloral nectaries 6-10; stamens 50-60; fruit

not longitudinally ribbed.M. nesophilus

Lamina with marginal extrafloral nectaries 9-20; stamens

15-50; fruit longitudinally ribbed.M. pleiogynus

Conservation status: Mallotus pleiogynus

joins the group of Euphorbiaceae species that

are known in Queensland from a handful of

populations but that are otherwise widespread

in New Guinea or greater Malesia, namely:

Croton caudatus Geiseler, C. choristadenius

K.Schum. (Forster 2003), Omphaleapapuana

Pax & K.Hoffm., Pimelodendron amboinicum

Hassk. and Wetria australiensis P.I.Forst.

(Forster 1994; van Welzen 1998). VanWelzen

et al. (2014) hypothesised that “ Mallotus

disperse well across water barriers as several

contemporary species are very widespread”.

Cooper & Cooper (2004) note for M. discolor

that “fruit [are] eaten by many bird species”.

The isolated occurrences of this tree (and

numerous others) in far north Queensland

begs a number of questions, namely (1) are the

populations relictual from a time when these

habitats was more widespread in Australia

and contiguous New Guinea (i.e. the land

masses comprising the Sahul shelf (Crayn

et al. 2015)?, or (2) are the populations an

example of long range dispersal from other

non-Australian parts of the species area of

occurrence? It is widely recognised that

considerable dispersal of plants occurred in

the past when megathermal biomes were more

widespread (Morley 2003) and landmasses

were joined or much closer to one another

Forster, Mallotus pleiogynus in Australia

(Hall 2002). Many of these ancient dispersal

events are now represented by relictual

populations of taxa in small areas of suitable

habitat. Given that M. pleiogynus is known

from at least five localities, some of which

are some distance from the sea, it is feasible

that the species has been in Australia for some

time with subsequent local dispersal.

The ancestral point of origin for Mallotus

is hypothesised to be Borneo with dispersal

to Africa in one direction and through

Malesia to Australia in the other (van Welzen

et al. 2014). These authors also present a

dating analysis that places M. pleiogynus as

putatively ‘younger’ than both M. discolor

and M. nesophilus , thus supporting the

hypothesis that the Australian populations

are from subsequent dispersal events, rather

than the result of an older lineage dispersal

and speciation event as is the case with the

other two species. Determination of whether

the Australian populations are from single or

multiple dispersal events from New Guinea

can only be determined with further scientific

study using molecular techniques.

Through evolutionary and spatial time,

peripheral populations of widespread species

have come and gone. They pose conceptual

problems for jurisdictions when they occur

in different political regions, particularly

where conservation of natural systems may

be valued in one area and not in others, and

where conservation management is restricted

to the level of species. Peripheral populations

of widespread species are important for

conservation if they show evidence of

genetic divergence. “Peripheral populations

are expected to diverge from central

populations as a result of the interwoven

effects of isolation, genetic drift, and natural

selection....[and] are potentially important

sites of future speciation events [disjunct

speciation, cf. Levin 2000], Conservation of

peripheral populations may be beneficial to

the protection of the evolutionary process

and the environmental systems that are likely

to generate future evolutionary diversity.

Distinct traits found in peripheral populations

may be crucial to the species, allowing

adaptation in the face of environmental

537

change” (Lesica & Allendorf 1995). Genetic

differentiation is to be expected in peripheral

populations as they are often in habitats that

are dissimilar to those where the species

is widespread. Conservation of genetically

distinct populations also enhances capture of

the range of genetic variation within a species

(Millar & Libby 1991).

Peripheral populations (within a state

or territory political context) of species that

are otherwise widespread on the Australian

continent are less significant in terms of

conservation than those that are predominantly

widespread outside of Australian jurisdiction

and regulation control. This particularly

applies to species that may be recorded as

widespread in the Western Pacific or in

Malesia (including New Guinea), yet are

known from only a handful of populations

in Australia and are markedly disjunct from

where the species may be common. In this

case Mallotus pleiogynus is disjunct by at

least 350 km from other populations in New

Guinea and it is perhaps unlikely that regular

genetic exchange with those populations

can occur. Hence, the restricted Australian

populations of this species have high value

for conservation (most are already within the

National Park estate), not only in terms of

their potential genetic divergence, but because

they may represent the only sites where in situ

conservation can be achieved.

Within the Australian context, Mallotus

pleiogynus could be classified as Vulnerable

or Near Threatened under a number of the

IUCN (2001) criteria sets. To do so would be

to ignore the low level of rainforest survey

that has been undertaken on Cape York

Peninsula, where large tracts of rainforest

have never been examined by botanical

collectors and in particular documentation

of canopy trees is especially deficient. The

five known localities for this species on Cape

York Peninsula are not closely clustered; the

widespread occurrence of these rainforest

communities, together with an apparent non¬

specific substrate affinity, are all indications

that the species may be found to be relatively

common now that its identification has

been resolved. It is also highly likely that

538

many collectors have dismissed plants of

M. pleiogynus as being merely the abundant

and widespread M. nesophilus. Unless clear

threatening processes can be demonstrated,

a conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended for the Australian populations

of M. pleiogynus.

Acknowledgement

Thanks to Maurie Tucker for growing this

plant for 20 years and querying its identity on

a number of occasions and Glenn Leiper for

the photographs.

References

Airy Shaw, H.K. (1974). Noteworthy Euphorbiaceae

from tropical Asia. Hooker’s leones Plantar urn

38: t. 3716.

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

Crayn, D.M., Costion, C. & Harrington, M.G. (2015).

The Sahul-Sunda floristic exchange: dated

molecular phylogenies document Cenozoic

intercontinental dispersal dynamics. Journal of

Biogeography 42: 11-24.

Forster, PI. (1994). Wetria australiensis sp. nov.

(Euphorbiaceae), a new generic record for

Australia. Austrobaileya 4: 139-143.

-(1999). A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 5:

457-497.

-(2003). A taxonomic revision of Croton L.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 6:

349-579.

Hall, R. (2002). Cenozoic geological and plate tectonic

evolution of SE Asia and the SW Pacific:

computer-based reconstructions, model and

animations. Journal of Asian Earth Sciences

20: 353-431.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 534-538 (2016)

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List of Categories and

Criteria: Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival

Commission: Gland (Switzerland)/Cambridge

(United Kingdom).

Kulju, K.K.M., Sierra, S.E.C. & Van Welzen, PC.

(2007). Re-shaping Mallotus [Part 2]: inclusion

of Neotrewia , Octospermum and Trewia in

Mallotus s.s. (Euphorbiaceae 5.5.). Blumea 52:

115-136.

Lesica, P. & Allendorf, F.W. (1995). When are peripheral

populations valuable for conservation?

Conservation Biology 9: 753-760.

Levin, D.A. (2000). The origin, expansion, and demise

of plant species. Oxford University Press: New

York/Oxford.

Millar, C.I. & Libby, W.J. (1991). Strategies for

conserving clinal, ecotypic, and disjunct

population diversity in widespread species. In

D.A. Falk & K.E. Holsinger (eds.). Genetics

and conservation of rare plants , pp. 149-170.

Oxford University Press: New York/Oxford.

Morley, R.J. (2003). Interplate dispersal paths for

megathermal angiosperms. Perspectives in

Plant Ecology, Evolution & Systematics 6:

5-20.

Sierra, S.E.C., Kulju, K.K.M., Fiser, Z., Aparicio, M.

& Van Welzen, PC. (2010). The phylogeny of

Mallotus s.str. (Euphorbiaceae) inferred from

DNA sequence and morphological data. Taxon

59: 101-116.

Van Welzen, P.C. (1998). Revisions and phylogenies

of Malesian Euphorbiaceae: Subtribe

Lasiococcinae ( Homonoia , Lasiococca ,

Spathiostemon) and Clonostylis, Ricinus , and

Wetria. Blumea 43: 131-164.

Van Welzen, P.C., Strijk, J.S., Van Konijnenburg-Van

Cittert, J.H.A., Nucete, M. & Merckx, V.S.F.T.

(2014). Dated phylogenies of the sister genera

Macaranga and Mallotus (Euphorbiaceae):

congruence in historical biogeographic

patterns. PLoS ONE 9(1): E85713.

Observations on some tropical species of the lichen

genus Mycoblastus Norman (Mycoblastaceae)

Gintaras Kantvilas

Abstract

Kantvilas, G. (2016). Observations on some tropical species of the lichen genus Mycoblastus Norman

(Mycoblastaceae). Austrobaileya 9(4): 539-545. Three species of Mycoblastus from tropical latitudes

are enumerated. Two are described as new: M. oreotropicanus Kantvilas from montane habitats in

Papua New Guinea and M. physodalicus Kantvilas from Mt Bellenden Ker, Queensland, Australia.

The nomenclatural complexities surrounding M. dendrophorus (Vain.) Zahlbr. from the Philippines

are resolved, with a lectotype designated for this species, and its two forms, f. hypomelaena Vain,

and f. hypoleuca Vain., reduced to synonymy. A key to the species of Mycoblastus recorded from the

Southern Hemisphere is provided.

Key Words: Mycoblastaceae, Mycoblastus, Mycoblastus dendrophorus, M. oreotropicanus, M.

physodalicus, lichenised fungi, new species, taxonomy, Australia lichen flora, Papua New Guinea

lichen flora, Philippines lichen flora, Queensland lichen flora, identification key

G. Kantvilas, Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, PO Box 5058, UTAS

LPO, Sandy Bay, Tasmania 7005, Australia. Email: Gintaras.Kantvilas@tmag.tas.gov.au

Introduction

The lichen genus Mycoblastus Norman is

characterised by a crustose thallus containing

a green coccoid photobiont, typically large,

black or dark pigmented, immarginate

apothecia, rich in colourful pigments, highly

branched and anastomosing paraphyses

that form a network around the asci, and

lecanoralean asci that mostly contain one or

two, relatively large, hyaline, usually simple

ascospores (Kantvilas 2009; James & Watson

2009). Species of Mycoblastus typically occur

on organic substrata such as humus-rich soil,

wood or bark in cool, moist environments.

The genus is more or less equally represented

in both hemispheres, chiefly in temperate

latitudes or at higher elevations in the tropics

and subtropics.

The Southern Hemisphere species of

the genus were revised by Kantvilas (2009)

who treated eight species, chiefly from

cool to cold temperate regions. That study

suggested that there was some heterogeneity

within the genus, with two groups supported

by differences in thallus chemistry, ascus

structure and ascospore morphology: the

Mycoblastus sanguinarius (L.) Norman

group, with single-spored Mycoblastus-

type asci (after Hafellner 1984) and mostly

containing atranorin, and the M. dissimulans

(Nyl.) Zahlbr. group, with 2(-4)-spored

asci approximating the Biatora- type and

usually containing perlatolic acid (Kantvilas

2009). Subsequently Spribille et al. (2011a)

demonstrated further heterogeneity within

the M. sanguinarioides group using molecular

methods, and erected a segregate genus

Violella T.Sprib. for the Northern Hemisphere

species, M. fucatus (Stirt.) Zahlbr. (Spribille

et al. 2011b); the status of the M. dissimulans

group was not investigated.

In the course of a revision of the genus

Mycoblastus for the Southern Hemisphere

(Kantvilas 2009), numerous additional

specimens, including types from other regions

were also studied (e.g. Kantvilas 2011). In this

paper, three taxa from tropical latitudes are

resolved. Including one unresolved taxon,

this brings the number of species recorded for

the Southern Hemisphere to eleven. A key to

these species is provided.

Accepted for publication 5 August 2016

540

Material and methods

The study is based on specimens housed in

the Natural History Museum, London (BM),

collections from Papua New Guinea, kindly

made available by Dr Andre Aptroot (ABL),

and the collections of the author, housed in the

Tasmanian Herbarium (HO). Observations of

the thallus and apothecia are based on hand-

cut sections mounted in water, 15% KOH (K)

and 50% HN0 3 (N), and in Lugols Iodine

(KI) and Lactophenol Cotton Blue after

pretreatment with KOH. The description of

ascus characters, apothecial pigments and

ascospores follows Kantvilas (2009, 2011)

where detailed accounts and illustrations of

these features are provided. The two pigments

observed are fucatus-\ iolet (Kantvilas 2009)

and cinereornfa-grQQn (Meyer & Printzen

2000). Chemical analyses were undertaken

by thin-layer chromatography using

standard methods (Orange et al. 2001). For

the new species, dimensions of ascospores

are presented in the format, 5 th percentile-

average- 95 th percentile, with extreme

outlying values in brackets; the number of

observations is also given.

Taxonomy

1. Mycoblastus dendrophorus (Vain.)

Zahlbr., Catal. Lich. Univers. 4: 3 (1926);

Lecidea dendrophora Vain., Ann. Acad.

Sci. Fenn., Ser. A, 15: 139 (1921); Lecidea

dendrophora f. hypomelaena Vain., nom.

inval ., Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser. A, 15:

140 (1921); Mycoblastus dendrophorus f.

hypomelaenus (Vain.) Zahlbr., Catal. Lich.

Univers. 4: 3 (1926). Type: Philippines.

Negros, vulcanus Canlaon, April 1910, E.D.

Merrill 6882 (lecto [here designated]: BM!).

Lecidea dendrophora f. hypoleuca Vain.,

Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser. A, 15: 140 (1921);

Mycoblastus dendrophorus f. hypoleucus

(Vain.) Zahlbr., Catal. Lich. Univers. 4: 3

(1926). Type: Philippines. Negros, vulcanus

Canlaon, April 1910, E.D. Merrill 6867 (iso:

BM!).

Thallus pale greyish, composed of rather

nodulose warts or granules 0.1-0.15 mm

wide that soon become elongate, coralloid-

isidioid and 0.5-0.8 mm tall, not sorediate,

Austrobaileya 9(4): 539-545 (2016)

thinly scattered or in dispersed clusters over

an effuse, very thin and patchy, blackish to

dull bluish grey prothallus. Apothecia 0.3-

0.8(-l) mm diameter, convex to subglobose,

basally constricted, immarginate, dull or

glossy black. Proper exciple in section 40-

80 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish brown

within, usually with bluish green, N+ crimson

cinereorufa-gtQQn pigment in the outermost

parts, becoming deflexed and ± excluded in

older apothecia. Hypothecium hyaline to pale

yellowish, ± intensifying yellowish or yellow-

orange in KOH, densely inspersed with oil

droplets. Hymenium densely inspersed

with oil droplets, in the upper part intensely

pigmented with a mixture of cinereorufa-

green and fucatus-violQt and appearing blue-

black, K+ turquoise green, N+ crimson. Asci

2-spored, approximating the Biatora- type,

with a well-developed, intensely amyloid

tholus, pierced almost entirely by a conical,

weakly amyloid masse axiale with a rounded

apex. Paraphyses 1.5-2.5 pm thick, not

capitate, highly branched and forming a

complex reticulum, becoming rather lax in

K. Ascospores ovate to ellipsoid, hyaline,

persistently simple, 40-56 x 26-32 pm.

Chemistry: atranorin; all spot tests negative

or unreliable. Fig.lA.

Typification : When Vainio (1921) described

Mycoblastus dendrophorus (as Lecidea

dendrophora) he perceived it had two

forms, naming one f. hypoleuca , with well

developed isidia and an indistinct prothallus,

and the other f. hypomelaena , with a more

verruculose thallus and blackish prothallus.

Under the rules of nomenclature of the time,

he was not required to erect a f. dendrophora ;

nor did he designate a type specimen for

his species, Lecidea dendrophora. Having

examined the type collections of both forms,

I am convinced that just one taxon is involved,

and the gradation from a nodulose granular

thallus to one with more elongated granules

that become coralloid-isidiate is evident in

both collections. Nor is such morphology

unusual in other species of Mycoblastus , as

displayed, for example, by M. oreotropicanus

(described below). Furthermore, the

pigmentation of the apothecia and the thallus

chemistry, critical characters in delimiting

Kantvilas, Tropical Mycoblastus

541

Fig. 1 . Mycoblastus species, habit. A. M. dendrophorus

lectotype, BM; B. M. oreotropicanus holotype, HO; C.

M. physodalicus holotype, HO. Scale = 0.5 mm.

species of Mycoblastus , are the same in both.

In uniting the two forms, the specimen of f.

hypomelaena is selected as the lectotype, as

it better displays the range of morphology of

this species, from verruculose to elongated

coralloid-isidioid, as well as having apothecia

with better developed asci and ascospores.

Thus both forms become synonyms under M.

dendrophorus , and f. hypomelaena is deemed

invalid (Art. 9.2, 9.11, 9.12 of the Melbourne

Code).

Notes : The material studied was in relatively

poor condition, with few apothecia having an

intact hymenium with well-developed asci and

ascospores. Consequently it was not possible

to make comprehensive observations of all

characters, but the above description captures

the salient features of the species. Critical

features that characterise this species are the

combination of a coralloid-isidioid thallus

containing atranorin and the Biatora- type

asci. The ascus type suggests a relationship

between M. dendrophorus and the many,

chiefly Southern Hemisphere species of the

M dissimulans group of Kantvilas (2009).

However, the occurrence of atranorin is very

unusual as most species of the group contain

perlatolic acid.

2. Mycoblastus oreotropicanus Kantvilas

sp. nov. Mycoblasto bryophilo Imshaug ex

Kantvilas similis et item thallo granuloso vel

verruculoso, acidum perlatolicum continenti

et apotheciis pigmentum aeruginosum

tinctis sed sorediis destitutis et ascosporis

grandioribus, 50-100 pm longis, 24-60 pm

latis differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea.

Northern Province: Owen Stanley Range,

Myola, c. 3 km NE of guesthouse, 9°08’S

147°47’E, 16 October 1995, A. Aptroot 37645

(holo: HO).

Thallus whitish to pale cream, composed

of scattered or crowded and contiguous,

rather nodulose warts or granules 0.1-0.5

mm wide, not sorediate; prothallus not

developed. Apothecia 0.4-1.2 mm diameter,

convex to subglobose, basally constricted,

immarginate, dull or glossy black. Proper

exciple in section 40-100 pm thick, mostly

hyaline within, usually with bluish green,

N+ crimson cinereorufa-gxQQn pigment in

542

the outermost parts, becoming deflexed and

± excluded in older apothecia. Hypothecium

100-150 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish,

± intensifying yellowish in KOH, densely

inspersed with oil droplets. Hymenium

110-200 pm thick, very densely inspersed

with oil droplets, in the upper part intensely

or dilutely pigmented with cinereorufa-grem,

K± olive-green, N+ crimson, rarely also with

traces of fucatus-violQt , K+ vivid turquoise

green, N+ orange. Asci 120-170 x 45-60 pm,

(l-)2(-4)-spored, approximating the Biatora-

type, with a well-developed, intensely

amyloid tholus, pierced almost entirely by a

conical, weakly amyloid masse axiale with

a rounded apex. Paraphyses 2-3 pm thick,

not capitate, highly branched and forming a

complex reticulum between and extending

above the asci, remaining ± coherent in KOH,

especially at the apices. Ascospores ovate

to ellipsoid, hyaline, persistently simple,

(50-)52-d9.4-90(-l00) x (24-)27-3<§.2-56(-

60) pm; wall 5-8 pm thick. Pycnidia not

observed. Chemistry: perlatolic acid (major);

all spot tests negative. Fig. IB.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea,

Simbu Province: Mt Wilhelm, Pindaunde Valley, along

track to summit, 5°47’S, 145°03’E, Aug 1992, Aptroot

39544 p.p. (ABL); ibid , Aug 1992, Aptroot 33082 p.p.

(ABL); Mt Wilhelm, Pindaunde Valley near Lake

Piunde, 5°47’S, 145°03’E, Aug 1992, Aptroot 32647

(ABL); Mt Wilhelm, SE slope, 5°47’S, 145°03’E, Mar

1987, Aptroot 18419 (ABL).

Notes : Mycoblastus oreotropicanus is

characterised by the combination of a granular-

nodulose thallus containing perlatolic acid,

the predominance of cinereorufa-grQm

pigment in the apothecia and the relatively

large ascospores. In some specimens the

thallus becomes rather abraded but is never

sorediate; in others the granules become

somewhat elongate and almost coralloid,

similar to what is seen in M. dendrophorus.

The presence of perlatolic acid and the

Biatora- type asci indicate that, within the

genus Mycoblastus , the new species belongs

to the M. dissimulans group. The most similar

species in this group is M. bryophilus, which

may also have a granular or nodulose thallus

and apothecia dominated by cinereorufa-

green but occasionally containing additional

fucatus-\\o\Qt pigment. However, M

Austrobaileya 9(4): 539-545 (2016)

bryophilus differs by being sorediate and

by having smaller ascospores, 50-66 x 26-

40 pm. Indeed the large ascospores of M.

oreotropicanus distinguish it from all other

esorediate, perlatolic acid only-containing

species (M dissimulans, M. coniophorus

(Elix & A.W.Archer) Kantvilas & Elix, M

kalioruber Kantvilas) where no species has

ascospores larger than 66 x 40 pm, and the

average size is 43.1-49.5 x 24.2-28.1 pm

(Kantvilas 2009). These species differ further

in consistently containing fatty acids in

addition to perlatolic acid. In analyses of M

oreotropicanus , traces of atranorin and other

compounds were sometimes detected, but as

these findings were not repeatable, they are

considered to be due to contamination from

associated lichen species.

Distribution and habitat : Mycoblastus

oreophilus is a lichen of subalpine

(2700-4100 m altitude) scrub and alpine,

treeless vegetation where it occurs on twigs

of small shrubs, the bark of trees and on litter.

All collections known so far are from Papua

New Guinea.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the

occurrence of this species in highland areas

of the tropics (from the Greek prefix oreo -,

meaning montane).

3. Mycoblastus physodalicus Kantvilas

sp. nov. A Mycoblasto disporo (C.Knight)

Kantvilas thallo disperse areolato, tandem

papillato, sorediascenti differt. Typus:

Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Mt

Bellenden Ker summit area, ridge-line N

of telecommunications facility, 20 October

2009, G. Kantvilas 422/09 (holo: HO; iso:

BRI).

Thallus crustose, whitish cream, comprised

of irregular areoles, scattered or contiguous

over an effuse, pale to dark blue grey

prothallus; areoles becoming lumpy, 0.15—

0.25 mm wide, developing isidia-like papillae

that become abraded and coarsely sorediate;

soredia whitish and concolorous with the

thallus. Apothecia and pycnidia unknown.

Chemistry: perlatolic and physodalic acid;

thallus and soredia K-, KC-, C-, P+ orange-

red, UV± whitish. Fig. 1C.

Kantvilas, Tropical Mycoblastus

Notes : Clearly it is not ideal to describe a

new species without access to fertile material.

However, in this case, more than six years

have passed since this very distinctive

taxon was first collected and studied, during

which time several herbaria have been

searched for additional collections without

success. Physodalic acid is a rare metabolite

in Mycoblastus , being known only from

M. disporus (C.Knight) Kantvilas, a non-

sorediate, austral species which likewise also

contains perlatolic acid. Superficially, the new

species is reminiscent of M. campbellianus

(Nyl.) Zahlbr., although that species has

a continuous, smooth thallus, discrete,

543

speck-like or tuberculate soralia, and the P+

metabolite is virensic acid.

Distribution and habitat : Mycoblastus

physodalicus is known only from the type

collection on the summit of Mt Bellenden Ker

in the Wet Tropics of Queensland. The species

was collected from fallen canopy limbs of

Dracophyllum sayeri F.Muell. in low dense,

scrubby forest dominated by Leptospermum

wooroonooran F.M.Bailey at c. 1500 m

altitude. Also present on this substratum were

small thalli of additional, sterile Mycoblastus

species which could not be determined.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

occurrence of physodalic acid in this species.

Identification key to the Southern Hemisphere species of Mycoblastus

1 Thallus not sorediate.2

1. Thallus sorediate.6

2 Asci exclusively one-spored, with the ascospore ellipsoid to

oblong, usually >60 pm long; apothecia frequently with small

patches of reddish pigment beneath; thallus containing atranorin;

Australia (Tasmania, Victoria), North America, north-eastern

Asia.M. sanguinarioides

2. Asci usually at least two-spored, with ascospores ellipsoid

to ovate, mostly <60 pm long (except to 100 pm in one

taxon); red pigments not present beneath apothecia; thallus

lacking atranorin but containing perlatolic acid.3

3 Thallus P+ orange-red (containing physodalic acid in addition to

perlatolic acid); Australia (Tasmania), New Zealand.M. disporus

3. Thallus P- (physodalic acid lacking).4

4 Thallus composed of scattered or contiguous nodulose warts or granules;

ascospores 50-100 x 24-60 pm; containing perlatolic acid only;

New Guinea.M. oreotropicanus

4. Thallus smooth to unevenly lumpy and verruculose, continuous;

ascospores 35-70 x 18-40 pm.5

5 Upper part of hymenium containing cinereorufa-green and/or fucatus-

violet pigments; hypothecium colourless to pale yellow, usually

K+ yellowish or yellow-orange; containing perlatolic acid ± fatty

acids; Australia (Tasmania), New Zealand, southern South America,

subantarctic islands, Chile (Juan Fernandez).M. dissimulans

5. Upper part of hymenium with cinereorufa-gxQQn pigment only;

hypothecium vivid yellow, K+ intense blood red; containing

hybocarpone in addition to perlatolic and fatty acids; Australia

(Tasmania, Victoria), New Zealand.M. kalioruber

544

Austrobaileya 9(4): 539-545 (2016)

6 Soredia P+ orange-red (containing physodalic, virensic or protocetraric

acids, with or without perlatolic acid).7

6. Soredia P- (containing perlatolic acid without additional depsidones).10

7 Soredia confluent from the outset and forming a thick, granular

crust; containing protocetraric and perlatolic acids); Australia

(New South Wales, Victoria).M. leprarioides

7. Soredia arising in discrete soralia that may become diffuse and

confluent only in later stages of development.8

8 Soredia whitish to cream, ± concolorous with the thallus, arising from

abrasion of scattered, isidia-like papillae; containing physodalic acid;

Australia (Queensland).M. physodalicus

8. Soredia whitish, paler than the usually dull leaden grey thallus,

occurring in discrete, rather fleck-like soralia; thallus mostly

smooth and continuous, containing virensic or protocetraric acids.9

9 Containing virensic acid in addition to perlatolic acid; Australia

(Tasmania, Victoria), New Zealand, southern South America,

subantarctic islands.M. campbellianus

9. Containing protocetraric acid and lacking perlatolic acid; New Caledonia,

Australia (Queensland).M. sp. cf. M. campbellianus

10 Soredia ocurring in erumpent soralia; uncommon, typically growing on

soil or turf; Australia (Tasmania), subantarctic islands.M. bryophilus

10. Soredia arising from cracks in the thallus and soon becoming

scattered and confluent, sometimes forming a granular crust; very

common and widespread, typically growing on bark or wood, more

rarely on sheltered rocks; Australia (Tasmania, New South Wales,

Victoria), New Zealand, southern South America; Chile (Juan

Fernandez); subantarctic islands (including Macquarie Island).M. coniophorus

Acknowledgements

I thank the curators of BM and Dr Andre

Aptroot for the loan of specimens that

underpin this study. I am particularly grateful

to Dr Darren Crayn and Frank Zich for the

opportunity to ascend Mt Bellenden Ker

for fieldwork. Jean Jarman is thanked for

producing the photographs that illustrate this

paper.

References

Hafellner, J. (1984). Studien in Richtung einer

naturlicheren Gliederung der Sammelfamilien

Lecanoraceae und Lecideaceae. Beiheft zur

Nova Hedwigia 79: 241-371.

James, RW. & Watson, M.F. (1992). Mycoblastus

Norman (1852). In C.W. Smith et al. (eds.). The

Lichens of Great Britain and Ireland , pp. 615—

618. British Lichen Society: London.

Kantvilas, G. (2009). The genus Mycoblastus in the

cool temperate Southern Hemisphere, with

special reference to Tasmania. Lichenologist

41: 151-178.

-(2011). Mycoblastus sinensis , a new lichen species

from China. Journal of Japanese Botany 86:

59-62.

Meyer, B. & Printzen, C. (2000). Proposal for a

standardized nomenclature and characterization

of insoluble lichen pigments. Lichenologist 32:

571-583.

Orange, A., James, P.W. & White, F.J. (2001).

Microchemical Methods for the Identification

of Lichen Substances. British Lichen Society:

London.

Spribille, T., Klug, B. & Mayrhofer, H. (2011a). A

phylogenetic analysis of the boreal lichen

Mycoblastus sanguinarius (Mycoblastaceae,

lichenized Ascomycota) reveals cryptic clades

correlated with fatty acid profiles. Molecular

Phylogenetics and Evolution 59: 603-614.

Kantvilas, Tropical Mycoblastus

Spribille, T., Goffinet, B., Klug, B., Muggia, L.,

Obermayer, W. & Mayrhofer, H. (2011b).

Molecular support for the recognition of the

Mycoblastus fucatus group as the new genus

Violella (Tephromelataceae, Lecanorales).

Lichenologist 43: 445-466.

Vainio, E.A. (1921). Lichenes Insularum Philippinarum.

III. Annales Academiae Scientarum Fennicae.

Series A, 15: 1-368.

Frederick Hamilton Kenny (1859-1927), an

Australian plant collector of note

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2016). Frederick Hamilton Kenny (1859-1927), an Australian plant collector of note.

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 546 - 559 . A biography of Frederick Hamilton Kenny, a significant Australian

plant collector in the early 20 th century, is presented. Kenny was a medical doctor and surgeon, but

also a keen amateur naturalist. He lived and worked in numerous towns during his life, and collected

around 1170 botanical specimens between 1905 and 1924, mainly in Queensland and New South

Wales, with his major collecting localities being Crows Nest, Gayndah, Gympie and Herberton in

Queensland, and Glen Innes and Mosman in New South Wales. He served with the Australian Navy

in World War I and his diary from this period gives an insight into his personality. He discovered a

number of unknown plant species and four plant taxa were named for him. The number, provenance,

presentation, significance and taxonomic diversity of his plant collections are discussed.

Key Words: Frederick Hamilton Kenny, historical botany, herbarium specimens, type specimens,

handwriting, Australia flora. New South Wales flora, Queensland flora

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: Tony.

Bean@dsiti. qld. gov. au

Introduction

Frederick Hamilton Kenny was one of

numerous amateur naturalists and plant

collectors that were encouraged by F.M.

Bailey, Government Botanist in the late 19 th

century and early 20 th century, to send plant

specimens for identification and classification.

Kenny was a medical doctor and surgeon,

but for many years devoted his spare time to

the study of natural history, and especially

botany. No previous biographical information

is available for Kenny. His name is not listed

in any of the usual references where botanist’s

biographical notes are given e.g., Orchard

(1999), Pearn (2001), George (2009), CHAH

(2016). Nor is he mentioned in the Australian

Dictionary of Biography (ADB 2006-2016).

Despite this, his contribution to botany is

significant and worthy of documentation.

Materials and methods

The Queensland Herbarium specimen

database (Herbrecs) was used to generate

a spreadsheet of Kenny’s collections. The

Accepted for publication 21 July 2016

author has located many of these specimens,

now scattered through the collection at BRI, to

assess their quality, to check for the presence

of original labels, and to add any information

not recorded on the database. Details of

specimens not at BRI were extracted from

AVH (2016). The ‘Trove’ website (National

Library of Australia 2009-onwards) has been

extensively used, to uncover relevant articles

published in newspapers of the time. A search

of the Queensland Herbarium archives has

uncovered a few relevant letters. Herbarium

acronyms (e.g. BRI, MEL) follow Thiers

(continuously updated).

Biographical detail

Frederick Hamilton Kenny was born at

Banningham, Norfolk County, England, on

6 th October 1859 1 . His father was Rev. Henry

Torrens Kenny. He was one of nine children.

One brother, A.L. Kenny, became an Anglican

minister, and immigrated to Australia around

1900, living for many years in and around

Rockhampton, Queensland 2 .

Frederick received his Licence of the

Society of Apothecaries (L.S.A.) in 1881, and

547

Bean, F.H. Kenny

qualified as a surgeon (M.C.R.S.) in London

in 1882 3 . He arrived in Melbourne, Australia,

on 28 January 1889, aboard the S.S. Hankow 4 ,

and opened his own medical practice in

Hawksburn, Melbourne, in November 1889,

with his ‘hours of consultation’ given as

9-1 lam, l-3pm and6-8pm 5 .

He married Alice Elizabeth Chomley

at Warrnambool, Victoria on 25 th February

1890 6 . A few years later they had a daughter,

Mabel, who was born at Oakley in Melbourne,

on 14 th December 1894 7 .

In 1896, Kenny sold his practice in

Melbourne, and auctioned off his belongings -

these included a “Hooded Speeding Buggy”, a

Gentleman’s riding saddle, and an “upstanding

chestnut horse” named Napoleon 8 . He moved

across the continent to Coolgardie, Western

Australia. 9 In July 1897, he signed on as

the resident doctor at Nannine 10 in outback

Western Australia. Nannine was at that time

a thriving town that had come into existence

because gold was found there, but it has long

since been abandoned. Kenny evidently did

not find Nannine to his liking because in

February 1898 he left 11 , and for a few months

did locum work in Fatrobe and Burnie in

northern Tasmania 12 . He next went to north

Queensland, arriving at Cairns by steamship 13

on the 30 August 1898, and made his way

to Mareeba, where he set up practice 14 . This

was a particularly short-lived venture, as he

left Cairns again by steamship on 24 January

1899 15 , and then spent some months in Sydney.

He commenced practice in Gympie, in

south-eastern Queensland, in July 1899 17 .

Kenny’s eight-year stint living and working

in Gympie (leaving in 1907) was the longest

of his working life. This is not to say that he

ceased to travel. Indeed he seems to have been

an inveterate traveller - for instance, his name

is listed as an attendee of an Intercolonial

Medical Congress at Hobart in 1902 18 .

At Gympie, he appears to finally make his

mark on the world, and earns the respect and

appreciation of the local community. At the

Gympie General Hospital, Kenny made many

improvements, including the addition of an

X-ray machine and the paving of the operating

Fig. 1 . Photograph of Frederick Hamilton Kenny, taken

in February 1899 16 .

theatre with white marble slabs. He was kept

busy in the job, stating (in 1902) that “there

are fewer mining accidents than one would

expect on a gold field; but the timber-getters

of the Blackall Range furnish many patients,

and horse accidents are frequent” 19 .

He was appointed a Justice of the Peace

in 1902 20 , and subsequently he was sometimes

called upon to pass sentence on people

accused of minor offences at the Police

Court in Nambour 21 , and presumably also in

Gympie. In 1906, he and his wife had a son,

Rawdon, 12 years after the birth of Mabel

(Morris 1991).

It is evidently during his time in Gympie

that Kenny first became interested in

botany. He maintained a correspondence

with F.M. Bailey for about a decade that

was beneficial to both men; Kenny received

548

plant identifications from Bailey, and Bailey

learned of new plant taxa or distribution

records through the collections of Kenny.

Twenty members of the Queensland

Naturalists Club went to Gympie for an outing

in early May 1907, and Kenny was actively

involved in entertaining and guiding the

participants. They also reportedly inspected

Kenny’s “fine collection of birds, plants,

shells and minerals” 22 .

Kenny became embroiled in a medical

controversy after he amputated the leg of a

boy, and the end result was that the Hospital

Committee asked for his resignation in

April 1907 23 . This was clearly distressing to

Kenny and no doubt prompted his decision

to get as far away from Gympie as possible.

He resigned in June 1907, and travelled to

Adelaide, spending some weeks there. Then

in late July, he and his family boarded the

S.S. Patroclus, bound for England 24 , with

Frederick employed as medical officer for the

voyage 25 . Little is known about his time in the

U.K., except that he undertook a course of

medical study at the Edinburgh infirmary 26 .

The family left England again in May 1908 27 ,

and returned to settle at Mosman, a harbour-

side suburb of Sydney, where Kenny collected

numerous plant specimens. In November

1908, he was appointed as medical officer

for the Lithgow zig-zag deviation railway

construction, where 1200 men were working.

He was based at the town of Clarence, and

his salary was to be £800 per year 28 , but

within two months (January 1909), he was a

resident of Hobart, Tasmania, and practicing

medicine there! He stayed just long enough at

Clarence to collect 28 plant specimens. There

are numerous collections from the Hobart

and Mt Wellington areas from 1909, but he

spent less than a year there, and by November

1909, he was installed at Glen Innes, N.S.W. 29 ,

where he lived until November 1911. During

this period, he attended the Science Congress

in Sydney 30 , and in a letter published in the

Sydney Morning Herald, he pronounced

himself a botanist, and stated that he was

acquainted with F.M. Bailey and his son 31 .

From December 1911 to February 1912,

he went on an extended holiday to north

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

Queensland, collecting plant specimens from

Cairns, Herberton, Kuranda, Lake Eacham,

Mt Bellenden Ker, Harvey’s Creek and

Mourilyan. On his return, he attended a Field

Naturalist Club meeting in Brisbane, and

displayed some of his botanical specimens,

including Dracophyllum sayeri F.Muell. 32 .

This specimen is extant at BRI.

During the period February to July 1912,

he travelled around the Darling Downs,

perhaps working as a locum, as there are

collections at BRI from Allora, Warwick and

Pittsworth. On his travels on the Downs, he

was clearly outraged at the ringbarking of

trees on many road reserves, a measure taken

in the belief that it would mitigate the spread

of prickly pear ( Opuntia stricta (Haw.) Haw.),

which was rampant at that time. In an eloquent

letter to the editor of The Brisbane Courier 33 ,

Kenny denounced the ringbarking activities,

suggested ways of combating the prickly pear

scourge, and named some species of shade

trees that could be used around homesteads

and in towns, including Celtis australis L.

and Schinus molle L.

Kenny started practicing medicine in

Nambour in August 1912 34 , but in October

1912 his place of residence was listed as

Gayndah 35 , and throughout 1913 he was

employed at the Gayndah Hospital. However,

he must have had a continued connection with

Nambour, as he stitched a man’s leg there in

March 1913 36 . During his time at Gayndah, he

wrote an informative article about the bird life

of that town (Kenny 1915). In February 1914,

he resigned from the position at Gayndah

hospital 37 , and returned to Glen Innes.

In August 1914, at the outbreak of World

War I, Kenny volunteered for the Australian

Navy, as the medical officer for the ship

Upolu , and had his pay of £29 a month

forwarded to his wife 38 . His ship and several

others went to Rabaul in New Britain, which

was previously under German control, then

on to Fiji, anchoring in the harbour at Suva.

The flotilla returned to Sydney in October

1914. None of the ships saw any action against

German forces.

549

Bean, F.H. Kenny

His next commission was aboard the

Fantome , from early December 1914 to late

February 1915. The flotilla patrolled the

waters around New Britain and New Ireland,

stationed at Rabaul, and also visited Kavieng.

There was again no engagement with the

German forces.

His diary included numerous references

to trees and other flora growing at Rabaul

and Fiji, and he stated a few times that he

had “gathered some”. Only a handful of these

specimens survive at BRI, three from Rabaul

and eight from Suva, about half of them non-

indigenous species.

Commencing in March 1915, he was the

staff surgeon of the HMAS Cerberus base at

the Naval Depot, Williamstown, Victoria 39 . In

August 1916, Kenny gave medical evidence

regarding the accidental death of a seaman on

one of the naval vessels, concluding that he

died from “concussion of the brain” 40 . A letter

published on 19 December 1916 showed that

he was then still at HMAS Cerberus 41 . Later,

it seems that he was stationed at a military

camp in Victoria 42 .

In April 1918, Kenny attended a Field

Naturalists Club meeting in Brisbane, where

he was officially welcomed back after his

Navy attachment 43 . A few days later, he

attended their outing to Ipswich 44 .

He then returned to live in Glen Innes,

although he visited Boggabri in September

1918 (Queensland Herbarium 2016). In

January 1919, he purchased a practice at

Crows Nest, near Toowoomba in Queensland,

and moved there 45 . He had no sooner arrived

at Crows Nest than he was inoculating people

against the deadly influenza pandemic that

killed millions of people in other parts of the

world 46 . In September 1919, he was involved

in an Ornithologist’s conference held in

Brisbane, which attracted delegates from

throughout Australia. There was afterwards a

trip to the Bunya Mountains 47

His daughter Mabel was married at Glen

Innes in March 1920. She had two sons, born

in 1921 and 1922 48 .

Kenny evidently paid a visit to Gympie in

October 1921, as three of his specimens date

from there (Queensland Herbarium 2016).

Kenny made many useful plant collections

around Crows Nest, and turned up some

interesting species. When C.T. White

botanised the Crows Nest area in 1922, Kenny

accompanied him (Williamson 1922), and no

doubt showed him some of the most interesting

places for flora. His last dated botanical

specimen was collected in September 1924.

Kenny died at Crows Nest on the 5 th May

1927, and he was buried in Toowoomba. It

was reported that “heart trouble made him an

invalid for the five or six months prior to his

death” 49

Discussion

Kenny evidently had wanderlust, for he lived

and worked in many Australian towns and

cities, rarely staying more than a year or

two. His relatively high income as a doctor

allowed him to do this, but I believe it was

his insatiable appetite for knowledge and life

experiences that were the main motivation for

his many trips and changes of work location.

Kenny’s wartime diary (covering the

period August 1914 to February 1915) is a

strange mixture of personal letters (addressed

to his wife) and everyday happenings, but it

gives a lively account of what was essentially

a period of inactivity. The narrative indicates

what life was like at that time, and also

provides great insight into his personality and

character.

Kenny was clearly an extrovert, and

during his Navy service he spent a lot of time

talking with his colleagues and other seamen,

and met as many people as possible when

on shore, and he appeared to be much-liked

both by his peers and his naval superiors. He

commented in his diary on one occasion that

“for once I didn’t talk”, implying that this was

a rare occurrence.

By his own admission, he was a very

curious man, always keen to have new

experiences and to see new things. He wrote

“Wherever one goes one should first of all

follow up your own game & see & learn all

550

you can - then those adnexa that be nearest

- in my case - Natural History”. His diary is

full of observations of various plants that he

saw at Rabaul and Suva, but he also talked

about mammals, fishes and insects that he

came across. He described himself as “an

energetic medical man who wants to evolve

his mind by experience & actual work”, and

his thirst for new experiences is shown by his

entry: “I’ve my name down for any odd job

anywhere or anyhow”.

He mentions his “sense of cleanliness,

punctuality & order”, and elsewhere in his

diary it is clear that he liked things to be

clean, tidy and efficiently done. He was very

careful about the health of the men under his

care, and he was vigilant with regard to food

poisoning. The refrigeration units on board

the ships were primitive and unreliable, and

Kenny frequently had cause to throw large

quantities of meat and other food overboard

for fear it was infected with bacteria. Despite

this caution, there was an outbreak of

Ptomaine poisoning after some of the men

ate contaminated canned food. Kenny was

himself one of the victims.

He was very critical of the over¬

consumption of alcohol by many of his

colleagues. This is consistent with a report

he had earlier written while stationed at

Gympie Hospital, when he described alcohol

as a “toxin”, and stated that “I am strongly of

opinion that all forms of alcohol should be

refrained from” 50 . From his diary we learn

that he himself was not a teetotaller, but

drank alcohol only sparingly, and only after 7

pm. The diary also reveals that Kenny was a

regular smoker of cigarettes.

He was an advocate of exercise for both

the mind and body. One day he wrote “I

went for a 7 mile walk on Saty aft [Saturday

afternoon] - this keeps me fit & well & in

addition I exercise my powers of observation

which enables me to collect any new plants I

come across”. One of his maxims, impressed

upon his children, was “Early bed, early

rise - to each his or her duty & then play &

pleasure”.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

Several letters from F.M. Bailey to Kenny

are present in the Queensland Herbarium

archives, but only one letter written by Kenny

(dated 1 st May 1913) is preserved. At this time,

he was living at Gayndah, and in the letter, he

expressed concern that Lantana sellowiana

(now known as L. montevidensis (Spreng.)

Briq.) was then becoming widely naturalised

in the Gayndah district.

Kenny’s surname

It is not obvious whether ‘Hamilton’ should be

regarded as a part of a hyphenated surname,

or whether it is a Christian name, perhaps

commemorating an ancestor. Evidence in

favour of the former includes his marriage

notice in 1890 which is headed “Hamilton-

Kenny-Chomley”, and that his children

were named “Mabel Hamilton Kenny” and

“Rawdon Hamilton Kenny”.

However, his father’s name was Henry

Torrens Kenny, and his brother’s name A.

Lee Kenny, with no mention of ‘Hamilton’.

Furthermore, Frederick was generally known

to his contemporaries as Dr Kenny, and if this

were incorrect, he surely would have apprised

them. His wife’s name was listed on the

electoral role as “Alice Elizabeth Kenny” 51 .

Also, Mabel’s gravestone reads “Mabel

Hamilton Bloxsome” - if her unmarried

surname were Hamilton-Kenny, then her

married name would have been just Mabel

Bloxsome. On balance then, it seems that

‘Kenny’ alone is the surname, and ‘Hamilton’

was a cherished family name used by him and

passed onto his children.

Handwriting

Kenny’s handwriting is quite distinctive,

with its upright script, many flowing curves

contrasting with the long prominent cross¬

piece of the ‘t’ (Fig. 2), and the often

incomplete loops on ‘y’ and ‘g’. Nevertheless,

his writing is difficult to decipher. For

example, he did not produce the upper loops

on ‘m’ and ‘n’, and these letters appear as ‘w’

and ‘u’ respectively.

Specimens

Kenny made around 1170 botanical

collections. The great majority of Kenny’s

551

Bean, F.H. Kenny

iA ^K(Al \a Ce %jJji *1*1 AUoU

'koxux, S c fe<j Jr A £ —

if-i (TO 4Ujei“ 1 ^>U

of tu. "w-*-

^Ou!U~

(jyJ%L£L SlO-j^ - T7 , ^ ^ *

lHxa4<^ — cA 0^

./?£ oc ^COoujT cfl £ loCuLLU&lcTUit-' ?

if 9 4fcJ& W W</

tfoifVU *t %% A W^l $XiA ?lJA

... ■%*.'sUUi- fie/tu^cL

tlW' /o- (? ■< JeJ^ULA

^V^o-chu-^ t 'S^a^AtLj — jftjL

■fc? 0

Fig. 2. A sample of the handwriting of F.H. Kenny 52

specimens are at BRI, where there are a

total of 1148 specimens. Of these, three were

collected at Rabaul, eight at Suva, 12 from

Victoria, 15 from South Australia, 38 from

Tasmania, 269 from New South Wales, and

the remainder from Queensland.

There are some Kenny specimens at

other Australian herbaria (AVH 2016).

There are five specimens at MEL, one of

which is not at BRI. There are 26 specimens

collected by Kenny at AD, all of the family

Orchidaceae - these were undoubtedly sent

to Adelaide because R.S. Rogers, a noted

orchid expert was resident there. NSW has

32 specimens - most of these are duplicated

from BRI, but a few are not present at BRI,

including Eucalyptus dura L.A.S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill and Corymbia abergiana (F.Muell.)

K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson (surely sent to

J.H. Maiden, the eucalypt expert at that

time) and Stenochlaena palustris (Burm.f.)

Bedd. from Suva (probably sent to fern

expert T. Whitelegge). One collection of

Tephrosia varians (F.M.Bailey) C.T.White is

at DNA (also present at BRI), although this is

obviously a later duplicate distribution. There

are at least three duplicates of Kenny’s type

specimens at K, which were sent from BRI by

C.T. White.

Kenny’s specimens are all vascular plants;

there are no mosses, lichens or fungi. Within

the flowering plants, he showed a strong

bias towards the dicotyledons. Species from

the families (specimen numbers indicated

in brackets) Asteraceae (109), Fabaceae

(104), Myrtaceae (80), Mimosaceae (66),

Rutaceae (51), Ericaceae (39), Orchidaceae

(36), Lamiaceae (33), Goodeniaceae (23),

Rubiaceae (23) and Proteaceae (20) were the

most frequently collected. It appears that he

did not have an interest in grasses, as only 11

Poaceae specimens exist.

From the author’s observation of hundreds

of Kenny’s specimens at BRI, it appears that

he usually (perhaps always) sent his specimens

attached with strips of opaque adhesive tape to

A4-sized pages of the British Medical Journal

or The Lancet (Fig. 3). Upon the margins of

these pages he wrote his collecting notes; the

locality, the volume and page number from

Bailey’s The Queensland Flora , sometimes

the date, and other brief notes about the

plant itself, including the flowering time. His

specimens are always rather small, but well

pressed and without mould. Kenny did not

number his specimens, and his provision of

a collection date was erratic - he variously

provided the exact date, the month and year,

the month only, the year only, or no date at

all. In many cases, the A4 pages have been

discarded by Bailey or whoever mounted the

specimens, but sometimes Kenny’s notes have

been excised and the small strips of paper are

glued to the herbarium sheet (Figs. 4, 5, 6).

These strips of paper are mostly off-white

or yellowish in colour, and the printed text

sometimes visible on these strips confirms

that they have come from the journal pages.

A label with a particularly brownish

coloured paper (evidently from the margins

of a magazine or journal, as typeface is

sometimes visible) was used by Kenny in

some (mainly Nambour) collections (Fig. 7)

A subset of these are dated 1912 - this has

assisted in dating the Nambour and Caloundra

specimens for which no year of collection was

provided.

552

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

201209

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM.

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE.

JUKs

^K/. - AJ. 4\j- 'vvkj

?o\W 9^

Fig. 3. Specimen of Amperea xiphoclada (BRI [AQ201299]) mounted by Kenny onto a page of the British Medical

Journal.

Bean, F.H. Kenny

553

las'S-** 1st 9 a- y

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM.

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE.

QUE

Fig. 4. Strip label with Kenny’s notes (bottom) and herbarium label written by C.T. White (BRI [AQ79538]).

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM.

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE.

(AJ-y^AAs

V. Jf, Kx/y\/t\AJ

CONFIRMAVJT.

* R -^9«r ^

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

tjnruu^tCuJL

(\yuuQjL [2 tvuru^t.

/ V■ tilif

%l -C~ A./.

Fig. 5. Strip label with Kenny’s notes (bottom) and herbarium label written by C.T. White (BRI [AQ100985]).

554

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM.

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE.

OlA^^A/od{/^ 7% ZS>r,

Ojf

fry?

4k, 4. A.

9^S

cJl

z g

l£ a

fays* ualMuJ Jrfyusec . ^ R-

Fig. 6. Strip label with Kenny’s notes (bottom) and herbarium label written by C.T. White (BRI [AQ169881]).

Fig. 7. A label with darker coloured paper that Kenny used in 1912 (BRI [AQ111406]).

555

Bean, F.H. Kenny

Collecting localities

Kenny’s major collecting localities were

Gympie (324 specimens), Crows Nest (161),

Herberton (125), Mosman (115), Glen Innes

(98), Gayndah (61), Caloundra (52), Nambour

(31), Clarence (28) and Mt Wellington (17).

The oldest specimen collected by Kenny

for which the date can be confirmed is a

specimen of Callicarpa pedunculata R.Br.

from Gympie in March 1905. Between March

1905 and June 1907, he collected many

specimens, of which over 300 are preserved

at BRI - mainly from Gympie, but also from

Nambour, Caloundra, Southport and Tweed

Heads.

While at Gympie, Kenny was able to

botanise only when he was not required at the

hospital, so probably only on Sundays. He had

a “dogcart” 53 (a light horse-drawn vehicle),

and presumably used that to travel to various

places around Gympie where interesting

plants could be found. Unfortunately,

the original labels for many of Kenny’s

specimens were not preserved, and for those

only a written or typed label with the locality

‘Gympie’ is extant. However, where Kenny’s

labels are preserved, a good number of them

give extra detail, and some of their localities

are: Stumm Road, Scrubby Creek, Pie Creek,

Deep Creek, Mary River scrubs, Wotton

Hill, corner Wickham & Channon Streets,

Ashford Hill. All of these locations are within

10 km of the Gympie Hospital, and most are

considerably closer than that.

None of his Nambour collections gives

any extra locality detail, except one which

specifies ‘Petrie Creek’, the creek that runs

through the middle of the town.

It seems that his Gayndah collections

were similarly collected in close proximity

to the town. Numerous specimens refer to

‘Duke Hill’, which is a hill a few hundred

metres south of the main street of Gayndah,

and the aquatic and riparian specimens were

doubtless collected from the Burnett River

running beside the town.

Botanical legacy and plant taxa named for

him

As noted earlier, members of the Queensland

Naturalists Club were shown Kenny’s “fine

collection of... plants...”. This is confirmation

that Kenny kept a personal herbarium, a

collection of dried plant samples that he could

refer to at any time. Towards the end of his

time in Gympie, he wrote “I have personal

knowledge and possession of over 800

species”, referring to the flora of the area 54 .

This suggests that his personal herbarium

may have comprised 800 or more specimens.

White (1927) stated that Kenny was one of the

best amateur botanists in the state.

His collections from Gympie, Caloundra

and Nambour in 1905 and 1906 are the oldest

specimens at BRI from those towns, although

it is possible that some of the specimens

collected by F.M. Bailey in October 1874

and labelled ‘Maroochie’, are from around

Nambour.

Kenny collected Ricinocarpos speciosus

Muell.Arg. at Nambour, a species now

listed as Vulnerable under Queensland

legislation, which can no longer be found in

the vicinity of that town due to land clearing

and the invasion of woody weeds such as

Cinnamomum camphora (L.) J.Presl and

Lantana camara L. into its rainforest-fringe

habitat. He also collected Hemisteptia lyrata

(Bunge) Fisch. & C.A.Mey. at Nambour-this

species is now extinct in coastal Queensland.

His collection of Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey

is one of only two from south of Daintree.

Kenny was the first to collect specimens of

Fontainea rostrata Jessup & Guymer (Fig. 8)

in 1906, a threatened species that is endemic

to the Maryborough-Gympie area. He was

the first to collect Backhonsia subargentea

(C.T.White) M.G.Harr. (from Pie Creek,

near Gympie) in January 1907, and the first

to collect Agiortia pedicellata (C.T.White)

Quinn (from Caloundra) in August 1906.

Four taxa have been named for Kenny

and in all cases his collections were used

as the type: Arthrostylis kennyi F.M.Bailey,

Queensland Agric. J. 28: 278, t. 58 (1912)

= Schoenus kennyi (F.M.Bailey) S.T.Blake;

556

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

Fig. 8. Fontainea rostrata, one of the species first collected by F.H. Kenny. Photo: G. Leiper.

Pultenaea kennyi H.B.Will., Proc. Roy. Soc.

Victoria 35: 100 (1922) = Pultenaea cuneata

Benth.; Calanthe veratrifolia var. kennyi

F.M.Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 28: 276, t.

57 (1912) = Calanthe triplicata (Willemet)

Ames; and Citriobatus pauciflorus var.

kennyi F.M.Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 30:

402, t. 68 (1913) = Pittosporum spinescens

(F.Muell.) L.Cayzer, Crisp & I.Telford.

Kenny collections were used as type

material for Centipeda racemosa var. lanata

F.M.Bailey (= C. racemosa (Hook.) F.Muell.),

Melastoma malabathricum var. nanum

F.M.Bailey (= M. malabathricum L. subsp.

malabathricum), Citriobatus multiflorus

var. intermedius F.M.Bailey (= Pittosporum

viscidum L.Cayzer, Crisp & I.Telford),

Spermacoce jacobsonii var. glabrescens

F.M.Bailey (= S. stenophylla F.Muell.), Zieria

aspalathoides var. obovatum C.T.White (= Z.

obovata (C.T.White) J.A.Armstr.) and Kunzea

flavescens C.T.White & W.D.Francis. Images

of the type specimens for these names can

be seen on the JSTOR Global Plants website

(JSTOR 2016).

Acknowledgements

I gratefully acknowledge the “Trove” website

provided by the National Library of Australia.

All of the newspaper articles cited herein were

located using this website. The State Records

Authority of N.S.W. provided the photograph

of Dr Kenny. Will Smith photographed the

herbarium labels and the handwriting sample.

References

Adb (2006-2016). Australian Dictionary of Biography.

National Centre of Biography, Australian

National University, http://adb.anu.edu.au/,

accessed 8 July 2016.

Avh (2016). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium. Council

of Heads of Australasian Herbaria, http://avh.

chah.org.au, accessed 30 May 2016.

Chah (2016). Australian Plant Collectors and

Illustrators. Council of Heads of Australasian

Herbaria & Australian National Herbarium.

http://www.cpbr.gov.au/bot-biog/, accessed 8

July 2016.

557

Bean, F.H. Kenny

George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist’s Companion.

Four Gables Press: Perth.

Jstor (2016). JStor Global Plants - Database of

Digitized Plant Specimens. http://plants.jstor.

org/, accessed 13 July 2016.

Kenny, F.H. (1915). Bird Life about Gayndah. The

Queensland Naturalist 2: 16-21.

Morris, O. (1991). Rawdon Hamilton Kenny, M B.,

M.S., M.R.A.C.R., 1906-1980, A Country

Radiologist. Australasian Radiology 35: 96.

National Library Of Australia (2009-onwards). Trove.

http://trove.nla.gov.au/, accessed 13 June 2016.

Orchard, A.E. (1999). A history of systematic botany

in Australia. Flora of Australia, 2 nd edition, 1:

11-103. ABRS/CSIRO Australia: Melbourne.

Pearn, J. (2001). A Doctor in the Garden: Nomen Medici

in Botanicis: Australian Flora and the World of

Medicine. Amphion Press: Chicago.

Queensland Herbarium (2016). Specimen label

information (HERBRECS), viewed 13 June

2016.

Thiers, B. [continuously updated]. Index Herbariorum.

A global directory of public herbaria and

associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s

Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/

ih/, accessed 5 June 2016.

White, C.T. (1927). Obituary. The Queensland Naturalist

6(2): 40.

Williamson, H.B. (1922). A revision of the genus

Pultenaea , part III. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Victoria 35: 97-107.

Map 1. The location of Kenny’s plant collections

(excluding Fiji).

558

Endnotes

Austrobaileya 9(4): 546-559 (2016)

1 Record of Service. National archives of Australia, Discovering Anzacs

http://discoveringanzacs.naa.gov.au/browse/person/758827, accessed 18 May 2016

2 The Capricornian (Rockhampton, Qld), 10 Aug 1912, p. 44.

3 Examiner, (Launceston, Tas.), 13 Jan 1910, p.5.

4 Index to Unassisted Passenger Lists to Victoria, 1852-1923, Public Record Office Victoria

http://prov.vie.gov.au/index_search?searchid=23, accessed 19 Feb 2014

5 The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.), 26 Nov 1889, p. 6.

6 The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.), 6 Mar 1890, p. 1.

7 In his diary, Kenny wrote of his daughter’s 20 th birthday on his entry for 14 Dec 1914.

8 The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.), 14 Sep 1896, p. 2.

9 Western Mail (Perth, W.A.), 16 Oct 1896, p. 3.

10 The Inquirer and Commercial News (Perth, W.A.), 16 Jul 1897, p. 8.

11 The Daily News (Perth, W.A.), 12 Feb 1898, p. 4.

12 Emu Bay Times and North West and West Coast Advocate (Tas.), 23 Jun 1898, p. 1.

13 Morning Post (Cairns, Qld), 1 Sep 1898, p. 2.

14 Morning Post (Cairns, Qld), 22 Sep 1898, p. 7.

15 The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 25 Jan 1899, p. 3.

16 State Records Authority of New South Wales.

17 The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 15 Jul 1899, p. 3.

18 The Mercury (Hobart, Tas.), 18 Feb 1902, p. 3.

19 Australian Town and Country Journal (NSW), 1 Oct 1902, p. 26.

20 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 9 Oct 1902, p. 6.

21 Chronicle and North Coast Advertiser (Qld), 14 Sep 1912, p. 1.

22 The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 7 May 1907, p. 3

23 The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 23 Apr 1907, p. 3.

24 The Sydney Morning Herald (N.S.W.), 20 Aug 1907, p. 8.

25 The Australasian (Melbourne, Vic.), 26 Oct 1907, p. 48.

26 The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 5 Dec 1907, p. 3.

27 The Australasian (Melbourne, Vic.), 23 May 1908, p. 45.

28 The Dubbo Liberal and Macquarie Advocate (N.S.W.), 28 Nov 1908, p. 1.

29 Queensland Herbarium specimen records.

30 Sunday Times (Sydney, N.S.W.), 15 Jan 1911, p. 4.

31 The Sydney Morning Herald (N.S.W.), 30 Aug 1911, p. 5.

32 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 3 Apr 1912, p. 13.

33 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 29 May 1912, p. 9.

34 Chronicle and North Coast Advertiser (Qld), 10 Aug 1912, p. 5.

35 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 29 Oct 1912, p. 3.

36 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 24 Mar 1913, p. 11.

37 Chronicle and North Coast Advertiser (Qld), 27 Feb 1914, p. 4.

38 Fred Hamilton Kenny letter diaries, State Library of N.S.W.

http:// archival-classic. si .nsw. gov. au/item/ itemDetailPaged. aspx? itemid=423237,

accessed 20 November 2014.

39 The Navy List, Commonwealth of Australia Navy Office, 1 Apr 1916.

40 Williamstown Advertiser (Vic.), 9 Sep 1916, p. 2.

41 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 25 Dec 1916, p. 5.

42 The Voice of the North (N.S.W.), 10 Jan 1919, p. 7.

43 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 17 Apr 1918, p. 11.

44 Queensland Times (Ipswich, Qld), 24 Apr 1918, p. 6.

45 The Voice of the North (N.S.W.), 10 Jan 1919, p. 7.

The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 8 Feb 1919, p. 6.

F.H. Kenny

The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 15 Sep 1919, p. 6.

The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 4 Jan 1930, p. 25.

Evening News (Rockhampton, Qld), 10 May 1927, p. 4.

The Northern Miner (Charters Towers, Qld), 11 Jan 1907, p. 7.

The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 3 Sep 1907, p. 1

Queensland Herbarium archives

The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 12 Oct 1901, p. 4.

The Gympie Times and Mary River Mining Gazette (Qld), 15 Dec 1906, p. 8.

Taxonomic novelties in the Solanum ferocissimum group

(Solanaceae: Solanum subg. Leptostemonum) from New Guinea

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2016). Taxonomic novelties in the Solanum ferocissimum group (Solanaceae: Solanum

subg. Leptostemonum) from New Guinea, Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599. Eleven Solanum species

from the Solanum ferocissimum group are newly described for New Guinea: S. arachnoides

A.R.Bean, S. banzicum A.R.Bean, S. exemptum A.R.Bean, S. invictum A.R.Bean, S. malignum

A.R.Bean, S. oomsis A.R.Bean, S. ortivum A.R.Bean, S. petilum A.R.Bean, S. phoberum A.R.Bean,

S. pluriflorum A.R.Bean and S. scolophylhim A.R.Bean. Five existing species are recircumscribed

and newly described: S. anfractum Symon, S. expedunculatum Symon, S. papuanum Symon, S.

rivicola Symon and S. trichostylum Merr. & L.M.Perry. Solanum discolor R.Br. and S. fervens

A.R.Bean are newly recorded for New Guinea. Maps of the distribution of all these species based on

herbarium specimens are provided, and the newly described species are illustrated. S. turraeifolium

S.Moore and S. yirrkalense Symon are newly placed in synonymy with S. discolor. S. galactites

A.R.Bean is a new name for S. heteracanthum Merr. & L.M.Perry. A key is provided to the 30 New

Guinea species of the Solanum ferocissimum group.

Key Words: Solanaceae, Solanum, Solanum subg. Leptostemonum, Solanum anfractum, Solanum

arachnoides, Solanum banzicum, Solanum discolor, Solanum exemptum, Solanum expedunculatum,

Solanum ferocissimum, Solanum fervens, Solanum galactites, Solanum invictum, Solanum malignum,

Solanum oomsis, Solanum ortivum, Solanum papuanum, Solanum petilum, Solanum phoberum,

Solanum pluriflorum, Solanum rivicola, Solanum scolophyllum, Solanum trichostylum, new species,

New Guinea flora, taxonomy, identification key, distribution maps

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.

Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The island of New Guinea is one of the

megadiverse areas of the world (Mittermeier

et al. 1998), and includes one of the five global

centres of plant diversity (Barthlott et al.

2007). Womersley (1978) stated that the flora

of Papuasia “can be conservatively estimated

as being in excess of 20000 species” of

flowering plants. Solanum L. is one of many

genera that are very well represented in New

Guinea.

The taxonomic study of Solanum in

New Guinea started only relatively recently.

Scheffer (1876) described the first Solanum

species with a New Guinea type {Solanum

incanum Scheff.), from a collection made at

Andai in West Papua, in September 1871 by

Johannes Teijsmann.

Accepted for publication 16 September 2016

German botanists described several species

before and after 1900, starting with Warburg

(1891), and ending with the great solanologist

Georg Bitter (Bitter 1917). The types of these,

held at B, were subsequently destroyed during

WWII. Duplicates of some type collections

from Africa have been found (Vorontsova

& Knapp 2010), but Symon (1985) listed ten

New Guinea species names for which no type

has been located.

Nine Solanum species were described by

Merrill & Perry (1949) from New Guinea, all

based on the collections of L.J. Brass. Four

of these species are now classified under the

genus Lycianthes Bitter.

Symon (1985) reviewed the entire genus

for the island of New Guinea, including the

species now included under Lycianthes. He

described 19 new species, some of which he

himself collected during two trips in 1977 and

1984.

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

Takeuchi (2001) described Solanum

symonianum W.N.Takeuchi, from a collection

that he made in the Morobe province of Papua

New Guinea.

In a recent molecular study, Aubriot

et al. (2016) included data from numerous

New Guinea species, which produced some

surprising clades that seem to contradict

morphological groupings. This is especially so

for the Solanum papuanum - S. trichostylum

- S. expedunculatum group. Symon (1985)

considered that these three “form a trio of

closely related species”, a view with which

I concur. However, in the study of Aubriot

et al. (2016), S. papuanum Symon and S.

trichostylum Merr. & L.M.Perry are widely

separated within the Sahul-Pacific clade, and

S. expedunculatum Symon is far removed in a

separate clade grouped with species that show

no significant morphological affinity to it.

Because of this and other anomalies, I have

preferred to define the Solanum ferocissimum

group on morphological grounds, as defined

by Whalen (1984) and corresponding to S.

sect. Graciliflora used by Symon (1985). The

Solanum ferocissimum group (sensu Whalen

1984) is characterised by the presence of

stellate hairs, the presence of prickles (rarely

absent), the cymose and often unbranched

inflorescences, the usually deeply lobed

‘stellate’ corolla and the fleshy fruits that are

(in most species) red at maturity. The group

is distributed in Australia, New Guinea and

Indonesia (Whalen 1984; Symon 1985).

From my examination of herbarium

material belonging to this group, it became

obvious that additional taxa are present in

New Guinea. Some specimens grouped by

Symon (1985) under one species name are

markedly heterogeneous, and these have

proved amenable to aggregation into smaller

groups, forming more uniform and more

readily diagnosable taxa.

Materials and methods

This account is based on a morphological

examination of herbarium specimens from A,

AD, BRI and CANB, 18 images of herbarium

specimens held at NY (NYBG 2016), and

109 images of herbarium specimens held at L

561

(Bioportal 2016). Images of type specimens

from B, BM, F, K, MO and US have also been

studied. All measurements were taken from

dried herbarium material. Distribution maps

were compiled using DIVA-GIS Version

7.5.0, from localities or geocodes given on the

labels of specimens from the herbaria listed

above.

Single gatherings that do not match

existing taxa have been formally named

only when there is good fertile material,

and four or more characters separate it from

its perceived nearest relative. There remain

numerous other single gatherings from the

Solanum ferocissimum group that do not

readily align with any named species; these

potential new taxa should await further

collections. As a result of the new species

described herein, the circumscriptions of S.

anfractum , S. expedunculatum , S. papuanum ,

S. rivicola Symon and S. trichostachyum

have been amended. Hence these species

are redescribed in this paper. Species for

which the circumscription is unchanged

from Symon (1985) have not been described,

although all 30 New Guinean species of

the S. ferocissimum group are included in

a dichotomous identification key. Species

treatments are arranged in alphabetical order.

Notes on characters used

The density of the stellate hairs has been

classified into five categories: very sparse

(stellate hairs more than 2 diameters apart,

centre to centre); sparse (stellate hairs between

1 and 2 diameters apart, centre to centre);

moderately dense (stellate hairs between

0.5 and 1 diameters apart, centre to centre),

and hence adjacent hairs overlapping; dense

(stellate hairs between 0.1 and 0.5 diameters

apart, centre to centre); and very dense (stellate

hairs so numerous that the surface of the leaf

is obscured at 40x magnification). The width

of the prickles (used only in determining the

length/width ratio) is measured at the very

base of the prickle, when the base is easily

seen; otherwise it is the point where the

prickle surface is at 45 degrees to the leaf

or branchlet surface. The common peduncle

length is the distance from the subtending

branchlet to the insertion of the lowermost

562

pedicel. The rachis length is the distance from

the subtending branchlet to the insertion of

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

the uppermost pedicel. Other terminology is

detailed in Bean (2004).

Taxonomy

Key to the New Guinea species of the Solanum ferocissimum group

1 Branchlets with many simple multicellular glandular hairs 1-2 mm long

(stellate hairs present or absent).2

1. Branchlets without simple multicellular glandular hairs.4

2 Stellate hairs present on young vegetative growth.27. S. saruwagedense

2. Stellate hairs absent from vegetative parts of plant.3

3 Flowering pedicel to 12 mm long; fruiting pedicel to 25 mm long . . . . 14. S. infuscatum

3. Flowering pedicel 25-40 mm long; fruiting pedicel 60-80 mm long . . .18. S. missimense

4 Lower surface of fully expanded leaves glabrous, or with very sparse to

sparse stellate hairs (hairs not overlapping).5

4. Lower surface of fully expanded leaves with moderately dense (hairs

overlapping) to very dense stellate hairs.16

5 Prickles absent from branchlets and leaves.6

5. Prickles present on branchlets, and sometimes leaves.7

6 Stellate hairs on lower leaf surface 0.5-0.7 (-1) mm diameter, with 4-8

filamentous lateral rays.29. S. symonianum

6. Stellate hairs on lower leaf surface 0.2-0.4 mm diameter, lateral rays 6-8,

short and thick.2. S. anfractum

7 Branchlet prickles needle-like, 8-16 times longer than wide.8

7. Branchlet prickles broad-based, 1-4 times longer than wide.9

8 Fruits elliptic with a rostrate apex; leaf prickles absent or on midvein

only.16. S. leptacanthum

8. Fruits globose with obtuse apex; leaf prickles on midvein and lateral

veins.13. S. gibbsiae

9 Inflorescence rachis 30-65 mm long.10

9. Inflorescence rachis 0-12 mm long.11

10 Fruiting pedicels 11-15 mm long; lower surface of leaf sparsely

stellate-hairy.21. S. ortivum

10. Fruiting pedicels 27-35 mm long; lower surface of leaf glabrous . . . 6. S. dal I man n ianu m

11 Glandular hairs ( c . 0.1 mm long) present on vegetative growing tips . . . . 1. S. abortivum

11. Glandular hairs absent.12

12 Stellate hairs very sparse or absent from upper leaf surface.13

12. Stellate hairs sparse to moderate density on upper leaf surface.15

13 Branchlet prickles strongly recurved; habit sprawling and vine-like.26. S. rivicola

13. Branchlet prickles straight; habit erect and shrubby.14

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea 563

14 Branchlet prickles broad, 1-2 times longer than broad; leaves 2.3-3.4

times longer than broad; style 5.5-6 mm long.2. S. anfractum

14. Branchlet prickles narrower, 2-3 times longer than broad; leaves 1.6-2.1

times longer than broad; style 8-8.5 mm long.24. S. phoberum

15 Branchlet stellate hairs with swollen conical stalks; branchlet prickles

4-9 mm long.17. S. malignum

15. Branchlet stellate hairs sessile or with cylindrical stalks; branchlet

prickles 2-4 mm long.28. S. scolophyllum

16 Upper surface of leaves glabrous, or with scattered stellate hairs along

major veins.17

16. Stellate hairs distributed throughout upper surface of leaf, very sparse

to dense.21

17 Prickles 3-70 on upper leaf surface.18

17. Prickles absent from upper leaf surface.19

18 Branchlet prickles recurved; stellate hairs on leaves 0.15-0.25 mm

diameter, white.12. S. galactites

18. Branchlet prickles straight; stellate hairs on leaves 0.25-0.5 mm

diameter, yellow to tan.15. S. invictum

19 Leaves 14-20 cm long; mature fruits c. 8 mm diameter; seeds 2.2-2.6 mm

long; inflorescences frequently 2-branched.20. S. oomsis

19. Leaves 7-14 cm long; mature fruits 9-16 mm diameter; seeds 2.6-3.9 mm

long; inflorescences always unbranched.20

20 Stellate hairs with central ray 3-6 times longer than lateral rays.11. S. fervens

20. Stellate hairs with central ray 0.1-0.5 times longer than lateral rays.8. S. discolor

21 Lower side of fully expanded leaves very densely stellate hairy, obscuring

leaf surface even at 40x magnification.22

21. Lower side of fully expanded leaves moderately to densely stellate hairy,

the leaf surface visible at 40 x magnification.26

22 Stellate hairs of the upper leaf surface with 2-8 ascending lateral rays,

some or all with thick stalks, and usually interspersed with some simple

(unbranched) hairs.22. S. papuanum

22. Stellate hairs of upper leaf surface sessile or with slender stalks, lateral

rays porrect, simple hairs absent.23

23 Leaves with conspicuous acute lobes .5. S. borgmannii

23. Leaves entire or with obscure obtuse lobes.24

24 Branchlet prickles 4-8 times longer than broad; many stellate hairs on

lower leaf surface with 9-14 lateral rays.23. S. petilum

24. Branchlet prickles 1-3.5 times longer than broad; all stellate hairs on

lower leaf surface with 7-8 lateral rays.25

25 Branchlet prickles 1.5-6 mm long; prickles on upper leaf surface

(3-)5-70; stellate hairs very sparse to sparse on upper leaf surface . . . . 15. S. invictum

25. Branchlet prickles 0.5-2.5 mm long; prickles on upper leaf surface

absent or 1-3 on midrib; stellate hairs moderately dense on upper

leaf surface.3. S. arachnoides

564

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 560-599 ( 2016 )

26 Stems with abundant needle-like prickles (400-500/dm).7. S. denseaculeatum

26. Stems with sparser broad-based prickles (<80/dm) or stems unarmed.27

27 Most flowering or fruiting calyces bearing one or more prickles.28

27. Calyx lacking prickles on all flowers or fruits.30

28 Branchlet prickles recurved; rachis of inflorescence elongate, 15-22 mm

long.9. S. exemptum

28. Branchlet prickles straight; rachis of inflorescence 1—4(—10) mm long.29

29 Larger leaves 2-3.5 cm long; flowers 4-merous; all stellate hairs on leaves

with broad conical base; inflorescence 1-2 flowered.4. S. banzicum

29. Larger leaves 4-8 cm long; flowers 5-merous; few or no stellate hairs on

leaves with broad conical base; inflorescence 2-5 flowered . . . . 10. S. expedunculatum

30 Prickles 5-34 on upper leaf surface; prickles 4-23 on lower leaf

surface.28. S. scolophyllum

30. Prickles 0-6 on upper leaf surface; prickles 0-4 on lower leaf surface.31

31 Stellate hairs on leaves 0.6-0.9 mm diameter; pedicels with glandular hairs . 19. S. nolense

31. Stellate hairs on leaves 0.2-0.5 mm diameter; pedicels without glandular hairs.32

32 Inflorescences branched; flowers 4-merous; petioles 7-14% length of

lamina; branchlet prickles 50-13 per dm.25. S. pluriflorum

32. Inflorescences unbranched; flowers 5-merous; petioles 16-26% length of

lamina; branchlet prickles 16-38 per dm.30. S. trichostylum

Enumeration of species

1. Solanum abortivum Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 93 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Middle slopes of

Mt Missim, 2 June 1984, D. Symon 13840 &

A. Kairo (holo: AD; iso: CANB; LAE n.v.).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

2. Solanum anfractum Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 93 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Central Province: Trail ENE of

Efogi village, 13 September 1970, A. Kanis

1416 (holo: CANB; iso: BRI, L).

Erect perennial shrub, 0.6-4.5 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets

brown; prickles 0-30 per dm, straight, broad-

based, 0.5-4 mm long, 1-2 times longer than

wide, glabrous; branchlet stellate hairs absent,

scattered or frequent, 0.3-0.6 mm diameter,

stalks absent; lateral rays 5-8, porrect;

central ray 0.1-0.3 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent. Adult

leaves elliptical, entire, 4.6-11.5 cm long,

2-3.4 cm wide, 2.3-3.4 times longer than

broad; apex acute to acuminate, base cuneate,

oblique part 0-2.5 mm long, obliqueness

index 0-2 percent; petioles 0.6-1.9 cm long,

11-19% length of lamina, prickles absent.

Upper leaf surface dark green; prickles absent

or present on midvein only or on midvein and

lateral veins, 0-9, straight, broad-based, 1-9

mm long; stellate hairs confined to major

veins or distributed throughout, hairs absent

to sparsely distributed, 0.5-10 mm apart,

0.25-0.4 mm across, sessile, lateral rays 7-8,

porrect; central ray 0.4-0.6 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Lower leaf surface green; prickles absent or

present or on midvein only or on midvein and

lateral veins, 0-10; stellate hairs absent or very

sparse to sparse, 0.5-10 mm apart, 0.2-0.4

mm diameter, stalks absent; lateral rays 6-8,

porrect; central ray 0.3-0.5 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Inflorescence leaf-opposed or supra-axillary,

unbranched; common peduncle 0-6 mm

long; rachis 1-12 mm long, prickles absent or

occasionally present; 1-3-flowered, with all

flowers bisexual, (4-)5-merous; pedicels at

anthesis 15-29 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm thick,

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-2 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis debate to attenuate, 1-5.5

mm long; calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae

sparse to moderately dense, white, 0.2-0.5

mm across, stalks absent, lateral rays 4-8,

central ray 0.5-1.5 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla

violet to bluish, 9-13 mm long, shallowly to

deeply lobed, inner surface glabrous or with

sparse stellate hairs; anthers 4.9-5.3 mm long;

filaments 1.2-1.5 mm long; ovary glabrous

or with dense stellate hairs; functional style

5.5-6 mm long, protruding between anthers,

glabrous or with scattered stellate hairs.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than or more than

half length of mature fruit, prickles absent;

mature fruits 1-2 per inflorescence, globose,

10-12 mm diameter, red at maturity; pedicels

27-32 mm long, cylindrical or thicker towards

apex, c. 0.4 mm thick at midpoint. Seeds pale

yellow, 5.3-5.9 mm long, with broad annular

wing.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Spreader Divide, between Aseki and

Menyamya, Nov 1970, Streimann & Kairo NGF42460

(BRI); Aseki, slope of Angabena ridge, Jan 1972,

Streimann & Stevens LAE53987 (BRI); Mt Missim,

Kuper Range, Wau, Aug 1985, Wada et al. 93 (BRI).

Western Highlands Province: Ridge community near

Camp 1, Mt Oibo, Bismarck Range, Oct 1995, Takeuchi

10530 (AD, L, NY). Southern Highlands Province:

Between Nol and Mendi, 24 km from Mendi, Jun 1977,

Symon 10689 & Katik (AD); ibid., Jun 1977, Symon

10692 & Katik (AD); Vicinity of the Hides 3 natural

gas well-head, Apr 2005, Takeuchi et al. 19014 (CANB,

L). Eastern Highlands Province: Marafunga, c. 20

miles [32 km] NW of Goroka, Oct 1964, Hartley 13214

(CANB); Kassam Pass, Kainantu subdistrict, Jan 1968,

Henty & Coode NGF29195 (BRI); Crater Mt Wildlife

Management area, Abegarama, ridge above Beavetai

airstrip, Aug 1998, Takeuchi 12912 (CANB, L); Aiyura,

Jul 1954, Womersley 6014 (BRI). Madang Province:

Kaironk Valley, Schrader Range, Dec 1999, Gardner

9965 (AD). Northern Province: E side. Lake Myola

1, subdistrict Kokoda, Jul 1974, Croft et al. LAE65003

(BRI). Central Province: E slope of Lake Myola No. 2,

Sep 1973, Croft & Lelean NGF34552 (BRI); Trail ENE

of Efogi village, Sep 1970, Kanis 1416 (BRI, CANB).

Milne Bay Province: Mt Mon, E of Bonenau village,

Aug 1969, Pullen 8043 (A).

Distribution and habitat : As currently

circumscribed, Solanum anfractum has

a very considerable distribution from the

Southern Highlands to the ranges east of

565

Port Moresby (Map 1). It grows at altitudes

from 1280 to 2600 metres, in mossy montane

or submontane rainforest, beech forest, or

Castanopsis forest. Unlike many other species

of the S. ferocissimum group, S. anfractum

has often been collected from primary forest.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from June to January.

Notes : There is much variation in Solanum

anfractum. Specimens from the type locality

and several other localities are completely

unarmed, but those from the Southern

and Western Highlands are conspicuously

prickly on their leaves and branchlets. These

prickly forms may constitute another taxon.

The few seed-bearing specimens exhibit

extraordinarily large seeds, with a broad

annular wing; it is not known whether this is a

constant feature for S. anfractum. Differences

in the style and ovary indumentum and the

calyx lobe shape and length may also indicate

hidden taxa within S. anfractum.

3. Solanum arachnoides A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. papuanum Symon, but

differing by the smaller sessile stellate hairs

on the lower leaf surface, the smaller stellate

hairs of the upper leaf surface, the often

branched inflorescence, the longer anthers,

and the smaller fruits. Typus: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province. Aseki Road, near

crest, 31 May 1984, D.E. Symon 13826 (holo:

CANB [3 sheets]; iso: AD, L).

Erect perennial shrub, 0.75-3.5 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, geminate or disjunct.

Branchlets brown; prickles 10-26 per dm,

straight, broad-based, 1-3 mm long, 1-2.5

times longer than wide, with stellate hairs

throughout lower part; branchlet stellate

hairs dense to very dense, 0.25-0.35 mm

diameter, stalks 0-0.05 mm long; lateral rays

7-8, porrect; central ray 0-0.1 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent. Adult leaves ovate to elliptical, entire,

3.4-6 cm long, 1.5-3.5 cm wide, 1.7-2.8 times

longer than broad; apex acute, base cuneate,

oblique part 0-2 mm long, obliqueness index

0-3 percent; petioles 0.5-1.1 cm long, 15-22%

length of lamina, prickles absent or rarely

present. Upper leaf surface green; prickles

566

absent or sometimes present on midvein only,

0-3, straight, broad-based, 2-4 mm long;

stellate hairs distributed throughout, sparse

to moderately dense, 0.2-0.4 mm apart,

0.15-0.25 mm across, sessile, lateral rays 7-8,

porrect; central ray 0-0.1 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Lower leaf surface yellow to rusty; prickles

absent; stellate hairs very dense, 0-0.05 mm

apart, 0.15-0.3 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.05

mm long; lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central

ray 0-0.1 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; simple hairs absent. Inflorescence

supra-axillary, unbranched or 2-branched

or 3-branched; common peduncle 0-3 mm

long; rachis 0-21 mm long, prickles absent or

occasionally present near base; 7-17-flowered,

with all flowers bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 8-9 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 1-2 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; calyx

prickles absent; calyx stellae very dense,

yellow, 0.2-0.3 mm across, stalks 0-0.1 mm

long, lateral rays 7-8, central ray 0-0.1 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped, simple

hairs absent. Corolla mauve to purple, 9-12

mm long, shallowly lobed, inner surface with

very sparse stellate hairs; anthers 4-4.6 mm

long; filaments 1-1.9 mm long; ovary with

sparse tiny glandular hairs; functional style

6.5-7.5 mm long, protruding between anthers,

with sparse tiny glandular hairs towards base,

otherwise glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes less

than half length of mature fruit, prickles

absent; mature fruits 6-14 per inflorescence,

globose, 6-7 mm diameter, dull red (Symon

13826 ) at maturity; pedicels 17-29 mm long,

thicker towards apex, 0.8-0.9 mm thick at

midpoint. Seeds yellow, 2.5-2.6 mm long.

Figs. 1, 2.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Ekuti divide, Bulolo - Aseki Road,

35 km WSW of Bulolo, Jun 1982, Streimann 8383 (L);

Aseki Road, near crest. May 1984, Symon 13826 (AD,

CANB, L); Aseki Road from Bulolo, near crest. May

1984, Symon 13825 (AD, L, NY); Ekuti Divide on Bulolo

- Aseki Road, Feb 1993, Takeuchi 8831 (AD, BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

arachnoides is known only from the Bulolo

- Aseki road, in the Morobe province (Map

3), at altitudes between 2100 and 2200 metres.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

It grows on roadsides adjacent to montane

forest.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for February, May and June.

Notes: Solanum arachnoides is

morphologically most similar to S. papuanum ,

but differs by the sessile stellate hairs on the

lower leaf surface, 0.15-0.3 mm diameter

(long stalked, 0.45-0.6 mm diameter for S.

papuanum ); simple hairs absent (present for

S. papuanum ); porrect stellae on upper leaf

surface, 0.15-0.25 mm across (ascending

stellate hairs 0.3-0.8 mm diameter for S.

papuanum ).

Aubriot etal. (2016) have attributed Symon

13826 , with its moderately long rachis, to S.

trichostylum, and it forms their sole voucher

for S. trichostylum. Streimann 8383, which

has a very short rachis, has been attributed to

S. expeduncidatum, and it forms one of two

vouchers they used for S. expedunculatum.

Both specimens are included here under S.

arachnoides.

Etymology : The specific epithet is from

the Greek arachne (spider), and -oides

(resembling). The usually 8-rayed hairs of the

upper leaf surface resemble a horde of tiny

spiders.

4. Solanum banzicum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. expedunculatum Symon,

but differing by the 4-merous flowers, the

1-2-flowered inflorescences, the smaller

leaves with very short petioles, and by the

broad conical base possessed by all stellate

hairs on the leaves and branchlets. Typus:

Papua New Guinea. Western Highlands

Province. Waghi - Sepik divide, 9 km N of

Banz, 7 July 1982, H. Streimann 8467 (holo:

BRI; iso: L; LAE n.v.).

Erect or sprawling perennial shrub to 1 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, geminate or disjunct.

Branchlets brown; prickles 13-29 per dm,

straight, broad-based, 1.5-4 mm long, 1-2

times longer than wide, with scattered stellate

hairs on lower part; branchlet stellate hairs

frequent to dense, 0.5-1 mm diameter, stalks

0.1-0.5 mm long, broad, conical; lateral rays

4-8, porrect; central ray 0.6-1.2 times as long

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

567

)i%x6

Coll. D.E.Symon

Date 31.1984

Long, f $ 6

Coll. No. 13826

D «D,E.$ymou

DUPLICATES SENT TO ADW l CANB t K 1 L,LAE t MO ( US .

EX HERBARIUM OF THE WAITE INSTITUTE

DUPLICATE OF ADW No. .60?&1

Name Solatium trichostylum

Locality and details Papua-Nevr Guinea, Morobe Prov*

Aseki Road,near crest, - 2200m alt.

Shrub to 2m, below edge of road, flowers

mauve, few dull red fruits.

HERBARIUM

AUSTRALIENSE

(CANB)

373199 .

CANBLQAN 20 1 5 - 0 0 2-?*

Fig. 1. Holotype of Solanum arachnoides ( Symon 13826 , CANB).

568

Fig. 2. Stellate hairs on upper leaf surface of Solanum

arachnoides ( Symon 13826, CANB).

as laterals, often deflexed, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves broadly

ovate, entire, 2.2-3.6 cm long, 1.2-1.9 cm

wide, 1.3-1.9 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate or obtuse,

oblique part 0-2 mm long, obliqueness

index 0-9 percent; petioles 0.3-0.5 cm long,

14-22% length of lamina, prickles present.

Upper leaf surface green; prickles present on

midvein and lateral veins or on midrib only,

2-10, straight, broad-based, 2.5-5 mm long;

stellate hairs distributed throughout, dense,

0.2-0.4 mm apart, 0.4-1 mm across, stalks

0.1-0.3 mm long, broad, conical; lateral rays

1-6, ascending; central ray 1-1.5 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

often present, 0.5-2 mm apart, 0.2-0.7 mm

long. Lower leaf surface rusty; prickles 1-4

along midvein and lateral veins or on midvein

only; stellate hairs dense, 0.25-0.5 mm apart,

0.5-1 mm diameter, stalks 0.1-0.6 mm long;

lateral rays 4-8, porrect or ascending; central

ray 1-1.5 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; simple hairs absent. Inflorescence

supra-axillary, unbranched; common

peduncle 0-1 mm long; rachis 1-3 mm long,

prickles absent or present; 1 or 2-flowered,

with all flowers bisexual, 4-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 8-21 mm long, 0.5-07 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles present

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

or absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-2.5 mm

long; calyx lobes at anthesis rostrate, 3.5-6

mm long; calyx prickles usually present,

0-5, 1-2 mm long; calyx stellae moderately

dense to dense, rusty, 0.5-0.7 mm across,

stalks 0.1-0.25 mm long, lateral rays 4-8,

central ray 1-1.5 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla

white, 11-12 mm long, shallowly to deeply

lobed, inner surface with very sparse stellate

hairs along lobe midveins; anthers 4.8-5.3

mm long; filaments 1.2-1.8 mm long; ovary

glabrous or with a few tiny glandular hairs;

functional style 7.5-8 mm long, protruding

between anthers, with sparse tiny glandular

hairs towards base and sometimes a few

stellate hairs, otherwise glabrous. Fruiting

calyx lobes less than or more than half length

of mature fruit, prickles often present; mature

fruits 1-2 per inflorescence, globose, mature

fruits not seen; pedicels of immature fruits

20-28 mm long, same thickness throughout,

0.5-0.7 mm thick at midpoint. Figs. 3, 4.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Western Highlands Province: Waghi - Sepik divide, 9

km N of Banz, Jul 1982, Streimann 8467 (BRI, L); ibid.,

Jul 1982, Streimann 8473 (BRI, L); On the Waghi -

Sepik divide, about the crest, 17 km from Banz and c. 45

km from Tabibuga, Jun 1977, Symon 10702 (AD, L); On

the Waghi - Sepik divide between Banz and Tabibuga

near the crest of the divide c. 20 km from Banz, Jun 1977,

Symon 10706 (AD).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum banzicum

is known only from a small area of the Western

Highlands (Map 3) at altitudes between 2200

and 2400 metres. Its recorded habitats are

“regrowth on ridge” and “roadside spill”.

Phenology : Flowers and immature fruits are

recorded for June and July.

Notes : The specimens of Solanum banzicum

cited above were included by Symon (1985)

in S. expedunculatum. S. banzicum is closely

related to S. expedunculatum , but differs

by the 4-merous flowers, the 1-2-flowered

inflorescences, the smaller leaves with very

short petioles, and all stellate hairs on the

leaves and branchlets having broad conical

bases. The type locality of S. banzicum is

more than 70 km from the nearest known

population of S. expedunculatum.

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

569

405582

PAPUA NEW GUINEA FORESTRY

COLLEGE HERBARIUM, BULOLO

COLL H. Streiraann NO: __84§2._

DATE; ...7-7-S2.

LOCALITY WESTERN ALT. £400 m

HIGHLANDS PKOV: Waghi-Sepik Divide,

Tiaenxir 9 km N of Banz.

ANNOT.

Roadside spill.

Small, spreading shrub.

Leaves dull dark green above,

green below.

Flowers petals white, stamens

Fruit dull green.

dull

yellow,

Family; SOLANACEAE

Name; Solanum

DUPL. BFC, LAE, A, L , K , GANB ufAjG-

US, A?

(5° 43’ S 144° 3a' E)

■LAND

357050

0 1 2 3 4 5

Fig. 3. Holotype of Solanum banzicum (Streimann 8467, BRI).

570

Fig. 4. Stellate hairs on upper leaf surface of Solatium

banzicum (Streimann 8467, BRI).

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to

the village of Banz, near where the type was

collected.

5. Solanum borgmannii Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 97 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Simbu Province: Komanimambino,

slopes of Mt Wilhelm, 29 September 1960, E.

Borgmann 213 (holo: L; iso: LAE n.v.).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

6. Solanum dallmanniamim Warb., Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 13: 415 (1890). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Sattelburg, s.dat .,

[A.A.]Dallmann s.n. (holo: B, destroyed).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

7. Solanum denseaculeatum Symon, J.

Adelaide Bot. Gard. 8: 100 (1985). Type:

Papua New Guinea. Morobe Province: Golden

Pines Fogging Area, Watut, 20 October 1965,

H. Streimann & A. Kairo NGF21198 (holo:

BRI; iso: A, BRI, CANB, K, F; FAE, NSW

all n.v).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

8. Solanum discolor R.Br., Prodr. 445 (1810).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: ‘Coen

river’ [Pennefather River], Carpentaria, 7

November 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto: BM

000596891),Symon (1981: 40).

Solanum turraeifolium S.Moore, J. Bot. 61,

suppl. 37 (1927), as ‘turraeaefolium’. Type:

New Guinea. Central Province: Near

Kerepunu, Sogeri distict, 1885-1886, H.O.

Forbes s.n. (holo: BM 000886282), syn. nov.

Solanum yirrkalense Symon, J. Adelaide Bot.

Gard. 4: 137 (1981), as ‘yirrkalensis’. Type:

Northern Territory. Yirrkala gardens, 27

February 1976, D. Hinz 7633 (holo: DNA [ex

NT]; iso: BRI, CANB, DNA), syn. nov.

For a description, see Bean (2004).

Additional selected specimens examined: Papua New

Guinea. Central Province: Hisiu, Feb 1935, Carr

11401 (CANB, L, NY); near Hisiu, Kairuku subdistrict,

Aug 1962, Pullen 3546 (CANB); Tovobada Hills, E

footslopes, 12 miles [19 km] N of Port Moresby, May

1965, Heyligers 1164 (CANB, L); Bioto, Aug 1918, C.T.

White 581 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum discolor

is found at the extreme north-east of the

Northern Territory, on the Cape York

Peninsula of Queensland, north of latitude

14 degrees, and in the Central province of

Papua New Guinea, close to Port Moresby

(Map 2). All occurrences are at low altitude

(<100 metres), where it occurs on the edges of

lowland or littoral rainforest, on sandy soils.

Phenology : In Papua New Guinea, flowers

are recorded for February and May; fruits in

February, May and August.

Notes : Symon (1981) named Solanum

yirrkalense from a single location in the

Northern Territory, Australia. He stated

that it differed from S. corifolium F.Muell.

and S. discolor by the “broad leaves, white

rather than pale blue flowers, and relatively

large berries”. Bean (2004) did not consider

any of these differences to be significant or

consistent, but he separated S. yirrkalense

from S. discolor by the sparser indumentum of

the lower leaf surface and the longer common

peduncles of the cymes. After consideration

of New Guinea material and some additional

Australian material, it has become clear that

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

these characters are also unreliable, with

peduncle length being quite variable and the

stellate hair density apparently reflecting the

microhabitat and/or the stage of growth of the

plant. As a consequence, S. yirrkalense is here

reduced to synonymy under S. discolor. S.

turraeifolium is also relegated to synonymy;

its type is virtually identical in appearance

to the lower branchlet of the lectotype of

S. discolor , and its micro-morphological

features also agree with those of S. discolor.

9. Solanum exemptum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. rivicola Symon but

differing by the greater number of prickles

on the lower leaf surface, the moderately

dense stellate hairs of the lower leaf surface

with a shorter central ray, the inflorescence

9-14 flowered with a common peduncle

and elongated rachis, the thicker pedicels,

the attenuate calyx lobes; and the larger

shallowly-lobed corolla. Typus: Papua New

Guinea. Milne Bay Province: Mayu 2, Raba

Raba subdistrict, 15 July 1972, P.F. Stevens

& J.F. Veldkctmp LAE55565 (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB, L; LAE n.v).

Sprawling plant to 0.4 m high, rooting at

the nodes. Sympodia bifoliate, disjunct.

Branchlets brown; prickles 56-80 per dm,

slightly recurved, broad-based, 1—4.5 mm

long, 2-3 times longer than wide, glabrous

throughout or with sparse stellate hairs

attached; branchlet stellate hairs dense,

0.4-0.6 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.2 mm long;

lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 0-0.2

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves elliptical,

entire, 3.1-4 cm long, 1.5-1.8 cm wide,

2.1-2.4 times longer than broad; apex acute

to acuminate, base cuneate, oblique part 0-2

mm long, obliqueness index 0-6 percent;

petioles 0.5-0.75 cm long, 13-19% length of

lamina, prickles present. Upper leaf surface

green; prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins, 7-18, straight, broad-based, 3-7 mm

long; stellate hairs distributed throughout,

hairs sparse to moderately dense, 0.2-0.3 mm

apart, 0.25-0.55 mm across, sessile, lateral

rays 4-7, porrect; central ray 0.3-0.6 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Lower leaf surface yellowish-

571

green; prickles 16-28, present on midvein

and lateral veins; stellate hairs moderately

dense, 0.15-0.25 mm apart, 0.25-0.5 mm

diameter, stalks 0-0.05 mm long; lateral

rays 4-8, porrect; central ray 0.1-0.4 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-axillary,

unbranched; common peduncle present, 2-6

mm long; rachis present, 15-22 mm long;

9-14-flowered, with all flowers seemingly

bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels at anthesis 7-15

mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm thick, same thickness

throughout, prickles present. Calyx tube

at anthesis 2-3 mm long; calyx lobes at

anthesis attenuate, 2.5-3.5 mm long; calyx

prickles almost always present; calyx stellae

moderately dense to dense, yellow, 0.25-0.4

mm across, stalks 0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays

6-8, central ray 0.5-1 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla

purple, c. 15 mm long, shallowly lobed, inner

surface with sparse stellate hairs; anthers

6-6.2 mm long; filaments 2.3-2.5 mm long;

functional style c. 8 mm long, protruding

between anthers, with sparsely scattered tiny

glandular hairs. Fruiting material not seen.

Figs. 5, 6.

Additional specimens examined : Known only from the

type.

Distribution and habitat: Solanum exemptum

is known only from the Mayu River, near Mt

Suckling in Milne Bay province (Map 4). The

recorded altitude is 1760 metres. The type

was located on a “bare sandy place by river”.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for July.

Notes: The type specimen of Solanum

exemptum was included by Symon (1985)

in S. rivicola. It differs from S. rivicola by

the 16-28 prickles on the lower leaf surface

(5-13 prickles for S. rivicola ), the moderately

dense stellate hairs of the lower leaf surface

with central ray 0.1-0.4 times as long as

laterals (very sparse to sparse stellate hairs,

central ray 0.5-1.6 times for S. rivicola ), the

inflorescence 9-14-flowered with a common

peduncle and elongated rachis (inflorescence

1-2-flowered, both common peduncle and

rachis absent for S. rivicola ), the pedicels

0.3-0.4 mm thick at anthesis (0.15-0.25 mm

thick for S. rivicola ), the attenuate calyx lobes

572

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

373 -\Cf\

FLORA OF PAPUA

Botanical Collections of the Division

of Botany, Department of Forests, Lae.

IAE 55565 P. F. Stevens &

J. F, Veldkamp 15/7/7S

Locality : Raba Raba Subdist., Milne Bay

Dist. ffe-ya 2. Altitude .1760 m

9 45 s Long .: 149 04 E

Habitat ; bare sandy place by river.

Annot.: sprawling shrub with stems on

ground rooting. Height 40 cm. Leaves

dull green, purplish when young.

Flowers: calyx green, with purple hairs,

-corolla, purple, an thers yell ow„

WAITE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE

ADELAIDE. SOUTH AUSTRALIA

JOINT LAE - LEIDEN - CANBERRA BOTANICAL

EXPEDITION. JUNE ■ JULY 1972

QUEENSLAND

HERBARIUM

292710

BRISBANE

Fig. 5. Holotype of Solanum exemptum {Stevens & Veldkamp LAE55565 , BRI).

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

Fig. 6. Two inflorescences of Solatium exemptum

{Stevens & Veldkamp LAE55565, BRI).

(elliptic for S. rivicola)., and the shallowly-

lobed corolla c. 15 mm long (deeply lobed,

7-12 mm long for S. rivicola).

Etymology : The specific epithet is from the

Latin exemptus, meaning ‘taken out, removed

or released’. This alludes to the notion that

this species was taken out of S. rivicola , under

which it was previously included.

10. Solanum expedunculatum Symon, J.

Adelaide Bot. Gard. 8: 103 (1985). Type:

Papua New Guinea. Eastern Highlands

Province: Top of Daulo Pass, 22 June 1977,

D.E. Symon & P. Katik 10675 (holo: AD; iso:

AD, BRI, CANB, K; F n.v).

Erect or sprawling perennial shrub, 0.6-3 m

high. Sympodia bifoliate, disjunct. Branchlets

brown or rusty; prickles 25-42 per dm,

straight, broad-based, 2-4.5 mm long, 1.5-4

times longer than wide, with stellate hairs

throughout lower part; branchlet stellate hairs

dense, 0.6-0.9 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.25

mm long, slender, cylindrical; lateral rays

573

7-8, porrect or ascending; central ray 1-2.5

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves ovate to

elliptical, entire, 4.3-8.1 cm long, 1.9-3.8 cm

wide, 1.6-2.3 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate or obtuse,

oblique part 0-1.5 mm long, obliqueness

index 0-2 percent; petioles 0.6-1.9 cm long,

14-32% length of lamina, prickles present

or rarely absent. Upper leaf surface green;

prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins, 4-43, straight, broad-based, 2-4 mm

long; stellate hairs distributed throughout,

dense, 0.2-0.4 mm apart, 0.3-0.8 mm across,

stalks 0-0.25 mm long, slender, cylindrical;

lateral rays 3-12, porrect or ascending or

multiradiate; central ray 1-3 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

sometimes present, 0.15-0.8 mm apart,

0.2-0.7 mm long. Lower leaf surface rusty;

prickles absent or 6-20 present along midvein

and lateral veins; stellate hairs dense, 0.15—

0.3 mm apart, 0.5-0.8 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.2 mm long; lateral rays 7-12, porrect

or multiradiate; central ray 1-3 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-axillary,

unbranched; common peduncle 0-4 mm

long; rachis 0-12 mm long, prickles absent

or present; 2-5-flowered, with all flowers

bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels at anthesis 7-25

mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm thick, same thickness

throughout or broader near apex, prickles

present. Calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-3 mm

long; calyx lobes at anthesis rostrate, 2.5-5.5

mm long; calyx prickles present, 3-28, 1-4

mm long; calyx stellae moderately dense

to dense, rusty, 0.3-0.7 mm across, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays 7-8, central ray

1.5-3 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla white

(occasionally tinged with purple), 13-14 mm

long, shallowly lobed, inner surface with

sparse stellate hairs; anthers 4.5-4.8 mm

long; filaments 2.0-2.3 mm long; ovary with

sparse tiny glandular hairs; functional style

c. 8.3 mm long, protruding between anthers,

with sparse tiny glandular hairs towards base,

otherwise glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes less

than half length of mature fruit, prickles

present; mature fruits 1-3 per inflorescence,

574

globose, 10-12 mm diameter, reddish-orange

( Vandenberg & Womersley NGF35007) or red

(Symon & Katik 10700 ; Stevens LAE51095 )

at maturity; pedicels 23-35 mm long, thicker

towards apex, 0.8-0.9 mm thick at midpoint.

Seeds yellow, c. 3.2 mm long.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Eastern Highlands Province: Fatima River, Marafunga,

subdistrict Goroka, Nov 1968, Millar NGF40708 (BRI,

L); Marafunga, extension area 1, by Fatima River, Nov

1970, Stevens LAE51095 (BRI, L); Top of Daulo Pass,

Jun 1977, Symon & Katik 10675 (AD, BRI, L); E slope of

Daulo, Jun 1977, Symon 10680 (AD); Marafunga Logging

Area, Goroka sub-district. May 1968, Vandenberg &

Womersley NGF35007 (BRI, L). Southern Highlands

Province: SE slopes of Mt Giluwe, Jun 1977, Symon &

Katik 10700 (AD, L).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

expedunculatum is known mainly from

the Marafunga and Daulo Pass area of the

Eastern Highlands province, but there is

also an occurrence near Mount Giluwe in

the Southern Highlands (Map 2). Altitude

varies from 2100 to 2600 metres. It grows

in disturbed areas of logged forest and on

roadsides.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for May, June and November.

Notes : Symon (1985) stated that the name

of this species was given because of the

“virtual absence of a peduncle to the reduced

inflorescences”, and it seems that his specimen

determinations were greatly influenced by

this characteristic. This has resulted in the

grouping of a number of specimens that have

numerous morphological disparities. In this

account, S. expedunculatum is considered to

be confined to a relatively small area of the

Eastern and Southern Highlands.

11. Solanum fervens A. R.BQ&n,Austrobaileya

6: 686 (2004). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Eastern bank of Jardine River

mouth, 1 September 1985, J.R. Clarkson 6219

(holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: AD, CNS).

Illustrations: Symon (1985: 128), as S.

turraeaefolium ; Bean (2004: 687).

For a description, see Bean (2004).

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

Central Province: Tavai Creek area, c. 43 miles [69 km]

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

SE of Port Moresby, May 1967, Pullen 6872 (CANB, L);

Boku, Nov 1909, Schlencker s.n. (BRI [AQ80466]).

Distribution and habitat: Solanum fervens

occurs in the northern part of Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland, and in the Central

province of Papua New Guinea, where it is

known from two sites (Map 2). It occurs

in monsoon forest on low hills, where the

elevation is around 150 metres.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for May;

fruits in May and November.

Notes: The two specimens cited above were

included by Symon (1985) under Solanum

turraeifolium (= S. discolor). However, these

specimens have a very long central ray on

the stellate hairs of the leaves and branchlets,

and are a very good match for specimens

of S. fervens from Cape York Peninsula,

Queensland, including the type.

12. Solanum galactites A.R.Bean nom. nov.;

Solanum heteracanthum Merr. & L.M.Perry,

J. Arn. Arbor. 30: 48 (1949), nom. illeg. non

Dunal (1813).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985) as S. heteracanthum.

Note: This species requires a new name

because the epithet chosen by Merrill and

Perry had already been validly published by

Dunal in 1813.

Etymology: The replacement epithet is from

the Greek galaktites meaning milk-like,

referring to the milky-white undersides of the

leaves.

13. Solanum gibbsiae J.R.Drumm. in Gibbs,

FI. Arfak Mts. Ill (1917). Type: Indonesia.

West Papua. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains,

December 1913, L.S. Gibbs 5974 (holo: BM).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

14. Solanum infuscatum Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 107 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Arigenang village,

14 February 1970, D.B. Foreman NGF48100

(holo: LAE n.v.\ iso: BRI, CANB, L).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

15. Solanum invictum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. trichostylum Merr. &

L.M.Perry, but differing by the longer prickles

on the branchlets, the more numerous prickles

on the upper leaf surface, the glabrous or

very sparsely hairy upper leaf surface, the

very densely hairy lower leaf surface, and

the style with dense stellate hairs only at the

base. Typus: Papua New Guinea. Central

Province: SE slope to Mt Victoria Range,

Port Moresby subdistrict, 7 July 1974, J. Croft

& G. Larivita LAE61684 (holo: BRI; iso: A,

CANB, L; LAE n.v).

Erect perennial shrub, 1-2.5 mhigh. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate or disjunct. Branchlets

yellow to dark brown; prickles 22-70 per

dm, straight or curved, broad-based, 1-6 mm

long, 1.5-3.5 times longer than wide, with

stellate hairs throughout lower part; branchlet

stellate hairs dense to very dense, 0.3-0.4

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral

rays 6-8, porrect; central ray 0.5-1.2 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent. Adult leaves ovate to broadly ovate,

entire or repand, 6.8-12.8 cm long, 3.3-9 cm

wide, 1.4-2.8 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate or obtuse,

oblique part 0-5 mm long, obliqueness

index 0-5 percent; petioles 1.2-3.3 cm long,

16-26% length of lamina, prickles present.

Upper leaf surface dark green; prickles

present on midvein and lateral veins, rarely

on midvein only, (3—)5—60, straight, broad-

based, 2.5-7 mm long; stellate hairs confined

to major veins or distributed throughout,

hairs absent or very sparsely distributed,

0.7-4 mm apart, 0.4-0.5 mm across, sessile,

lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 0.5-0.8

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Lower leaf surface pale

yellow to brown; prickles 1-14, present on

midvein and lateral veins, or on midvein

only; stellate hairs very dense, 0-0.05 mm

apart, 0.3-0.45 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1

mm long; lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central

ray 0.5-1 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; simple hairs absent. Inflorescence

leaf-opposed or supra-axillary, unbranched

or 2-branched; common peduncle 0-30 mm

long; rachis 15-40 mm long, prickles absent

or occasionally present; 6-15-flowered, with

575

all flowers bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels at

anthesis 9-13 mm long, 0.65-1.1 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 2.5-3.5 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis deflate to rostrate, 0.5-2(-5)

mm long; calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae

very dense, yellow, brown or rusty, 0.3-0.4

mm across, stalks 0-0.1 mm long, lateral

rays 7-8, central ray 0.7-1.3 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent.

Corolla light purple to purple, c. 12 mm long,

shallowly lobed, inner surface with sparse

to dense stellate hairs; anthers 4.1-4.7 mm

long; filaments 1.3-2 mm long; ovary with

dense stellate hairs; functional style 6.5-7

mm long, protruding between anthers, with

dense stellate hairs on basal 1 mm, otherwise

glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes less than or

more than half length of mature fruit, prickles

absent; mature fruits 2-3 per inflorescence,

globose, 12-18 mm diameter, yellow (van

Royen 10901 ) or orange (Risdale NGF36960 )

at maturity; pedicels 20-30 mm long, thicker

towards apex, 1.1-1.6 mm thick at midpoint.

Seeds not seen. Figs. 7, 8.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Central Province: SE slope to Mt Victoria Range, Jul

1974, Croft & Larivita LAE61684 (A, BRI, CANB);

Trail to Mt Albert Edward, subdistrict Goilala, Jul

1969, Foreman & Wardle NGF45531 (BRI, CANB, L);

Murray Pass, Goilala sub-district, Aug 1968, Ridsdale

NGF36960 (A, BRI, CANB, L); Road from Woitape to

Kosipi, Uriko, Jan 1965, van Royen NGF20224 (BRI,

CANB, L); Mt Victoria area, track from Koma Creek to

the Rock Pile, SE of Mt Service, May 1976, van Royen

10901 (CANB, L).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum invictum

is confined to a relatively small area on and

adjacent to the main dividing range to the

north and north-east of Port Moresby (Map

3). It inhabits disturbed sites in or adjacent to

montane rainforest at altitudes between 2000

and 3000 metres. Associated species include

Nothofagus sp. and Papuacedrus papuana

(F.Muell.) H.L.Li.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded in January, May, July and August.

Notes : The specimens of Solanum invictum

cited above were included by Symon (1985) in

S. trichostylum. It differs from S. trichostylum

by the branchlet prickles 1-6 mm long (1-2

576

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

3736^6

FLORA OF PAPUA

Botanical Collections of the Division

of Botany, Department of Forests, Lae,

LAE 6l68k, J. Croft &

G. Larivita, 7/7/7L

Locality : S.E, slope to Mt: Victoria

~ Range, Port Moresby subdist., Central

Dist., P.H.G. Altitude 3000 m.

Lat.: 8 55 s Long ,: lL-7 35 E

Habitat: Lower subalpine rainforest.

Annot . Small shrub, height 1.5 m

Leaves glossy dark green above,

light green, tomentose below.

Flowers light purple. Fruit glossy-

green.

QUEENSLAND

HERBARIUM

292734

BRISBANE

Dupl. sent to: L* Bri. Canb. A. K,

PNH. US. Bish.

Fig. 7. Holotype of Solanum invictum (Croft & Larivita LA E61684, BRI).

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

Fig. 8. Section of branchlet of Solarium invictum {Croft

& Larivita LAE61684 , BRI).

mm long for S. trichostylum), the more

numerous (3-60) prickles on the upper leaf

surface (0-6 for S. trichostylum ), the glabrous

or very sparsely hairy upper leaf surface

(sparsely hairy for S. trichostylum ), the very

densely hairy lower leaf surface (moderately

dense hairs for S. trichostylum ), and the style

with dense stellate hairs only at the base

(stellate hairs almost throughout or with tiny

glandular hairs only for S. trichostylum).

Etymology : The specific epithet is from

the Latin invictus, meaning ‘unconquered,

strong’. This species has the appearance of

being a strong and sturdy shrub.

16. Solanum leptacanthum Merr. &

L.M.Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 30: 45 (1949).

Type: Papua New Guinea. Central Province:

Diene, Ononge road, April 1933, L.J. Brass

3814 (holo: A; iso: BRI, L, NY).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

17. Solanum malignum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. rivicola, but differing by

its erect shrubby habit; the much longer (and

577

invariably straight) prickles on the branchlets;

the stellate hairs of the branchlets with

broad conical stalks; the fewer prickles on

the upper leaf surface and the 5-7-flowered

inflorescences with pedicels 0.4-0.6 mm

thick. Typus: Papua New Guinea. Southern

Highlands Province: SE slopes of Mt Giluwe,

IARO logging area, 26 June 1977, D.E. Symon

10696 & P. Katik (holo: AD; iso: CANB, L).

Illustration: Symon (1985: 121), as S. rivicola.

Erect shrub 0.5-1 m high. Sympodia bifoliate,

disjunct. Branchlets dark brown; prickles 14-

28 per dm, straight, broad-based, 5-12 mm

long, 1.5-4 times longer than wide, glabrous

throughout or with sparse stellate hairs

attached; branchlet stellate hairs frequent to

dense, 0.4-0.65 mm diameter, stalks broad,

conical, 0-0.6 mm long; lateral rays 7-8,

porrect; central ray 0.3-0.7 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Adult leaves elliptical, entire or shallowly

lobed, with 2 pairs of acute lobes, lobing

index 1-1.2; lamina 5.1-8.1 cm long, 2-5 cm

wide, 1.6-2.5 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate, oblique part

0-2 mm long, obliqueness index 0-3 percent;

petioles 0.9-2.8 cm long, 15-35% length of

lamina, prickles present. Upper leaf surface

green; prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins, 7-13, straight, broad-based, 4-13 mm

long; stellate hairs distributed throughout,

hairs very sparse to sparse, 0.35-0.6 mm

apart, 0.2-0.35 mm across, sessile, lateral

rays 5-8, porrect; central ray 0.1-0.6 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent. Lower leaf surface green; prickles

4-12, present on midvein and lateral veins,

or sometimes on midvein only; stellate hairs

very sparse to sparse, 0.25-0.5 mm apart,

0.2-0.4 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.05 mm

long; lateral rays 4-8, porrect; central ray

0.1-0.8 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; simple hairs absent. Inflorescence

supra-axillary, unbranched; common

peduncle absent or present, 0-3 mm long;

rachis present, 2-7 mm long; 5-7-flowered,

with all flowers bisexual, 4- or 5-merous;

pedicels at anthesis 17-24 mm long, 0.4-0.6

mm thick, thickened towards apex, prickles

present or absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1-1.5

578

mm long; calyx lobes at anthesis rostrate,

1-1.5 mm long; calyx prickles almost always

absent, rarely 1 present; calyx stellae dense,

yellow or purple, 0.3-0.45 mm across, stalks

0-0.05 mm long, lateral rays 6-8, central ray

0.1-0.5 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla pale

lavender, 10-14 mm long, deeply lobed, inner

surface with sparse stellate hairs; anthers

3.8-47 mm long; filaments 1.4-1.8 mm long;

ovary glabrous, functional style 6-7.5 mm

long, protruding between anthers, glabrous.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than half length of

mature fruit, prickles absent; mature fruits

4-6 per inflorescence, globose, diameter

unknown, bright red (Symon 10698 & Katik)

at maturity; pedicels 27-28 mm long, thicker

towards apex, 0.5-0.6 mm thick at midpoint.

Seeds pale yellow, 2.9-3.2 mm long. Figs. 9,

10 .

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

Southern Highlands Province: SE slopes of Mt Giluwe,

IARO logging area, Jun 1977, Symon 10696 & Katik

(AD); SE slopes of Mt Giluwe, Jun 1977, Symon 10698 &

Katik (AD, CANB, L); Mt Giluwe, Munie timber track,

Jun 1984, Symon 13885 (AD, L).

Distribution and habitat: Solanum malignum

is known only from the vicinity of Mt Giluwe,

to the south-west of Mount Hagen (Map 1), at

altitudes from 2450 m to 2800 m. It reportedly

grows in disturbed areas in logged Nothofagus

pullei Steenis forest.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded

for June.

Notes: The specimens of Solanum malignum

cited above were included by Symon (1985)

in S. rivicola. It differs from S. rivicola by its

erect shrubby habit; the 5-12 mm long (and

invariably straight) prickles on the branchlets

(branchlet prickles strongly recurved, 1.5-4

mm long for S. rivicola ); the stellate hairs of

the branchlets with broad conical stalks to 0.6

mm long (slender stalks to 0.1 mm long for S.

rivicola)., the 7-13 prickles on the upper leaf

surface (14-38 prickles for S. rivicola) and

the 5-7-flowered inflorescences with pedicels

0.4-0.6 mm thick (1-2 flowered, pedicels

0.15-0.25 mm thick for S. rivicola).

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Latin malignus, meaning ‘of evil nature’. This

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

refers to the many large prickles on the stems

and leaves.

18. Solanum missimense Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 113 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Lower to middle

slopes of Mt Missim, 2 June 1984, D. Symon

13838 & A. Kairo (holo: AD; iso: BRI, CANB,

K, L; LAE, MO n.v).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

19. Solanum nolense Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 115 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Southern Highlands Province:

Between Nol and Mendi, 6 km from Nol, 24

June 1977, D. Symon 10688 & P. Katik (holo:

AD; iso: CANB, K, L; LAE n.v).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

20. Solanum oomsis A.R.Bean sp. nov. With

affinity to S. discolor , but differing by the

larger and broader leaves, the often branched

inflorescences, the longer corolla, the smaller

fruits and seeds, the moderately dense

indumentum of the lower leaf surface, and

the geminate leaves of the sympodia. Typus:

Papua New Guinea. Morobe Province:

Oomsis Logging Area near Lae, 15 March

1960, E.E. Henty NGF11957 (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB, L; LAE n.v).

Erect perennial shrub, 3-3.5 mhigh. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets brown;

prickles absent; branchlet stellate hairs dense

to very dense, 0.25-0.4 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, slender, cylindrical; lateral

rays 6-8, porrect; central ray 0.3-4 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Adult leaves broadly ovate to

elliptical, entire or with shallow lobes, lobing

index 1—1.2; leaves 14.1-20 cm long, 5.7-10.5

cm wide, 1.8-2.5 times longer than broad;

apex acute, base cuneate to obtuse, oblique

part 2.5-7 mm long, obliqueness index

2-4 percent; petioles 1-3 cm long, 7-16%

length of lamina, prickles absent. Upper leaf

surface green; prickles absent; stellate hairs

absent or confined to major veins; simple

hairs absent. Lower leaf surface green to

grey-green; prickles absent; stellate hairs

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

579

Stato Herbarium of South Australis

OF THE WAITE INSTITUTE

no. 54076

P.N.G. S.E.slopes of Mt.Giluwe

logging area 2280m. tjothofogus

EHiiSi forest. In logged - area, erect

shrub to 50cm but immature, flowers

deeply stellate,very pale lavender,

deeper stripe outside, stems flushed

purple (+ cytol + seedling).

p D /&ti£"° n * C °"' No ' l06 96

Date 26.6. 1977 Det.

010696 DUPLICATES SENT T0 ■ k .. F,.

998572488

Fig. 9. Holotype of Solatium malignum ( Symon 10696 & Katik, AD).

580

Fig. 10. Inflorescence of Solanum malignum ( Symon

10696 & Kotik, AD).

moderately dense, 0.2-0.3 mm apart, 0.3-0.5

mm diameter, stalks absent; lateral rays 7-8,

porrect; central ray 0.2-1.5 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Inflorescence leaf-opposed, unbranched or

2-branched; common peduncle 3-24 mm

long; rachis 24-61 mm long, prickles absent;

14-35-flowered, with some flowers male,

5-merous; pedicels at anthesis 5-9 mm long,

c. 0.3 mm thick, same thickness throughout,

prickles absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1-1.5

mm long; calyx lobes at anthesis elliptic or

deflate, 0.5-1 mm long; calyx prickles absent;

calyx stellae moderately dense to dense,

white, 0.2-0.35 mm across, stalks 0-0.1 mm

long, lateral rays 5-8, central ray 0.3-2 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped, simple

hairs absent. Corolla pale mauve to purple,

8-10 mm long, deeply lobed, inner surface

glabrous; anthers 4.3-5.5 mm long; filaments

0.5-1.7 mm long; ovary glabrous; functional

style c. 7.5 mm long, protruding between

anthers, glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes less

than half length of mature fruit, prickles

absent; mature fruits 1-3 per inflorescence,

globose, c. 8 mm diameter, bright red at

maturity; pedicels 20-23 mm long, thicker

towards apex, 0.6-0.9 mm thick at midpoint.

Seeds pale yellow, 2.2-2.6 mm long. Figs. 11,

12 .

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Oomsis Logging Area near Lae,

Mar 1960, Henty NGF11957 (BRI, CANB, L). Madang

Province: Between villages of Dimir and Basken in the

hills behind Dylup plantation, c. 50 miles [80 km] N of

Madang, Oct 1958, Pullen 1207 (CANB, L).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum oomsis is

known from two widely separated sites close

to the north-east coast of Papua New Guinea

(Map 1). Altitude ranges from 60 to 250

metres. It occurs in “garden regrowth” or in

logged forest.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

collected in March and October.

Notes: The specimens of Solanum oomsis

cited above were included by Symon (1985)

in S. turraeifolium (= S. discolor). S. oomsis

has unarmed stems, broadly elliptic slightly-

lobed leaves, glabrous upper leaf surfaces,

moderately dense lower surfaces, unbranched

or 2-branched inflorescences, and red fruits

c. 8 mm diameter. It differs from S. discolor

by the larger and broader leaves, the often

branched inflorescences, the longer corolla,

the smaller fruits and seeds, the moderately

dense indumentum of the lower leaf surface,

and the geminate leaves of the sympodia.

The collection from Madang province differs

from the type by the stellate hairs having a

shorter central ray, the shorter petioles and the

somewhat narrower laminae.

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the

Oomsis Logging Area. It is used as a noun in

apposition.

21. Solanum ortivum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. anfractum , but differing

by the greater number of flowers per

inflorescence and the much longer rachis, the

very short central ray of the stellate hairs, the

shorter anthers, and the sparse indumentum

on the lower leaf surface. Typus: Papua New

Guinea. Madang Province: Sewe, Saidor

subdistrict, 10 August 1964, C.D. Sayers

NGF19832 (holo: BRI; iso: LAE n.v.).

Erect perennial shrub, c.3m high. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets brown;

prickles 35-52 per dm, straight, broad-based,

0.2-1.2 mm long, 1-2 times longer than wide,

with dense stellate hairs at base; branchlet

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

581

PLANTAE NOVOGUINEENSES

Botanical Collections of the Department of Forests

Papua and New Guinea

E. E. Henry N.G.FJI957 15/3/ 1560

Solanum

Collected pomsis logging area near Lae. e DlK

Alt. c. 200 ft. approx. Ut. 6 ^ S.Ung. 6c k.

Fig. 11. Holotype of Solanum oomsis (Henty NGF11957, BRI).

582

Fig. 12. Branched inflorescence of Solanum oomsis

(Henty NGFU957, CANB).

stellate hairs frequent to dense, 0.15-0.25

mm diameter, stalks absent; lateral rays 6-8,

porrect; central ray 0.4-0.7 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped. Adult leaves

elliptical, entire, 5-7.7 cm long, 2.1-3.1 cm

wide, 2.2-2.5 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate, oblique

part 0-6 mm long, obliqueness index 0-8

percent; petioles 0.45-0.9 cm long, 9-16%

length of lamina, prickles absent. Upper leaf

surface dark green; prickles absent; stellate

hairs distributed throughout, very sparsely

distributed, 0.25-0.6 mm apart, 0.1-0.15

mm across, sessile, lateral rays 4-8, porrect;

central ray 0.1-0.4 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent. Lower

leaf surface greenish-white; prickles absent;

stellate hairs sparse, 0.2-0.4 mm apart,

0.2-0.3 mm diameter, stalks absent; lateral

rays 4-8, porrect; central ray 0-0.2 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence leaf-opposed,

unbranched; common peduncle 15-31 mm

long; rachis 30-63 mm long, prickles absent;

8-20-flowered, 4-5-merous; pedicels at

anthesis c. 15 mm long and 0.3 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis c. 1.5 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis elliptic, c. 0.5 mm long; calyx

prickles absent; calyx stellae moderately

dense to dense, white, 0.2-0.3 mm across,

stalks absent, lateral rays 5-8, central ray

0.1-0.4 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla purple, c.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

8 mm long, deeply lobed, inner surface with

sparse stellate hairs, mainly near lobe apices;

anthers 2.4-3 mm long; functional style c.

5 mm long, protruding between anthers,

glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes less than or

more than half length of mature fruit, prickles

absent; fruits 1-2 per inflorescence, globose,

diameter and colour at maturity unknown;

pedicels of immature fruits 11—15 mm long,

cylindrical or thicker towards apex. Seeds not

seen. Fig. 13,14.

Additional specimens examined : Known only from the

type.

Distribution and habitat: Solanum ortivum

has been collected so far, only at Sewe, in

Madang province (Map 1), at an altitude of

2300 metres. It inhabits rainforest.

Phenology: Flowers and immature fruits

recorded for August.

Notes: The type of Solanum ortivum was

included by Symon (1985) in S. anfractum.

It shares with S. anfractum the geminate

leaves of the sympodia, the rather zig-zag

stems, and the very sparse indumentum on

the upper leaf surface. However, S. ortivum

differs in several ways from S. anfractum ; the

rachis of the inflorescence 30-63 mm long

(1-12 mm long for S. anfractum ), the 8-20

flowers per inflorescence (1-3 flowered for S.

anfractum ); the stellate hairs of the upper leaf

surface 0.1-0.15 mm diameter (0.25-0.4 mm

diameter for S. anfractum)', the anthers 2.4-3

mm long (5-7.5 mm long for S. anfractum ),

and the frequent very short branchlet prickles

with a stellate-hairy base (branchlet prickles

glabrous for S. anfractum).

Etymology: From the Latin ortivus “of rising”,

or “the eastern or dawn side”. This is given

in reference to the occurrence of this species

to the east of the Ramu Highway, where no

collections of S. anfractum have been made.

22. Solanum papuanum Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 116 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province:

Marafunga Logging Area, upper Asaro

valley, near Goroka, 7 September 1961, J.S.

Womersley & H.O. Sleumer NGF13992 (holo:

LAE n.v., iso: BRI, K, L.).

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

583

FLORA OF NEW GUINEA

Botanical Collections of the Division of Botany,

Department of Forests, Lae.

C. D. SAYERS, NGF 19832, 10/8/64

Locality: Sewe, Saidor sub-dlst.» Madang

District, T.N.G., alt. 7,500 feet.

Lat. 5 50 S Long. 146 05 E

Habitat : Rain forest

Annot. Small tree, height 10 feet.

Leaves dark green above, paler below.

Flowers violet-purple. Stamens

yellow; stigma same as petals.

Fam. Solanaceae

Name: Solanum

Dupl. sent to : L. Bri. Canb. A.K,

Bogr-buig. 6yd, UH. PNH. US. Bish. ^

ADELAIDE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BRISBANE

292415

jQUEENSLAND

HER BARIUM

L™

tom"

[tr

Fig. 13. Holotype of Solanum ortivum (Sayers NGF 19832, BRI).

584

Fig. 14. Inflorescence of Solanum ortivum {Sayers NGF

19832, BRI).

Erect perennial shrub, 1-1.2 m high. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets brown to rusty;

prickles 14-20 per dm, straight, broad-based,

0.5-5 mm long, 1-1.5 times longer than wide,

with stellate hairs throughout lower part;

branchlet stellate hairs dense to very dense,

0.6-1.0 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.5 mm long;

lateral rays 6-9, porrect; central ray 0-0.2

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves ovate,

broadly ovate or elliptical, entire, 6.4-15 cm

long, 3-6 cm wide, 1.9-2.5 times longer than

broad; apex acute, base cuneate, oblique part

0-6 mm long, obliqueness index 0-4 percent;

petioles 1.2-2.5 cm long, 16-19% length of

lamina, prickles absent or present. Upper leaf

surface green; prickles absent or sometimes

present on midvein only, 0-7, straight, broad-

based, 2-8 mm long; stellate hairs distributed

throughout, moderately dense to dense,

0.2-0.4 mm apart, 0.3-0.8 mm across, stalks

0-0.3 mm long, lateral rays 1-7, ascending;

central ray 0.2-0.5 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped; simple hairs usually present,

0.1-0.3 mm long, 0.1-0.5 mm apart. Lower

leaf surface yellow to rusty; prickles absent

or rarely present, 0-2, confined to midrib;

stellate hairs very dense, 0-0.05 mm apart,

0.45-0.6 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.4 mm long;

lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 0.1-0.2

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 560-599 ( 2016 )

axillary, unbranched; common peduncle 0-6

mm long; rachis 3-27(-53) mm long, prickles

absent or present; 8-16-flowered, with most

flowers bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels at

anthesis 8-9 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-2 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis elliptic to deflate, 0.5-1 mm

long; calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae very

dense, rusty, 0.35-0.5 mm across, stalks

0-0.25 mm long, lateral rays 6-8, central ray

0.1-0.3 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla mauve,

11—12 mm long, shallowly lobed, inner

surface with very sparse stellate hairs; anthers

2.5-3.8 mm long; filaments c. 1.2 mm long;

ovary glabrous; functional style c. 6.5 mm

long, protruding between anthers, glabrous.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than half length of

mature fruit, prickles absent; mature fruits

3-8 per inflorescence, globose, 9-14 mm

diameter, black (McKee & Floyd 6356 ) or red

(Croft LAE61900) at maturity; pedicels 17-23

mm long, thicker towards apex, c. 1.1 mm

thick at midpoint.

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Katom River field site, via Yawan

village, Sarawagel Range, Huon peninsula, Aug 2004,

Jensen NG943 & Fazang (BRI). Central Province: SE

slope to Lake Myola No. 2, Sep 1973, Croft & Lelean

NGF34817 (BRI, L); E side lake Myola No. 1, Jul 1974,

Croft LAE61900 (BRI). Eastern Highlands Province:

Mt Wilhelm, E slopes, Jul 1959, Brass 30725 (L, NY);

Daulo - Chuave Road, Nov 1954, McKee & Floyd 6356

(BRI, L); Fatima River, Goroka subdistrict. May 1965,

Millar NGF22538 (BRI, L); Fatima River, Marafunga,

Goroka subdistrict, Nov 1968, Millar NGF40709 (BRI,

L); Daulo camp, Asaro-Mairifutica divide, Aug 1957,

Pullen 397 (L). Southern Highlands Province: Between

Kagoba and Border gate, subdistrict Mendi, Nov 1973,

Womersley NGF46444 (BRI, L).

Distribution and habitat: Solanum papuanum

is widespread in Papua New Guinea, but

known from just a few areas (Map 3), at

altitudes ranging from 1800 to 2600 metres.

It grows in open areas along roadside adjacent

to submontane rainforest, or in regrowth from

logging.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for May,

July, August, September and November;

fruits in July, September and November.

Bean, New Solarium species from New Guinea

Notes: Solarium papuanum can be

distinguished by the very dense indumentum

on the lower leaf surfaces, and the stellate hairs

on the upper leaf surfaces having ascending

lateral rays, with some hairs reduced to a

simple form. Some of the specimens cited

under S. papuanum by Symon (1985) are here

referred to S. trichostylum or S. arachnoides.

The collection Croft LAE61900 is atypical

because of the more prominent venation on

the underside of the leaves, the large fruits

and the long rachis of the inflorescence.

Millar NGF40709 is also atypical because of

its small leaves and quite slender prickles on

the branchlets and leaves.

23. Solatium petilum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. trichostylum but differing

by the very dense tomentum on the lower leaf

surface, the 4-merous flowers, the stellate

hairs of the lower leaf surface with 8-14

lateral rays, and the slender prickles on the

upper leaf surface and branchlets. Typus:

Papua New Guinea. Central Province: W

slopes of Mt Kenive (Nisbet), 26 July 1974,

J.R. Croft LAE65050 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

L).

Erect perennial shrub c. 1.5 m high. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate or disjunct. Branchlets

grey to yellow; prickles 4-28 per dm, straight,

needle-like or broad-based, 0.5-3.5 mm

long, 4-8 times longer than wide, glabrous

or with stellate hairs throughout lower part;

branchlet stellate hairs very dense, 0.25-0.6

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral

rays 8-10, porrect; central ray 0.5-1 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent, simple hairs absent. Adult leaves

ovate to elliptical, entire, 7.2-9.4 cm long,

2.2-3.5 cm wide, 2.3-3.3 times longer than

broad; apex acute, base cuneate, oblique part

0-2 mm long, obliqueness index 0-3 percent;

petioles 1.1-2.2 cm long, 15-25% length of

lamina, prickles absent. Upper leaf surface

green; prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins or on midvein only, 1-12, straight,

needle-like, 1-5 mm long; stellate hairs

distributed throughout, sparse to moderately

dense, 0.2-0.5 mm apart, 0.35-0.5 mm

across, sessile, lateral rays 4-8, porrect;

585

central ray 1-2 times as long as laterals, not

gland-tipped; simple hairs absent. Lower leaf

surface yellowish; prickles absent; stellate

hairs very dense, 0-0.05 mm apart, 0.25-0.45

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral

rays 8-14, porrect; central ray 0.5-1 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-axillary,

unbranched; common peduncle 0-2 mm

long; rachis 7-19 mm long, prickles absent;

4-13-flowered, flowers bisexual, 4-merous;

pedicels at anthesis 9-13 mm long, 0.8-0.9

mm thick, same thickness throughout, prickles

absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1.5-2 mm long;

calyx lobes at anthesis elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm

long; calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae very

dense, yellow, 0.25-0.35 mm across, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays 8-10, central ray

0.5-1 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla purple,

c. 11 mm long, shallowly lobed, inner surface

with sparse stellate hairs; anthers 2.6-3.2 mm

long; filaments 1.5-2 mm long; ovary with

scattered tiny glandular hairs; functional style

c. 5.5 mm long, protruding between anthers,

with scattered tiny glandular hairs on lower

one-third, otherwise glabrous. Fruiting calyx

lobes less than half length of fruit, prickles

absent; mature fruits and seeds not seen. Figs.

15,16,17,18.

Additional specimens examined : Known only from the

type.

Distribution and habitat: Solanum petilum

is known only from one location near the

boundary of Central and Northern provinces

(Map 2), at an altitude of 3000 metres. It

grows in submontane rainforest.

Phenology: Flowers and immature fruits are

recorded for July.

Notes: The type specimens of Solanum

petilum were included by Symon (1985) under

S. trichostylum. S. petilum differs from that

species by the very dense tomentum on the

lower leaf surface (moderately dense for S.

trichostylum ), the 4-merous flowers (5-merous

for S. trichostylum ), the stellate hairs of the

lower leaf surface with 8-14 lateral rays

(6-8 lateral rays for S. trichostylum ), and

the slender prickles on the upper leaf surface

586

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 560-599 ( 2016 )

WAITE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE

ADELAIDE. SOUTH AUSTRALIA

, fin

FLORA OF PAPUA

Botanical Collections of the Division

of Botany, Department of Forests, Lae,

LAE 65050 J. R. Croft et al.

26/7/74

Locality : West slopes of Mt. Kenive

TifisBeti Altitude 3,000 m

£o

Long.: 147 4S E

Submontane Rainforest

373 73 I

Fam.: Solanaceae

Name : Solanum

Ann0t ' Shrub, Height 1.5 m. Leaves dull

dark green above, brown below.

Flowers purple. Fruit green, black.

QUEENSLAND

HERBARIUM

292687

BRIS BANE

Fig. 15. Holotype of Solanum petilum {Croft LAE65050, BRI).

Fig. 16. Section of branchlet showing slender prickles of

Solanum petilum {Croft LAE65050, BRI).

Fig. 17. Underside of leaf of Solanum petilum, showing

multi-rayed stellate hairs {Croft LAE65050, BRI).

and branchlets 3-8 times longer than broad

(broad-based prickles, 1-2 times longer than

broad for S. trichostylum ).

The name of the mountain from which

the type was collected now appears in the

gazetteers as Mt Kanevi. All occurrences of

S. trichostylum are disjunct from S. petilum

by more than 90 km.

Etymology : The specific epithet is from the

Latin petilus, meaning ‘slender, thin’. This

refers to the slender prickles possessed by this

species, in comparison with its relatives.

24. Solanum phoberum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. rivicola , but differing by

the upright shrubby habit, the straight prickles

of the branchlets, the fewer prickles on the

upper leaf surface, the stellate hairs absent

from lower leaf surface or confined to the

veins, and the thicker pedicels. Typus: Papua

New Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province.

Mt Wilhelm, E slopes, high bank of Pengagl

Creek, 9 July 1959, L.J. Brass 30401 (holo:

CANB; iso: L, NY).

Erect perennial shrub, up to 2.5 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, disjunct. Branchlets

brown; prickles 14-30 per dm, straight,

broad-based, 1-3.5 mm long, 2-3 times

longer than wide, glabrous; branchlet

588

stellate hairs scattered to frequent, 0.3-0.4

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral

rays 6-8, porrect; central ray 0-0.3 times

as long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Adult leaves broadly-ovate to

elliptical, entire, 27-4.5 cm long, 17-2.7

cm wide, 1.6-2.1 times longer than broad;

apex acute, base cuneate to obtuse, oblique

part 0-1.5 mm long, obliqueness index 0-4

percent; petioles 0.6-0.8 cm long, 16-25%

length of lamina, prickles present. Upper

leaf surface dark green; prickles present on

midvein and lateral veins, or along midvein

only, 3-11, straight, broad-based, 2-9 mm

long; stellate hairs confined to major veins

or absent; simple hairs absent. Lower leaf

surface green; prickles present on midvein

and lateral veins, 5-8; stellate hairs absent or

confined to major veins; simple hairs absent.

Inflorescence supra-axillary, unbranched;

common peduncle 0-2 mm long; rachis 1-3

mm long, prickles absent; l(or 2)-flowered,

with all flowers bisexual, 4-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 13-23 mm long, c. 0.5 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis c. 2.0 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis rostrate to attenuate, 2.5-3

mm long; calyx prickles absent or present,

0-3; calyx stellae sparse, yellow, 0.2-0.3

mm across, stalks absent, lateral rays 6-8,

central ray 0.5-1 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla

white above, purple below, 11-16 mm long,

deeply lobed, inner surface glabrous; anthers

5.2-57 mm long; filaments 2.2-2.5 mm long;

ovary glabrous; functional style 8-8.5 mm

long, protruding between anthers, glabrous.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than or more than

half length of mature fruit, prickles absent

or present, 0-3; fruits 1 per inflorescence,

mature fruits not seen; pedicels 24-28 mm

long, cylindrical or thicker towards apex,

0.6-0.9 mm thick at midpoint. Seeds not seen.

Figs. 19, 20.

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

Eastern Highlands Province: Komanemambino, Oct

1960, Borgmann 246 (L); Mt Wilhelm, E slopes, high

bank of Pengagl Creek, Jul 1959, Brass 30401 (CANB,

L, NY).

Distribution and habitat : Solanumphoberum

is only known from the vicinity of Mount

Austrobaileya 9 ( 4 ): 560-599 ( 2016 )

Wilhelm, between 2770 and 2900 metres

(Map 4). It reportedly grows on “forest

edges”.

Phenology : Flowers and immature fruits

recorded for July and October.

Notes : Specimens cited above as Solanum

phoberum were included by Symon (1985)

under S. rivicola. S. phoberum can be

distinguished by the many prickles on the

leaves and branchlets, and the leaves glabrous

or with a few scattered stellate hairs on the

major veins. It is perhaps allied to S. rivicola,

but differs by the upright shrubby habit, the

straight prickles of the branchlets (strongly

recurved for S. rivicola), the 3-11 prickles on

the upper leaf surface (14-38 for S. rivicola ),

the stellate hairs absent from lower leaf surface

or confined to the veins (hairs distributed

throughout surface, very sparse to sparse for

S. rivicola), and the thicker pedicels.

Etymology : The epithet is a Latinised form of

the Greek phoberos, meaning fearful, terrible

or formidable. This is given in reference to the

many sharp prickles on the stems and leaves.

25. Solanum pluriflorum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

With affinity to S. oomsis, but differing by

the presence of prickles on the branchlets and

often on the leaves, the larger stellate hairs

of the branchlets, the sparse to moderately

dense stellate hairs on the upper leaf surface,

the 4-merous flowers and the attenuate calyx

lobes. Typus: Papua New Guinea. Eastern

Highlands Province: Kassam Gap, 29

October 1959, L.J. Brass 32309 (holo: CANB;

iso: L, NY).

Erect perennial shrub, up to 2 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets

grey to brown; prickles prickles 5-13 per

dm, straight, broad-based, 1-1.5 mm long,

1-1.5 times longer than wide, with scattered

stellate hairs on lower part; branchlet stellate

hairs dense, 0.4-0.55 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.2 mm long, slender, cylindrical; lateral

rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 1.5-3 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent. Adult leaves obovate to elliptical,

with 1-3 pairs of shallow lobes, lobes obtuse,

lobing index 1.2-1.5; leaves 6.9-11.5 cm long,

3.2-6.6 cm wide, 1.6-2.2 times longer than

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

589

narium Australiensa (CANBJ

G.m,

I '•wivu^l /iMMi

*vx S^wufc4^y

REIUS.tU

3144 069

CANBLOAN 2016*0'

Forest edge on high “bank of Fengagl Creek;

shrub 2*5 nuj corolla lobes purple below,

white above; the globose fruits unripe*

Eastern Highlands District: Mt. Wilhelm, east slopes , alt* 2770 m,

L. J. Brass, no. 3Q401 _ July 9, 1959

Collected on the Sixth Archbold Expedition sponsored by the American

Museum of Natural History with the aid of a grant from the

National Science Foundation.

Fig. 19. Holotype of Solarium phoberum (Brass 30401 , CANB).

590

Fig. 20. Underside of leaf and flower bud of Solanum

phoberum ( Brass 30401, CANB).

broad; apex acuminate, base cuneate, oblique

part 0-1.5 mm long, obliqueness index 0-2

percent; petioles 0.4-1.6 cm long, 7-14%

length of lamina, prickles absent. Upper leaf

surface green; prickles absent or present on

midvein only, 0-1, straight and broad-based,

each 1-2 mm long; stellate hairs distributed

throughout, sparse to moderately dense,

0.25-0.5 mm apart, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter,

stalks 0-0.1 mm long, slender, cylindrical;

lateral rays 4-6, porrect; central ray 1.5-2.5

times as long as laterals, not gland tipped;

simple hairs absent. Lower leaf surface

yellow to yellowish-green; prickles absent or

present on midvein only, 0-3; stellate hairs

moderately dense, 0.2-0.3 mm apart, 0.4-0.5

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.2 mm long; lateral

rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 1-2 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence leaf-opposed, 2-

or 3-branched; common peduncle 22-47 mm

long; rachis 28-62 mm long, prickles absent;

7-26-flowered, proportion of bisexual and

male flowers unknown, 4-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 11-12 mm long, c. 0.4 mm thick,

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis c. 2 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis attenuate, 1.5-2 mm long;

calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae dense to

very dense, white, 0.3-0.4 mm across, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays 6-8, central ray

1.5-3 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla lavender,

7-8 mm long, deeply lobed, inner surface

glabrous, or with a few stellate hairs along

midrib; anthers 4.5-4.9 mm long; filaments

1.4-1.7 mm long; ovary glabrous; functional

style c. 6.5 mm long, protruding between

anthers, glabrous. Fruiting calyx lobes more

than half length of fruit, prickles absent;

mature fruits not seen; pedicels 20-22 mm

long, thicker towards apex, 0.5-0.6 mm thick

at midpoint. Seeds not seen. Figs. 21, 22.

Additional specimens examined: Known only from the

type.

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

pluriflorum is known only from Kassam Gap,

altitude 1460 metres (Map 4), where it occurs

in young regrowth Castanopsis- oak forest.

Phenology : Flowers and immature fruits

recorded in October.

Notes : The type specimen of Solanum

pluriflorum was identified by Symon (1985)

as S. turraeifolium (= S. discolor). It differs

from S. discolor by the 2-3 branched

inflorescences (unbranched for S. discolor),

the leaves 1.6-2.2 times longer than broad

(2.3-4.3 times for S. discolor ), the stellate

hairs of the branchlets 0.4-0.55 mm across

(0.25-0.4 mm across for S. discolor), the

sparse to moderately dense stellate hairs on

the upper leaf surface (glabrous or confined to

major veins in S. discolor), and the 4-merous

flowers (5-merous in S. discolor).

S. pluriflorum is probably most closely related

to S. oomsis, but differs by the presence of

prickles on the branchlets and often on the

leaves (prickles absent in S. oomsis), the

stellate hairs of the branchlets 0.4-0.55 mm

across (0.25-0.4 mm across for S. oomsis), the

sparse to moderately dense stellate hairs on

the upper leaf surface (glabrous or confined

to major veins in S. oomsis), the 4-merous

flowers (5-merous in S. oomsis) and the

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

591

^Herbarium Australiense (CANB)

8144 l!50

AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL HERBARIUM

BRASS 32309

Cited by Symon in J. Adel aide

Bot. Card. 8: 127. 1985

Fig. 21. Holotype of Solanum pluriflorum (Brass 32309 , CANB).

592

Fig. 22. Inflorescence of Solanum pluriflorum ( Brass

32309 , CANB).

attenuate calyx lobes (elliptic or deltate in S.

oomsis).

Etymology : The specific epithet is from

the Latin pluriflorus , meaning many-

flowered. This species has more flowers

per inflorescence than most others in the S.

ferocissimum group.

26. Solanum rivicola Symon, J. Adelaide

Bot. Gard. 8: 118 (1985). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Road from Bulolo

above Edie Creek, 30 May 1977, D.E Symon

10638 & A. Kairo (holo: AD; iso: L, MO, US;

A, K, LAE, all n.v).

Sprawling terrestrial ?vine to 0.3 m high.

Sympodia bifoliate, disjunct. Branchlets

brown; prickles 20-61 per dm, strongly

recurved, broad-based, 1.5-4 mm long, 1-2

times longer than wide, glabrous throughout;

branchlet stellate hairs scattered to frequent,

0.35-0.6 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long;

lateral rays 4-8, porrect; central ray 0.2-1

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves narrowly

ovate to ovate or elliptical, entire, 3.5-6.8

cm long, 1.2-3.4 cm wide, 1.8-3.3 times

longer than broad; apex acute to acuminate,

base cuneate, oblique part 0-2 mm long,

obliqueness index 0-5 percent; petioles

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

0.45-1.2 cm long, 13-18% length of lamina,

prickles present. Upper leaf surface dark

green; prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins, 14-38, straight, broad-based, 1-8 mm

long; stellate hairs confined to major veins

or distributed throughout, hairs absent or

very sparsely distributed, 0.8-1.8 mm apart,

0.3-0.45 mm across, sessile, lateral rays 4-8,

porrect; central ray 0.8-1.5 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent.

Lower leaf surface pale green; prickles 5-13,

present on midvein and lateral veins; stellate

hairs very sparse to sparse, 0.3-1 mm apart,

0.3-0.4 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.05 mm long;

lateral rays 4-8, porrect; central ray 0.5-1.6

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-

axillary, unbranched; common peduncle

absent; rachis absent; 1-2-flowered, with

all flowers bisexual, (4-)5-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 12-19 mm long, 0.15-0.25 mm

thick, same thickness throughout, prickles

absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1-2.5 mm

long; calyx lobes at anthesis elliptic, 0.5-1

mm long; calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae

sparse to moderately dense, yellow, 0.15-0.3

mm across, sessile, lateral rays 4-8, central

ray 0.3-1 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla purple,

7—12 mm long, deeply lobed, inner surface

glabrous or with very sparse stellate hairs;

anthers 5-5.9 mm long; filaments 1.7-2 mm

long; ovary glabrous; functional style 7-8 mm

long, protruding between anthers, glabrous.

Fruiting material not seen.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Bulldog Road, c. 20 km S of Wau,

Jul 1977, Fallen 534 (L); N slope of Mt Kaindi, Wau

subprovince, Nov 1983, Kerenga & Dao LAE56630

(AD); Kaisenik, Aug 1977, Rau 100 (CANB); Bulldog

track, Edie Creek, Sep 1964, Sayers NGF21222 (BRI,

CANB, L); Road from Bulolo above Edie Creek, May

1977, Symon 10638 & Kairo (AD). Central Province:

Boridi, Sep 1935, Carr 13200 (CANB, L).

Distribution and habitat: Solanum rivicola

is known from four sites in close proximity

in Morobe province, and an outlier 200 km

further south in Central province (Map 4).

Altitude ranges from 1300 to 2900 metres.

Habitats include along a freshwater creekline

in peaty soil, and in a disturbed montane

forest.

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

Phenology : Flowers are recorded for May and

from July to September.

Notes : Solanum rivicola is readily

distinguished by its strongly recurved prickles

on the branchlets, the more or less glabrous

upper leaf surface, the filamentous pedicels

and the slender corolla lobes.

In the protologue, an isotype is listed for

CANB. However, no isotype is present there

(B. Lepschi pers. comm. Apr 2016).

Symon (1985) included under the name

S. rivicola, many specimens showing a large

range of variation. Most of these specimens are

here assigned to S. exemptum, S. malignum,

S. phoherum or S. scolophyllum.

27. Solanum saruwagedense Symon, J.

Adelaide Bot. Gard. 8: 120 (1985). Type:

Papua New Guinea. Morobe Province:

Along slope of Zaran Creek, SW slope of

Mt Enggom, Sarawaket Range, 24 February

1963, P. Van Royen NGF16142 (holo: LAE

n.v:, iso: L).

For a description and discussion, see Symon

(1985).

28. Solanum scolophyllum A.R.Bean

sp. nov. With affinity to S. malignum , but

differing by the sprawling terrestrial habit,

the shorter branchlet prickles, the stellate

hairs of the branchlets lacking broad conical

stalks, and the shorter pedicels. Typus: Papua

New Guinea. Southern Highlands Province:

3 miles [5 km] from camp site on Mendi Road,

Mendi subdistrict, 26 September 1968, J.

Vandenberg, P. Katik & A.Kairo NGF 39796

(holo: BRI; iso: L; LAE n.v).

Terrestrial herb. Sympodia bifoliate, disjunct.

Branchlets brown; prickles 10-48 per dm,

straight, broad-based, 1-4 mm long, 2-3 times

longer than wide, glabrous throughout or rarely

with a few stellate hairs attached; branchlet

stellate hairs frequent to dense, 0.35-0.7 mm

diameter, stalks cylindrical, 0-0.25 mm long;

lateral rays 6-8, porrect; central ray 0.3-1.3

times as long as laterals, not gland-tipped;

simple hairs absent. Adult leaves elliptical to

ovate, entire; lamina 3.5-6.4 cm long, 1.6-2.5

cm wide, 2-2.7 times longer than broad; apex

acute to acuminate, base cuneate, oblique part

593

0-1 mm long, obliqueness index 0-3 percent;

petioles 0.6-0.8 cm long, 12-21% length of

lamina, prickles present. Tipper leaf surface

green; prickles present on midvein and lateral

veins, 5-34, straight, broad-based, 1.5-6 mm

long; stellate hairs distributed throughout,

hairs sparse to moderately dense, 0.25-0.45

mm apart, 0.15-0.6 mm across, sessile, lateral

rays 4-8, porrect; central ray 0.2-0.8 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent. Lower leaf surface yellowish-green;

prickles 4-23, present on midvein and lateral

veins; stellate hairs sparse to moderately

dense, 0.25-0.9 mm apart, 0.3-0.6 mm

diameter, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral rays

4-8, porrect; central ray 0.3-1.5 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple

hairs absent. Inflorescence supra-axillary,

unbranched; common peduncle absent or

present, 0-4 mm long; rachis present, 1-9

mm long; 2-7-flowered, with all flowers

bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels at anthesis 9-14

mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm thick, cylindrical,

prickles absent. Calyx tube at anthesis 1-2.5

mm long; calyx lobes at anthesis rostrate,

1- 3 mm long; calyx prickles absent; calyx

stellae sparse to very dense, yellow, 0.25-0.4

mm across, stalks 0-0.05 mm long, lateral

rays 5-8, central ray 0.3-1.5 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped, simple hairs absent.

Corolla white, 9—10 mm long, shallowly or

deeply lobed, inner surface glabrous or with

dense stellate hairs on distal half; anthers

4-4.5 mm long; functional style c. 6 mm long,

protruding between anthers, glabrous, stigma

entire. Fruiting calyx lobes less than half

length of mature fruit, prickles absent; fruits

2- 5 per inflorescence, mature fruits not seen;

pedicels 23-25 mm long, cylindrical, 0.7-0.8

mm thick at midpoint. Seeds not seen. Figs.

23, 24.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Southern Highlands Province: Vicinity of Habono

rest house, 6.5 miles [10.5 km] W of Mt Ne, Tari, Aug

1966, Frodin NGF 32059 (BRI, L); 3 miles [5 km] from

camp site on Mendi road, Mendi subdistrict, Sep 1968,

Vandenberg et al. NGF 39796 (BRI, L).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

scolophyllum is known from two sites in the

Southern Highlands province (Map 4), with

altitudes between 2100 and 2800 metres. It

grows on disturbed sites adjacent to forest.

594

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

080409

FLORA OF MEW GUINEA

Botanical Collections ot the Division

of Botany, Department of Forests, Lae.

J. Vandenberg,

F. Katik & HOF.39791

A. Kairo 3 Vr ,, Bp s it 9 on

Localit y: ,, ,

Southern 'Ughlands District. Alt. 9300 *

Lat. 6 : 5 5 long.

Habitat :

Elovers white,

sepals purple.

Fruit groan.

Dupl. sent to: L. Bri. "C

, l!S, Bish.

Deisrmlnod by: D. E. SYMON

S-t^wUHv

-V)

Af*-h&3

QUEENSLAND

HERBA RIUM

091495

BRISBANE

Fig. 23. Holotype of Solanum scolophyllum ( Vandenberg et al. NGF 39796 , BRI).

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

Phenology : Flowers and immature fruits are

recorded for August and September.

Notes : Specimens cited above as Solanum

scolophyllum were identified by Symon (1985)

as S. rivicola. S. scolophyllum is similar to S.

malignum (which occurs about 5 km away),

but the latter differs by being an erect shrub

with branchlet prickles 5-12 mm long, and

by having branchlet stellate hairs with broad

conical stalks to 0.6 mm long, and longer

pedicels.

The collection Frodin NGF32059 differs

from the type by the fewer prickles on

the branchlets and both leaf surfaces, the

shorter central ray on the stellate hairs of the

branchlets and lower leaves, the dense to very

dense hairs on the calyx, the fewer flowers per

inflorescence, and the flowers with relatively

thick pedicels.

The label for the type specimen refers

to the plant as a “terrestrial herb”, and it

does have all the appearance of a creeping

semi-prostrate plant. Frodin NGF 32059

also has the appearance of a creeping semi-

prostrate plant, but the label data include the

description “Small tree, height 15 feet”, and

“lenticels small, raised, numerous”. I believe

these descriptions apply to some other genus

of plant, and that there was a mix-up of

labels. There are certainly no lenticels on the

Solanum specimen.

Etymology : The specific epithet is from the

Greek skolos ‘pointed object, thorn’ and

phyllon ‘a leaf’. This is given in reference

to the many prickles borne on the upper and

lower surfaces of the leaves.

29. Solanum symonianum W.N.Takeuchi,

Edinburgh J. Bot. 58: 167 (2001). Type: Papua

New Guinea. Morobe Province: Kamiami

Wildlife Management area, Alealer River, W

of Sachsen Bay, 15 June 1998, W. Takeuchi

12027 (holo: L; iso: A, AD, K).

For a description, see Takeuchi (2001).

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Oomsis Creek, c. 18 miles [29 km]

W of Lae, Mar 1962, Hartley 10033 (A, BRI); Wagau -

Labu track, Mumeng, Mar 2000, Lovave 69 (A); Garaina

area, Saurere track, Wau subdistrict. May 1971, Stone

595

Fig. 24. Inflorescence of Solanum scolophyllum

( Vandenherg et al. NGF 39796, BRI).

LAE53462 (A, BRI); Mt Kawea, Buso, Lae subdistrict,

Apr 1972, Streimann & Foreman NGF24441 (A, BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

symonianum is apparently confined to

Morobe province (Map 2), where it is known

from several sites, at altitudes ranging from

120 to 1100 metres. It occurs in a range of

habitats including a secondary forest along

a stream, a low montane Castanopsis forest,

and a ridgetop stunted lowland forest on

ultrabasic rocks.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from March to May.

Notes : Takeuchi (2001) stated S. symonianum

was known only from the type, but a number

of other collections (cited above) are a very

good match for the type. Takeuchi (2001)

did not compare S. symonianum with S.

anfractum , but that is clearly its closest

relative. It is most readily distinguished from

S. anfractum by the stellate hairs on the

lower leaf surface having 4-8 evenly radiate,

slender filamentous lateral rays. He referred

to S. symonianum as an “unarmed liane”, but

other collectors have called it a shrub.

30. Solanum trichostylum Merr. &

L.M.Perry, J. ArnoldArb. 30: 47 (1949). Type:

Papua New Guinea. Central Province: Mt

Tafa, September 1933, L.J. Brass 4934 (holo:

A; iso: BRI, NY).

596

Erect perennial shrub, 1-2 m high. Sympodia

bifoliate, geminate. Branchlets brown or

rusty; prickles 16-38 per dm, straight, broad-

based, 1-2 mm long, 1-2 times longer than

wide, with stellate hairs throughout lower

part; branchlet stellate hairs dense, 0.2-0.5

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.3 mm long, slender,

cylindrical; lateral rays 6-8, porrect; central

ray 0.1-0.8 times as long as laterals, not

gland-tipped; simple hairs absent. Adult

leaves narrowly ovate to ovate or elliptical,

entire, 4.5-14.7 cm long, 1.9-5.9 cm wide,

1.9-2.5 times longer than broad; apex acute

to acuminate, base cuneate, oblique part 0.5-

2.5 mm long, obliqueness index 1-3 percent;

petioles 0.7-2.6 cm long, 16-26% length of

lamina, prickles present or absent. Upper leaf

surface green; prickles absent, or present on

midvein only, or on midvein and lateral veins,

0-6, straight, broad-based, 1-4 mm long;

stellate hairs distributed throughout, sparse,

0.15-0.4 mm apart, 0.15-0.4 mm across,

stalks absent; lateral rays (5-)6-8, porrect;

central ray 0.3-3 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent. Lower

leaf surface brown to rusty; prickles usually

absent or rarely 1 present along midvein;

stellate hairs moderately dense, 0.15-0.3 mm

apart, 0.35-0.5 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.25

mm long; lateral rays 6-8, porrect; central ray

0.6-2.5 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; simple hairs absent. Inflorescence

leaf-opposed or supra-axillary, unbranched;

common peduncle 0-11 mm long; rachis 1-43

mm long, prickles absent; 6-14-flowered,

with all flowers bisexual, 5-merous; pedicels

at anthesis 7-16 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm thick,

same thickness throughout, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 2-2.5 mm long; calyx

lobes at anthesis rostrate, 0.5-2.5 mm long;

calyx prickles absent; calyx stellae very

dense, yellow, 0.25-0.45 mm across, stalks

0-0.2 mm long, lateral rays 6-8, central ray

0.6-2 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped, simple hairs absent. Corolla purple,

12-14 mm long, shallowly lobed, inner

surface with dense stellate hairs; anthers

4.3-5.8 mm long; filaments 1.2-2 mm long;

ovary with sparse tiny glandular hairs or with

dense stellate hairs; functional style 7-8 mm

long, protruding between anthers, with sparse

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

tiny glandular hairs towards base, or with

dense stellate hairs except on distal 2-3 mm.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than half length of

mature fruit, prickles absent; mature fruits

1-7 per inflorescence, globose, c. 14 mm

diameter, yellow (Brass 4934 ) at maturity;

pedicels 21-27 mm long, thicker towards

apex, 0.8-1 mm thick at midpoint. Seeds not

seen.

Additional specimens examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Road above Edie Creek (from Bulolo),

subdistrict Wau, May 1977, Kairo & Symon 10636 (AD,

BRI, CANB, L); Above Wau on Edie Creek Road, Jun

1954, Womersley & van Royen 5909 (BRI, L). Central

Province: Murray Pass, Wharton Range, Jul 1933, Brass

4539 (BRI, L, NY); Mt Tafa, Sep 1933, Brass 4934 (A,

BRI); W slope, Wharton Range, Avios, Jan 1965, van

Royen NGF30154 (A, BRI, CANB, L).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum

trichostylum occurs in the Mt Tafa - Wharton

Range area of Central province, and there is

an outlier near Edie Creek in Morobe province

(Map 1). Recorded altitudes range from 1900

to 2650 metres. It occurs on roadside clearings

in forest, secondary regrowth or fire-damaged

forest borders.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded for January,

May, June, July and September; fruits in May,

June, July and September.

Notes : Specimens from the Edie Creek area

are not typical as the style and ovary have

glandular hairs only, lacking the stellate hairs

that are so prominent in the type, and the

central ray of the stellate hairs on the leaves

is 2-3 times longer than lateral rays (0.3-1.1

times for the typical form).

Acknowledgements

I thank the Directors of A, AD and CANB

for sending specimens on loan. I am

grateful to Dr Sandra Knapp (BM) for her

critical examination of the holotype of S.

turraeifolium\ to Will Smith (BRI) for the

specimen images and the editing of the

distribution maps.

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

References

Aubriot, X., Singh, P. & Knapp, S. (2016). Tropical Asian

species show that the Old World clade of ‘spiny

solanums’ {Solarium subgenus Leptostemonum

pro parte. Solanaceae) is not monophyletic.

Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 181:

199-223.

Barthlott, W., Hostert, A., Kier, G., Kuper, W., Kreft,

H., Mutke, J., Daud Rafiqpoor, M. & Sommer,

J.H. (2007). Geographic patterns of vascular

plant diversity at continental to global scales.

Erdkunde 61: 305-315.

Bean, A.R. (2004). The taxonomy and ecology of

Solanum subg. Leptostemonum (Dunal) Bitter

(Solanaceae) in Queensland and far north¬

eastern New South Wales. Austrobaileya 6:

639-816.

Bioportal (2016). Naturalis Biodiversity Center. Browse

Dutch natural history collections, http://

bioportal.naturalis.nl/?language=en Accessed

1 May 2016.

Bitter, F.A.G. (1917). Die papuasischen Arten von

Solanum. Botanische Jahrbiicherfur Systematik

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 55:

59-113.

Merrill, E.D. & Perry, L.M. (1949). Plantae Papuanae

Archboldianae XVIII. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 30: 39-63.

Mittermeier, R.A., Myers, N., Thomsen, J.B., Da

Fonseca, G.A.B. & Olivieri, S. (1998).

Biodiversity Hotspots and major tropical

wilderness areas: Approaches to setting

conservation priorities. Conservation Biology

12: 516-520.

Nybg (2016). C.V. Starr Virtual Herbarium. New York

Botanic Gardens, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/

science/vh/ Accessed 13 May 2016.

Scheffer, R.H.C.C. (1876). Enumeration des plantes

de la Nouvelle-Guinee, avec description des

especes nouvelles. Annales duJardin Botanique

de Buitenzorg 1: 1-60.

Symon, D.E. (1981). A revision of the genus Solanum

in Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Garden 4: 1-367.

-(1985). The Solanaceae of New Guinea. Journal of

the Adelaide Botanic Garden 8: 1-171.

Takeuchi, W. (2001). New and noteworthy plants from

recent botanical surveys in Papua New Guinea,

7. Edinburgh Journal of Botany 58: 159-172.

597

Vorontsova, M.S. & Knapp, S. (2010). Lost Berlin

(B) types of Solanum (Solanaceae) found in

Gottingen (GOET). Taxon 59\ 1585-1601.

Warburg, O. (1891). Beitrage zur kenntnis der

papuanischen Flora. Botanische Jahrbiicher

Systematische 5: 230-255.

Whalen, M.D. (1984). Conspectus of species groups

in Solanum subgenus Leptostemonum. Gentes

Herbarum 12: 179-282.

Womersley, J.S. (1978). Handbooks of the Flora of

Papua New Guinea, Volume 1. Melbourne

University Press: Carlton.

598

Austrobaileya 9(4): 560-599 (2016)

Map 1. Distribution of Solanum species in New Guinea: S. anfractum □, S. malignum + S. oomsis ■. S. ortivum

A, S. tricliostylum A.

Map 2. Distribution of Solanum species in New Guinea: S. discolor m, S. expedunculatum □, S. fervens +

S. petilum A, S. symonianum A.

Bean, New Solanum species from New Guinea

599

Map 3. Distribution of Solanum species in New Guinea: S. arachnoides ■. S. banzicum A, S. invictum □,

S. papuanum A.

Map 4. Distribution of Solanum species in New Guinea: S. exemptum + S. phoberum ■. S. pluriflorum A ,

S. rivicola □ , S. scolophyllum A.

Austrobaileya 9(4): 600 (2016)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

600

Austrobaileya C.T.White honours F.M.Bailey

G.P. Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Gordon.

Guy mer @dsit i. qld. gov. au

The name Austrobaileya was published by

White (April 1933), although he does not

mention with his description or elsewhere

in this paper the derivation of this name.

Johnson (1977) in the Foreword to the first

issue of the Queensland Herbarium’s scientific

journal ‘Austrobaileya’ stated that the genus

Austrobaileya “was named in honour of two

Baileys, F.M. Bailey the noted Queensland

botanist, and I.W. Bailey, USA (S.L. Everist,

pers. comm.)”. However, there is no evidence

to support the assumption that the two

Baileys were being honoured. C.T. White’s

first correspondence with I.W. Bailey was

in October 1947 (BRI archives letter 4201)

when Bailey wrote to him regarding White’s

collection ( White 10734, September 1936)

of Austrobaileya from Mt Spurgeon. Bailey

considered White’s specimens to be a new

species of Austrobaileya and White responded

to this letter in January 1948 (BRI archives

letter 4200) and subsequently published the

name Austrobaileya maculata for it (White

1948). Ross (1989, 2007) considered A.

maculata to be conspecific with A. scandens

and this taxonomy has been accepted.

The evidence that White was only

honouring his grandfather F.M. Bailey in

naming Austrobaileya is also based on an

article titled ‘Flora of north Queensland’

(Anonymous September 1933). The article

summarises White (April 1933) and notes

that “several new genera were described.

One of the most striking is Austrobaileya,

commemorating the name of the late F.M.

Bailey and his work on the Australian

flora”. White was an active member of The

Queensland Naturalist Club and contributor

to the Club’s journal at the time and it is

highly likely he authored this article.

References

Anonymous (September 1933). Flora of north

Queensland. The Queensland Naturalist?,. 88.

Johnson, R.W. (1977). Foreword. Austrobaileya 1(1).

Ross, E.M. (1989). Austrobaileya scandens plant profile.

Austrobaileya 3: 163-164.

-(2007). Austrobaileyaceae. In A.J.G. Wilson (ed.),

Flora of Australia 2: 17-18. ABRS/CSIRO

Publishing: Canberra/Melbourne.

White, C.T. (April 1933). Ligneous plants collected for

the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by

S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contributions from the

Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 4:

1-113.

-(1948). A new species of Austrobaileya

(Austrobaileyaceae) from Australia. Journal of

the Arnold Arboretum 29: 255-256.

Accepted for publication 26 August 2016

Referees consulted for Austrobaileya Vol. 9

Acceptance of papers has depended on the outcome of review by referees. Those consulted

for the current volume are listed below. Several were consulted on more than one occasion.

Sincere thanks are extended to all these people whose expertise has helped to maintain journal

standards.

A. Aptroot

B. Lepschi

G.P Lewis

R. Barrett

A.R. Bean

L. Bohs

G. Brown

P. Brownsey

M.T. Mathieson

A. Orchard

A. Rozefelds

R.J. Chinnock

K. Rule

J.L. Dowe

A. Schmidt-Lebuhn

A.S. George

K. Thiele

D A. Halford

R.J.F. Henderson

B. Wallnofer

N. Walsh

B. Wannan

L.W. Jessup

P. Jobson

F. Zich

G. Kantvilas

J. Kellerman

Index of Papers and New Names published in Austrobaileya - Volume 9

Papers

A taxonomic revision of Garcinia L. (Clusiaceae) in Australia, including four

new species from tropical Queensland

WE. Cooper .1-29

Reinstatement and revision of Sphaeromorphaea DC. and Ethuliopsis

F. Muell. (Asteraceae: Plucheinae )

A.R.Bean .30-59

Reinstatement of intraspecific taxa for Bosistoa pentacocca (F.Muell.) Baill.

(Rutaceae) with a new combination B. pentacocca subsp. connaricarpa

(Domin) P.I.Forst.

P. I. Forster .60-65

Three new species of Pluchea Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae-Phucheinae) from

northern Australia

A.R.Bean .66-74

Cryptocarya cercophylla W.E. Cooper (Lauraceae), a new species from

Queensland’s Wet Tropics

W.E.Cooper .75-79

Violaperreniformis (L.G.Adams) R. J.Little & g.Leiper, stat. nov., with notes

on Australian species in Viola section Erpetion (Violaceae)

R. J.Little & G.Leiper .80-101

Pterostylis caligna M.T.Mathieson (Orchidaceae), a new species from

northern Queensland

M.T.Mathieson .102-106

Two new subspecies of Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. (Myrtaceae)

A. R.Bean .107-113

A new fern species for Queensland: Diplazium squamuligerum (Rosenst.)

Parris (Woodsiaceae)

D.J.Ohlsen & A.R.Field .114-125

New records for Queensland in Lindernia All. (Linderniaceae)

B. S.Wannan .126-129

Status and lectotypification of Craspedia gracilis Hook.f. (Asteraceae:

Gnaphalieae )

A.C.Rozefelds .130-135

Craspedia uniflora G.Forst. (Asteraceae) is a New Zealand endemic and not

part of the Australian flora

A.N.Schmidt-Lebuhn .136-139

Cullen spicigerum (Domin) A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a new combination and

reinstatement of a north Queensland species

A.E.Holland .140-145

Celtis strychnoides Planch, an earlier name for Celtis australiensis Sattarian

G. P.Guymer .146-147

Reinstatement of Rapanea leucobrachya RRoyen (Myrsinaceae) from New

Guinea, with a new combination as Myrsine leucobrachya (RRoyen)

P.I.Forst.

P.I.Forster .148-149

Emmenosperma pancherianum Baill. (Rhamnaceae) newly recorded for

Australia

A. R. Be an .150-152

Euphorbia operta Halford & W.K.Harris (Euphorbiaceae), a new name for

Euphorbia occulta Halford & W.K.Harris, nom. illeg. and lectotypification

of the name Euphorbia australis var. subtomentosa Domin

D.A.Halford & W.K.Harris .153-154

A taxonomic revision of Diospyros L. (Ebenaceae) in Australia

L.W. Jessup .155-197

Diploglottis alaticarpa W.E.Cooper (Sapindaceae), a new species from

Queensland’s Wet Tropics

W.E.Cooper . 198-202

Ptilotus senarius A.R.Bean (Amaranthaceae), a new species from northern

Queensland

A.R.Bean . 203-206

Diversity on a tropical sky island: two new species of Plectranthus L.Herit.

(Lamiaceae) from the Hann Tableland, northeast Queensland

P.I.Forster . 207-215

Four new Queensland species allied to Solanum ellipticum R.Br. (Solanaceae)

A.R.Bean .216-228

Systematics of Tephrosia Pers. (Fabaceae: Millettiae) in Queensland: 1. A

summary of the classification of the genus, with the recognition of two

new species allied to T. varians (F.M.Bailey) C.T.White

L.Pedley . 229-243

C.T. White’s botanical survey and collections from Papua in 1918

A.R.Bean . 244-262

The botanical collections of Ebenezer Cowley

J.L.Dowe . 263-278

Plectranthus acariformis P.I.Forst. and P. geminatus P.I.Forst. (Lamiaceae):

new species from south-east Queensland

P.I.Forster . 279-291

Six new species of Bonamia Thouars. from northern Australia

R.W. Johnson .292-310

Pluchea tenuis A.R.Bean (Asteraceae: Plucheinae ), a new species from Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland

A.R.Bean .311-313

New combinations for Senegalia Raf. and Vachellia Wight & Arn. species

(Mimosaceae) that occur in Australia

L.Pedley

314-315

Lectotypification of F.M.Bailey names in Conyza (Asteraceae), Diplanthera

(Bignoniaceae), Pygeum (Rosaceae), Rhaphidophora (Araceae) and

Tetracera (Dilleniaceae) based on E.Cowley collections

P.I.Forster & J.L.Dowe .316-318

Aeschynomene micrantha (Poir.) DC. is a synonym of A. brevifolia L.f. ex

Poir.

A.E.Holland .319-320

A taxonomic revision of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae)

A. R. Be an . 321-381

Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern Queensland

B. Gray . 382-392

A taxonomic revision of Cynometra L. (Fabaceae) in Australia with a new

species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland and a range extension to the

mainland

WE. Cooper . 393-403

Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new

species from Queensland

A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson .404-407

Eremophila woodiae Edginton (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from

Queensland

M.A.Edginton . 408-415

Rynchospora croydonensis R.Booth (Cyperaceae), a new species from

northern Queensland

R.Booth .416-420

First record of the Gnetales in Australia: Gnetum gnemon L. (Gnetaceae) on

Badu and Mua Islands, Torres Strait, Queensland

D.G.Fell , D.J.Stanton , D.Williams , F.Loban, F.Nona , T.Stow, J.Wigness, E.Manas &

G.Uiduldam . 421-430

Plectranthus laetus PI.Forst. and P. ventosus PI.Forst. (Lamiaceae), new

species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

P. I. Forster . 431-438

Overlooked plant species names associated with the botanical collections of

Eugene Fitzalan

J.L.Dowe . 439-444

A conspectus of Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. (Araliaceae) in Queensland,

Australia

A.R.Bean . 445-456

Triunia kittredgei Olde (Proteaceae): a name to be rejected

G.P.Guymer & P.I.Forster . 457-460

Validating the name Habenaria vatia D.L.Jones ex M.T.Mathieson

(Orchidaceae) for a threatened orchid species from Queensland

M.T.Mathieson .461

A review of Lagenophora Cass. (Astereae: Asteraceae) in Queensland,

Australia

J. Wang & A.R.Bean . 463-480

Bruguiera hainesii C.G.Rogers (Rhizophoraceae), an endangered species

recently discovered in Australia

W.E.Cooper, H.Kudo & N.C.Duke . 481-488

Walter Hill: his involvement with palms (Arecaceae), and notes on his

herbarium and the expeditions of 1862 and 1873

J.L.Dowe . 489-507

Three new species in Lindernia All. s.l. (Linderniaceae) for Australia

B.S.Wannan . 508-523

Two new species of Solarium (Solanaceae) from the Northern Territory,

Australia

A.R.Bean . 524-533

Mallotus pleiogynus Pax & K.Hoffm. (Euphorbiaceae), a new species record

and range extension for Australia from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

P.I.Forster . 534-538

Observations on some tropical species of the lichen genus Mycoblastus

Norman (Mycoblastaceae)

G.Kantvilas . 539-545

Frederick Hamilton Kenny (1859-1927), an Australian plant collector of note

A.R.Bean . 546-559

Taxonomic novelties in the Solanum ferocissimum group (Solanaceae:

Solanum subg. Leptostemonum ) from New Guinea

A.R.Bean . 560-599

Austrobaileya C.T.White honours F.M.Bailey

G.P.Guymer .600

New Names

Anisomeles ajugacea (F.M.Bailey) A.R.Bean.343

Anisomeles antrorsa A.R.Bean.344

Anisomeles brevipilosa A.R.Bean.345

Anisomeles bundeyensis A.R.Bean.346

Anisomeles carpentarica A.R.Bean.348

Anisomeles dallachyi A.R.Bean.349

Anisomeles eriodes A.R.Bean.351

Anisomeles farinacea A.R.Bean.352

Anisomeles grandibractea A.R.Bean.353

Anisomeles languida A.R.Bean.359

Anisomeles lappa A.R.Bean.360

Anisomeles leucotricha A.R.Bean.362

Anisomeles macdonaldii A.R.Bean.363

Anisomeles ornans A.R.Bean.367

Anisomeles papuana A.R.Bean.368

Anisomeles principis A.R.Bean.369

Anisomeles viscidula A.R.Bean.372

Anisomeles vulpina A.R.Bean.373

Anisomeles xerophila A.R.Bean.374

Bonamia fruticosa R.W. Johnson.293

Bonamia longipilosa R.W. Johnson.295

Bonamia multiflora R.W. Johnson.300

Bonamia pilbarensis R.W. Johnson.302

Bonamia toniae R.W. Johnson.304

Bonamia wilsoniae R.W. Johnson.306

Bosistoa pentacocca subsp. connaricarpa (Domin) P.I.Forst.62

Cryptocarya cercophylla W.E.Cooper.76

Cullen spicigerum (Domin) A.E.Holland.140

Cynometra roseiflora W.E.Cooper.400

Diospyros granitica Jessup.184

Diospyros hemicycloides (F.Muell.) Jessup.178

Diospyros laurina (R.Br.) Jessup.175

Diospyros peninsularis Jessup.181

Diospyros pluviatilis Jessup.182

Diospyros rheophila Jessup.183

Diospyros uvida Jessup.163

Diospyros yandina Jessup.179

Diploglottis alaticarpa W.E.Cooper.199

Eremophila woodiae Edginton.408

Eucalyptus tereticornis subsp. basaltica A.R.Bean.109

Eucalyptus tereticornis subsp. rotunda A.R.Bean.Ill

Euphorbia operta Halford & W.K.Harris.153

Garcinia jensenii W.E.Cooper.10

Garcinia leggeae W.E.Cooper.14

Garcinia russellii W.E.Cooper.22

Garcinia zichii W.E.Cooper.12

Lagenophora brachyglossa Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.475

Lagenophora fimbriata Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.472

Lagenophora queenslandica Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.469

Lindernia barkeri Wannan.516

Lindernia beasleyi Wannan.514

Lindernia stantonii Wannan.509

Mycoblastus oreotropicanus Kantvilas.541

Mycoblastus physodalicus Kantvilas.542

Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson.404

Plectranthus acariformis P.I.Forst.279

Plectranthus bipartitus P.I.Forst.208

Plectranthus geminatus P.I.Forst.285

Plectranthus laetus P.I.Forst.431

Plectranthus splendens P.I.Forst.211

Plectranthus ventosus P.I.Forst.435

Pluchea alata A.R.Bean.66

Pluchea longiseta A.R.Bean.68

Pluchea mesotes A.R.Bean.71

Pluchea tenuis A.R.Bean.311

Pterostylis caligna M.T.Mathieson.102

Ptilotus senarius A.R.Bean.203

Myrsine leucobrachya (PRoyen) P.I.Forst.148

Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth.416

Senegalia insuavis (Lace) Pedley.314

Solanum apodophyllum A.R.Bean.525

Solanum arachnoides A.R.Bean.565

Solanum banzicum A.R.Bean.566

Solanum capitaneum A.R.Bean.220

Solanum chillagoense (Domin) A.R.Bean.223

Solanum exemptum A.R.Bean.571

Solanum galactites A.R.Bean.574

Solanum invictum A.R.Bean.575

Solanum malignum A.R.Bean.577